Blog Center
All
Security Camera · 10/09/2025
Solar Cellular Security Cameras: Features, Setup & Top Model
Keeping an eye on your property doesn’t have to mean messy wiring or relying on patchy Wi-Fi. Solar cellular security cameras use mobile data and a solar panel to stay powered and connected, even in places where broadband or mains electricity aren’t an option. For homeowners, small business owners, or anyone with a remote site to protect, they offer a simple, sustainable way to get reliable security without the hassle. In this guide, you’ll discover how they work, the key benefits, what features matter most, which models lead the way in 2025, and more. What Are Solar Cellular Security Cameras? Simply put, a solar powered cellular security camera is a wireless camera that draws power from a small solar panel and sends video and alerts over a mobile network (4G or 5G) instead of your broadband Wi-Fi. In practice, you simply pop in a SIM card, mount the camera and panel in a sunny spot, and power on. The camera uses your data plan to communicate with your phone or the cloud remotely, and a rechargeable battery, kept topped up by the solar panel, keeps it running without mains power. Because of this off-grid design, they’re especially useful in locations where you can get a mobile signal but don’t have reliable Wi-Fi or access to electricity. Think remote homes, small businesses, farms, or temporary sites. Video recordings can be stored locally on a memory card or hub, or uploaded to the cloud for remote access, depending on your preference for convenience, cost, or privacy. Benefits of Solar Cellular Cameras over Traditional Security Systems So why would you pick a solar cellular system over a more conventional setup? Here are the main advantages that stand out: Works where Wi-Fi or power don’t.Since these cameras use mobile data and solar-charged batteries, they can operate reliably in locations without mains electricity or broadband. That makes them ideal for rural homes, farms, building sites, or holiday lets where wiring in a connection would be costly or impossible. Flexible and quick to install.No wires to run and no need for a fixed internet connection means setup is far simpler. You can move them around as your security needs change or deploy them temporarily without drilling or cabling. Eco-friendly operation.By using renewable solar power, these cameras not only reduce dependence on the grid but also lower your carbon footprint. Less battery hassle.Standard battery-powered cameras need regular manual charging or battery swaps. With solar support, the battery is topped up automatically, so you won’t be climbing ladders or swapping out packs nearly as often. Top Features to Look for When Choosing Solar Cellular Security Cameras Once you’ve decided to go solar and cellular, it helps to know what separates a reliable security camera from one that might let you down. Keep these features in mind while comparing your options: Reliable connectivity Check that the camera supports the 4G or 5G bands used in your area, and whether it takes a standard SIM or an eSIM. You’ll need a mobile data plan, so think about which network has the strongest coverage at your property. Power system sized for your conditions Look for ample battery capacity (measured in mAh) and an efficient panel. 5,000 mAh is common, but a larger 9,000+ mAh battery will keep the camera running for longer stretches without sunlight, which matters during dark winters. Video quality and night vision Higher resolution (such as 2K or 4K) provides clearer detail for identifying people or vehicles but remember that higher quality also uses more storage and mobile data. Look for cameras with strong night vision—whether infrared or colour—so you’re covered 24/7. Field of view and coverage A wide field of view (typically 110°–160°) means a single camera can monitor more space, reducing blind spots. Many are PTZ (Pan-Tilt-Zoom) cameras that can rotate horizontally and vertically and offer digital/optical zoom. These features let you actively track movement and cover larger areas like car parks, yards, or open fields with fewer cameras. Smart detection and alerts On-device AI that can tell the difference between people, vehicles, and animals helps cut down on false alarms. Features like custom motion detection zones or adjustable sensitivity make alerts more relevant and less of a nuisance. Weather resistance Outdoor security cameras should carry an IP rating showing their protection against water and dust. Ratings like IP65 or IP66 indicate they can handle rain and exposed conditions, which is essential for year-round use. Storage options and subscriptions Decide if you prefer local storage (no ongoing costs) or cloud storage (easy remote access, though usually with a monthly fee). Some systems let you combine both, so you get convenience with a backup. Best Cellular Solar Security Camera in 2025 If you want a cellular, truly off-grid camera that still feels like a modern smart cam, the eufy 4G LTE Cam S330 is an easy pick. It blends 4G reliability with Wi-Fi convenience, packs 4K detail, and runs from a solar panel plus a sizeable on-board battery, so you can cover places where power and broadband don’t reach. Here’s why it excels: Works anywhere, then adapts at home: The S330 connects in two ways: via 4G LTE when you’re off-grid, or through Wi-Fi if it’s available. The included multi-network SIM card can automatically pick the strongest local network, so you’re not stuck experimenting with carriers to get a stable signal. Clear evidence, day and night: The 4K sensor captures fine detail, enough to identify a number plate at around 10 metres. At night, a 100-lumen spotlight keeps colour vision usable up to 8 metres, so footage remains clear after dark. 360° coverage with pan/tilt and AI tracking: This PTZ camera uses on-device AI to automatically detect and follow people or vehicles, keeping them in frame and sending accurate alerts. With its full 360° pan and tilt capabilities, it covers a wide area without leaving blind spots. In other words, you can monitor the same yard or job site with fewer cameras. Built for off-grid outdoor use:An efficient solar panel and a 9,400 mAh battery work together to keep the camera running without frequent charging. With an operating range of -20°C to 50°C and IP67 weather protection against rain and dust, the S330 is designed to stay dependable year-round. Local storage and useful controls: There’s expandable local storage (microSD), two-way audio, light + sound alarm, activity zones, and fast notifications, the day-to-day features that make alerts actionable without a constant subscription. A 32 GB microSD card is included, and the slot supports up to 128GB if you want longer retention. {{component:"product", handle:"t86p2321", sku:"T86P2321"}} How to Set up a Solar Cellular Security Camera System Getting a solar cellular camera running isn’t complicated, but a bit of planning goes a long way. Here’s a straightforward approach that keeps things reliable year-round: Select an ideal location: Walk the area and pick an optimal location where the camera can cover the most important viewpoints, like gates, doors, driveways, and the solar panel can receive sufficient sunlight. Check your mobile signal: Use your phone on the same network to test coverage where you plan to install the camera. You’ll want a steady 2–3 bars at least. If it’s patchy, try a different provider or shift the camera slightly. Pair the camera with your phone: Download the manufacturer’s app, scan the camera’s QR code, and follow the on-screen steps to get it paired with your phone. Sort out your SIM and data plan: Insert the SIM and activate it in the app. Start with shorter clips and event recording, then adjust your plan as you see the actual usage. Mount the solar panel: Install the panel in a secure spot, ideally facing south and tilted to catch maximum sun. Make sure it’s clear of shadows from trees, buildings, or fences. Install the camera: Fix the camera to a solid surface with proper screws or brackets. Mount it around 2.5–3 m high, so it’s visible enough to deter intruders but still reachable if you need to maintain it. Angle it to cover your key entry points. Connect the power cable: Plug the solar panel cable into the camera. Double-check that weather seals are tight and the cable is routed safely against rain and wear. Configure settings in the app: Update firmware, set your time zone, and enable two-factor authentication. Define activity zones, switch on people/vehicle detection if available, and choose when you want alerts to arrive. Test before you rely on it: Walk through the camera’s field of view to confirm live feeds, motion alerts, and night vision work as expected.Run the system for a week and check the basics: battery levels, solar charging, signal strength, and alert accuracy. Adjust clip length, resolution, or sensitivity until you’re happy. Challenges and Considerations When Using Solar Cellular Security Cameras Solar cellular security cameras solve the problem of monitoring areas without Wi-Fi or mains power, but they do come with practical challenges that are worth understanding: Mobile coverage can be unreliable: In some rural or remote areas, signal strength can vary dramatically—even a few metres can make the difference between a stable feed and a dropped connection. Limited sunlight access: Short daylight hours and frequent overcast skies in the UK reduce how much energy panels can collect. This can leave smaller panels struggling to keep batteries charged through the colder months. Higher power demands for advanced features: Using pan/tilt controls, 4K recording, or bright spotlights consumes more energy than basic recording. In low-sunlight conditions, these extras can drain batteries quickly. Data usage and ongoing costs: Cellular connections mean you’ll need a data plan. Continuous recording, long clips, or frequent live streaming, especially on high-resolution can push monthly usage into the tens of gigabytes, adding to running costs. Most of these challenges can be managed with some forethought: testing signal strength before installation, choosing larger panels and batteries for winter reliability, and fine-tuning detection settings. With the right setup, solar cellular security cameras can remain a dependable and practical solution year-round. Conclusion Solar cellular security cameras offer a reliable, eco-friendly way to keep your property protected without depending on mains power or broadband. With 4G connectivity, solar charging, and smart detection, they’re especially useful for rural homes, business yards, and remote sites. By choosing the right features, sizing the panel and battery for year-round use, and setting it up carefully, you can build a system that’s both flexible and dependable. FAQs What is the best solar-powered wireless security camera? The clear frontrunner is the eufy 4G LTE Cam S330, thanks to its true off-the-grid power (9,400 mAh battery plus an efficient solar panel), dual 4G/LTE + Wi-Fi connectivity, and seamless SIM card that auto-switches to the strongest network. Its built-in spotlight, 4K colour imaging, and AI-driven 360° pan-tilt tracking deliver uninterrupted, crystal-clear coverage, making it one of the best solar-powered wireless security cameras today. Are solar-powered security cameras any good? Yes, solar-powered security cameras can be an excellent choice for outdoor needs. They’re eco-friendly, reduce electricity costs, and can be installed in locations without mains power. Modern models stream real-time footage over Wi-Fi or cellular networks, and recordings can be stored locally on a memory card or hub. Just pick a high-efficiency panel and a large battery, and you’ll get reliable, low-maintenance surveillance year-round. Do solar security cameras work without Wi-Fi? Yes, many solar security cameras operate just fine without Wi-Fi. They typically record footage to local storage like an SD card or use cellular networks (e.g. 4G LTE) to send alerts and streams to your phone via a data plan. While Wi-Fi isn’t strictly required, without it you won’t get live streaming, instant alerts, or remote settings unless the model supports cellular connectivity. What is the disadvantage of a solar CCTV camera? Solar CCTV cameras have a few downsides: they depend on sunlight, so long stretches of cloudy or low-light weather can drain their batteries and interrupt recording. Their wireless design also makes them prone to signal fluctuations in areas with poor mobile or Wi-Fi coverage. Finally, you’ll need to clean and inspect the solar panels regularly to maintain optimal power generation. Related Blogs Check out more articles about security cameras Can My Neighbour Have CCTV Pointing at My House in the UK? How to Install Security Camera Auto Tracking Security Camera: Benefits, Picks & Tips Bluetooth Security Camera Explained
Security Camera · 10/09/2025
Why You Need an Auto Tracking Security Camera: Benefits, Picks & Tips
If you’ve ever watched CCTV footage and realised the person you needed to see has already walked out of frame, you’ll know the frustration of blind spots. That’s where an auto tracking security camera makes a real difference. Instead of staying fixed on one view, it automatically follows movement, whether that’s someone approaching your front door or a car pulling into your driveway. In this guide, you’ll find out exactly how auto tracking security cameras work, why they’re worth considering, what features to look for, which models stand out in 2025, and more. What Is an Auto Tracking Security Camera? An auto tracking security camera is a CCTV camera that can detect a moving person or vehicle and automatically follow it to keep the subject in frame. Instead of staying fixed on one view, the camera pans, tilts and—if available—zooms to track movement until the event ends or a timeout is reached. Here’s how it works in practice: Detection: The camera’s motion sensors pick up movement, and its smart analytics—often powered by AI—can tell whether it’s a person, a vehicle, or a pet. You can fine-tune zones and sensitivity settings to control what triggers tracking. Tracking: A motorised PTZ (Pan-Tilt-Zoom) mechanism (or a digital crop on wide-sensor models) moves the image to follow the subject smoothly. Recording and alerts: Once movement is detected, the event is recorded, tagged, and stored locally, on a Network Video Recorder (NVR), or in the cloud. At the same time, you will receive a push notification on your phone. Because one auto tracking camera can cover a wide area and adapt in real time, it’s especially useful for open spaces like driveways, long corridors, shop floors, or car parks where a static camera would quickly lose sight of what’s happening. Top Benefits of Auto Tracking Security Cameras Adding auto tracking security cameras to your setup offers several advantages over fixed lens cameras. The biggest difference is that you get continuous coverage of moving subjects instead of static footage of an empty space. Key benefits include: Instant, hands-free tracking: The moment a person or vehicle enters the field of view, the camera adjusts on its own. You don’t need to log into the app or take control of the lens—the tracking starts straight away. Continuous coverage of moving subjects: Instead of capturing just a few seconds before someone leaves a static shot, the camera follows them across the space You get one continuous video clip of the event. That saves time compared with piecing together multiple static clips from different units and angles, making review much simpler. Fewer blind spots with fewer cameras: One auto tracking camera can cover wide areas that normally need several fixed cameras. A camera set high up with a wide pan range can follow movement from one end of a driveway or shop floor to the other. Clearer evidence:Because the subject stays centred, optical zoom can kick in automatically to capture close-up, identifying details like faces, clothing, bags, or number plates. This is often more useful as evidence than a fixed wide-angle view where detail is lost. Smarter filtering of what matters: With AI detection, the camera can be set to track only people or vehicles. This means it reacts instantly to relevant activity while ignoring passing shadows, blowing leaves, or rain. You get more accurate alerts and less unwanted notifications. Visible deterrence:The movement of the camera clearly signals that activity is being monitored, which can discourage intruders or antisocial behaviour. Altogether, these benefits make auto tracking cameras a strong choice if you want footage that captures what actually happens, rather than what was missed. How to Choose the Best Auto Tracking Security Camera for Your Needs Picking the right auto tracking security camera starts with knowing what you want it to do. Think about the space you need to monitor and the level of detail you want to capture. From there, these are the key points to weigh up: Coverage and movement Look at the pan and tilt range to make sure it can sweep across your space. For example, a camera with a 355° pan and 90° tilt can almost cover an entire front garden from one corner. Tracking speed also matters—too slow and you’ll miss fast movement like a car pulling into the drive; too quick and it may overshoot. If the camera has optical zoom, check the range; a 3x zoom can bring a face into clear focus from around 10–15 metres. Image quality Aim for at least 1080p resolution for clear everyday detail. For large areas or long driveways, 2K (4MP) or 4K resolution ensures you can still pick out features at distance. A stable frame rate and HDR also make a difference in tricky lighting, such as a bright doorway against a shaded path. Night performance Check the infrared range and whether the camera offers low-light colour mode. A range of 20–30 metres is usually enough for most gardens and driveways. Detection and tracking controls Features like smart AI person and vehicle detection, custom zones, and adjustable sensitivity let you refine what the camera follows. Privacy masks are also essential to block out neighbouring property. Power and connectivity: PoE (Power over Ethernet) cam: Ideal if you want a reliable 24/7 feed and don’t mind running cable. Power and data travel along one cable. Battery-powered Wi-Fi cam: Handy where cabling is difficult, but only reliable with a strong Wi-Fi signal at the mounting spot. Battery/solar + 4G cellular cam: Best for remote locations, though tracking may be limited to save power and data. Storage and integration Decide whether you want clips saved to a microSD card, an NVR, or cloud storage. If you use different brands, check for ONVIF or RTSP compatibility. Encryption and two-factor authentication should be available for remote access. Build and weather rating Outdoor security cameras need an IP65 or higher weather rating and a temperature range suited to UK winters and summers. Look for vandal resistance if the camera is within easy reach. Audio features A built-in microphone can capture useful context. Two-way talk and a siren can add an extra layer of deterrence. Best Auto Tracking Security Cameras in 2025 When you’re choosing an auto tracking camera, the most important thing is how well it reacts in real time. The picks below all lock onto people and vehicles instantly using smart AI, follow them smoothly, and deliver clear footage. Each one offers a different balance of coverage, power, and features depending on where you plan to install it. Let’s take a closer look: eufy SoloCam S340 If you’re looking for the best outdoor auto tracking security camera, the eufy SoloCam S340 is designed for flexibility without wiring. It’s a solar-powered, battery-based PTZ outdoor camera that can pan a full 360° and tilt 70° to automatically track people or vehicles as they move across your property. What makes it stand out is its dual-lens design: a 3K wide-angle lens captures the whole scene while a 2K telephoto lens zooms in on the detail. The two work together with 8× hybrid zoom to keep faces, number plates, or clothing sharp even at a distance. Motion is analysed on-device with AI, which means it can focus on the things that matter and cut down on false alarms. With built-in 8GB of storage, you don’t need a subscription to record clips, and the included 2.2W solar panel keeps the battery topped up for year-round use. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} Best for: Driveways, gardens, and side paths where you need wide coverage and reliable tracking without drilling cables. What’s good: Automatic pan/tilt tracking with 360° horizontal and 70° vertical coverage. Dual-lens view (3K wide + 2K telephoto) with 8× hybrid zoom for close detail. Solar panel included and local storage built-in, so no monthly fees. eufy PoE NVR Security System S4 Max For whole-property coverage and 24/7 monitoring, the eufy PoE NVR Security System S4 Max combines the NVR S4 with four high-resolution PoE S4 cameras. Each PoE S4 cam is a 16MP Bullet-PTZ unit that uses a triple-lens setup: a fixed 4K wide-angle lens with a 122° field of view plus dual 2K PTZ lenses that can pan 360° and zoom up to 8× (including 3× optical). With a powerful 8-core CPU for on-device AI, the system is designed to track people, cars, and pets automatically, tell strangers from family, lock onto movement, and keep subjects centred. One standout feature is live cross-cam tracking: if someone moves out of range of one camera, the system can automatically hand over to the next, so the recording continues seamlessly. The included NVR comes with a 2TB drive and supports eight channels, expandable to sixteen with a PoE switch, making it scalable for larger homes or small business sites. {{component:"product", handle:"e8e00321", sku:"E8E00321"}} Best for: Complete perimeter monitoring where you want round-the-clock recording, automatic long-range tracking, and a central hub to manage everything. What’s good: Box includes 1× eufy NVR S4 (2TB) and 4× PoE Cam S4. Powerful 16MP Triple-lens cameras: 4K wide-angle plus dual 2K PTZ with 360° pan and 8× hybrid zoom. Dynamic tracking, auto-framing, AI face recognition, and cross-cam handover for continuous coverage. NVR supports 8 channels out of the box, expandable to 16 with PoE. Alternative: If you love the bullet ptz camera combo yet prefer a wire-free setup, our new eufyCam S4 would be a better choice for you. eufy Floodlight Camera E30 The eufy Floodlight Camera E30 combines lighting and tracking in a single wired unit. It’s fitted with 2,000-lumen LED floodlights that switch on with motion, paired with a 2K camera that pans 360° and tilts to keep the subject in frame. The auto tracking uses on-device AI to identify people and vehicles, so you capture the events that matter most. With mains power and an IP65 rating, it’s built for continuous, year-round 24/7 recording without battery concerns. You can also set patrol schedules or manually control the view from the app, while an upgraded Wi-Fi radio helps maintain a strong signal even through walls. By pairing illumination with tracking, it not only records clear footage but also deters intruders the moment they step into view. {{component:"product", handle:"t8426321", sku:"T8426321"}} Best for: Entrances, garages, and side yards where strong lighting and automatic tracking are both priorities. What’s good: Automatic AI tracking with full 360° coverage and patrol mode. 2K video quality with bright 2,000-lumen floodlights for clear, colour night footage. Wired power and IP65 weatherproofing for 24/7, all-season recording. Improved Wi-Fi range for a stronger connection. Installation Tips for Auto Tracking Security Cameras Even the best auto tracking camera won’t perform well if it’s installed in the wrong place or set up poorly. Follow these tips: Plan the viewpoint:Mount the camera around 2.4 to 3 metres high. This height balances coverage with enough detail to capture faces. Angle it slightly down to avoid glare from the sky and to keep moving subjects centred. Make sure nothing blocks the pan path, such as gutters or fascia boards. Respect privacy:Keep the lens away from neighbouring windows and gardens. Most cameras let you set privacy masks or no-track zones in the app. If your camera covers public areas, put up CCTV signage and avoid storing footage longer than necessary. Cable and power basics:For PoE setups, use outdoor-rated Cat5e or Cat6 cable and run it through a weatherproof junction box. Leave a drip loop to prevent water damage, and avoid sharp bends. For Wi-Fi cams, test the signal at the spot before drilling. Position your router or access point to give a strong, steady connection. Secure mounting:Fix the camera to solid brick, concrete, or a strong soffit using proper anchors. Seal entry points to prevent water ingress. Route cables discreetly to reduce the risk of tampering. Initial setup:Change default login details, enable two-factor authentication, update firmware, and set the correct time zone. Configure detection zones, privacy masks, tracking limits, and a default “home” position. Set up your storage—whether that’s an NVR, SD card, or cloud service—with an appropriate retention period. Calibrate tracking:Test during the day and at night. Walk through the monitored area from different angles and speeds. If you need vehicle coverage, drive past to check response. Adjust sensitivity if the camera chases headlights, shadows, or passing traffic outside your property. Lighting and reflections:Avoid placing cameras behind glass or pointing directly at reflective surfaces. If using a spotlight, angle it so subjects are illuminated without washing out the image. Conclusion An auto tracking security camera gives you peace of mind by reacting instantly to movement, following the action without you lifting a finger. Whether you want the convenience of a wire-free solar-powered model, the full coverage of a PoE NVR kit, or the added protection of a floodlight camera, eufy has strong options to fit different needs. With the right setup, you can capture clearer evidence, reduce blind spots, and improve security across your home or business in 2025. FAQs What is auto tracking on a security camera? Auto tracking is when a security camera use built-in sensors to detect motion and then employ motorised components to pan, tilt, and zoom automatically, so the subject stays in view. Instead of showing only a fixed scene, the camera actively follows a person or vehicle across its range. Many modern models also use AI-powered detection to recognise people or cars specifically, helping reduce false alarms from pets, animals, or shifting weather conditions. What is the best auto security camera? The best auto tracking security camera depends on where you’ll use it. The eufy SoloCam S340 is ideal for driveways or gardens with its solar + battery powered wireless design, 360° pan, 8× zoom, and on-device AI human/vehicle detection. For full-property coverage, the eufy PoE NVR Security System S4 Max delivers 16MP Bullet-PTZ triple-lens cameras with continuous 24/7 recording. If you want lighting and tracking together, the eufy Floodlight Camera E30 provides 2K video with 2,000-lumen LEDs for bright, clear footage at entrances or garages. Do security cameras have trackers? Not all security cameras have tracking built in. Standard fixed cameras simply record whatever is in their field of view. By contrast, auto-tracking cameras use motion sensors and motorised parts to pan, tilt, and zoom so they can follow a moving person or vehicle. Many also include AI-powered detection to focus only on people or cars, which helps reduce false alarms. Are tracking cameras worth it? Tracking cameras are worth it if you want reliable, detailed coverage without gaps. Because they move automatically, they capture the full path of a person or vehicle rather than just a moment in one frame. This gives you stronger evidence, reduces the need for multiple fixed cameras, and can act as a visible deterrent. They’re especially valuable for larger areas like driveways, gardens, or shop floors where movement would otherwise slip out of view. Related Blogs Check out more articles about security cameras Best Security Cameras that Work with Google Home Can My Neighbour Have CCTV Pointing at My House in the UK? How to Install Security Camera Solar Cellular Security Cameras: Benefits, Setup & Best Pick
Security Camera · 09/09/2025
Bluetooth Security Camera Explained: Pros, Cons & Best Options
When you search for a Bluetooth security camera, you’re often after something quick to set up, wire-free, and reliable without the headache of complicated networks. While the name suggests a camera that connects to your phone and streams video directly over Bluetooth, that’s rarely the case. In this guide, we’ll explain what a Bluetooth wireless security camera actually is, how it works, its pros and cons, and the best models available in the UK, plus alternatives if Wi-Fi isn’t right for your space. By the end, you’ll know exactly which option delivers the simple, secure monitoring you’re looking for. What Is a Bluetooth Security Camera and How Does It Work? When we talk about a ‘Bluetooth’security camera, it usually refers to a wireless camera that uses Bluetooth on day one to pair quickly with your phone, then switches to Wi-Fi for live video and remote access. Most modern security camera systems do this because Bluetooth is great for quick, close-range setup, while Wi-Fi provides the bandwidth and reach needed for streaming and alerts. How it works in practice Most outdoor Bluetooth-enabled security cameras are wire-free and battery-powered, so you can mount them wherever you need coverage, whether that’s by your front door, above the garage, or in the garden. Indoor security cameras, on the other hand, are often plugged in with a power adapter. Here’s how it typically works for you: Bluetooth pairing: Once the camera is powered on, you’ll use your phone or tablet to start setup via the brand’s mobile app. Your phone uses Bluetooth to discover the camera nearby, connects to it, and starts the setup process. Joining Wi-Fi: Through that short-range Bluetooth connection, your app sends the camera your Wi-Fi network name and password. The camera then connects to your home Wi-Fi to handle all video streaming, motion alerts, and cloud backups going forward. Storage options: Depending on the model, your footage can be stored locally (on a microSD card), on a home base station, or in the cloud via a subscription service. Remote access: Once connected to Wi-Fi, you can access the camera from anywhere using your smartphone, whether you’re upstairs or miles away. This allows you to view live video, check past recordings, or receive alerts in real time. Detections and alerts: Most cameras offer smart features like motion detection, human or pet recognition, and instant notifications. These alerts are processed either locally on the camera or in the cloud, then sent to your phone via the internet. Are there Bluetooth-only wireless cameras? Not really, and for good reason. While Bluetooth is great for quick pairing, it isn’t built for full-time video transmission or remote access. Here’s why: Limited speed: Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE), which most cameras use, offers real-world data speeds of less than 1 Mbps. That’s far below what’s needed for even basic 720p or 1080p video. Wi-Fi, by contrast, easily handles multi-megabit HD streams. No remote access: Bluetooth is a short-range, point-to-point connection. Indoors, you’re looking at only about 10 metres of reliable range. That’s fine for pairing, but it won’t let you view your camera from across the house or when you’re away. Wi-Fi, on the other hand, can cover your home and, via your broadband, give you access from anywhere. In short, Bluetooth-only security cameras don’t really exist because they simply wouldn’t deliver the features you expect, like live streaming, HD footage, or remote alerts. That’s why nearly all “Bluetooth” cameras rely on Bluetooth for setup, then switch to Wi-Fi (or sometimes cellular) for everything else. Pros & Cons of Bluetooth Wireless Security Cameras When a camera is Bluetooth-enabled and runs on Wi-Fi, you get both fast, fuss-free pairing and full-feature streaming and alerts. But is it really what you need? Below are the practical pros and cons you should be aware of: Pros: Quick, fuss-free setup: With Bluetooth home security cameras, pairing is as simple as opening the app near the camera and tapping to connect. Your Wi-Fi details are sent automatically, so there’s no fiddling with tiny screens or complex router settings. This makes installation incredibly fast and accessible for non-technical users. Flexible installation: Because Bluetooth outdoor security cameras are often battery-powered, you can mount them exactly where you need them, whether that’s at the front door, garage, or backyard. You don’t have to worry about drilling into the wall, long, messy cables, or constant power sources. Remote access and smart features: Wi-Fi connectivity allows you to monitor your camera feed in real time from anywhere via a smartphone app or web browser. Many cameras let you customize detection zones or use AI features to distinguish between people, animals, and vehicles. You will receive instant alerts when motion is detected. Cons: Reliance on Wi-Fi network: A stable Wi-Fi network is needed for reliable live monitoring and cloud uploads. If your Wi-Fi goes down or is weak, there may be delays, or you may lose access to live feeds, recordings, or notifications entirely. Walls, distance, and other wireless devices can interfere with Wi-Fi signals, potentially causing dropped connections or reduced video quality. Security vulnerabilities: Wi-Fi-connected devices can be vulnerable to hacking if not properly secured. Weak passwords, outdated firmware, or unencrypted data can pose risks. Limited battery life: Battery-powered Wi-Fi cameras may require frequent charging or battery replacement, especially with frequent motion detection or continuous recording. Best Bluetooth Wireless Security Cameras 2025 Decided that a simple, wire-free camera is for you? Below are some of the best Bluetooth security cameras that combine convenience with top-tier performance: eufy SoloCam S340 The eufy SoloCam S340 is a solar & battery-powered PTZ outdoor camera designed to cover every angle from a single installation point. It pairs with your phone over Bluetooth in minutes, then connects to Wi-Fi for live view and alerts. Its dual-lens PTZ system combines a 3K wide lens with a 2K telephoto lens, giving you a sweeping view that eliminates blind spots and the ability to zoom in up to 8× on important details as far as 15 metres away. The smart on-device AI automatically detects people and vehicles, tracking their movement with ease. With 360° horizontal panning, 70° vertical tilt, crisp colour night vision, two-way audio, and a built-in spotlight, it’s equipped to cover all your outdoor security needs. Power comes from a removable solar panel that keeps the battery topped up, and 8 GB of built-in storage means you can record without a subscription. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} Best for: Monitoring large driveways, gardens, or side entrances with a single camera that can track movement automatically and zoom in without missing a thing. What’s good: Dual-lens system (3K wide + 2K telephoto) with 8× hybrid zoom 360° pan and 70° tilt for complete coverage Smart on-device AI for person/vehicle recognition and auto subject-tracking Colour night vision and built-in spotlight Solar charging via removable panel 8 GB local storage with no monthly fees eufyCam S3 Pro 2-Cam Kit The eufyCam S3 Pro 2-Cam Kit includes two 4K cameras and the HomeBase S380 for whole-home coverage. Each camera features MaxColor Vision™, delivering full-colour night video without relying solely on the spotlight. Built-in SolarPlus 2.0 panels keep the large battery powered, and an additional external solar panel is included for even more consistent charging. Motion detection is handled by dual sensors—radar and PIR—to focus on genuine activity and cut down on false alerts. The HomeBase 3 manages local AI processing and offers expandable storage: 16 GB built in, with support for up to 16 TB via an external drive. The system works with Apple Home, Alexa, and Google Assistant. {{component:"product", handle:"t88923w1", sku:"T88923W1"}} Best for: Expansive property coverage with ultra-sharp 4K video, rich colour night footage, and large, expandable local storage. What’s good: 4K resolution with MaxColor Vision™ for true-colour night video SolarPlus 2.0 built-in panels plus an extra external panel included Dual Radar + PIR motion detection for accurate alerts 16 GB onboard storage; expandable up to 16 TB via HomeBase 3 Works with Apple Home (1080p), Alexa, and Google Assistant Best Alternatives If Wi-Fi Isn’t an Option If you don’t have reliable home broadband, or you need security in a location without Wi-Fi, there are still ways to get dependable coverage. Local-storage cameras: These record directly to a microSD card or a base station. They’ll keep capturing video without an internet connection, but you won’t be able to stream live footage or receive alerts while you’re away. They’re a good choice if you mainly need on-site recording and can physically access the camera to review clips. Cellular cameras: Cellular security camerasuse a 4G LTE SIM to connect over the mobile network, making them ideal for farms, outbuildings, construction sites, or holiday homes. Some models can switch between cellular and Wi-Fi if a network is available, helping you manage data use. You’ll need a mobile data plan, but you’ll get true remote access in places Wi-Fi can’t reach. The eufy 4G LTE Cam S330, for instance, is built for locations beyond the reach of home broadband. It pairs easily during setup, then connects using 4G or Wi-Fi, automatically choosing whichever signal is strongest. A UK-compatible SIM is included. Video is captured in 4K, with colour maintained day and night thanks to a 100-lumen spotlight. The camera offers full 360° pan and tilt with AI tracking to follow people and vehicles, plus two-way audio for real-time conversations. Power comes from an upgraded solar panel and a 9,400mAh battery for continuous, low-maintenance use. It’s weatherproof, supports expandable local storage (up to 128 GB microSD card), and includes deterrent features like a light and siren. Compatible with Alexa and Google Assistant, it’s a dependable choice for remote monitoring without Wi-Fi. {{component:"product", handle:"t86p2321", sku:"T86P2321"}} Conclusion If you search for a Bluetooth security camera, what you’re really after is simple: an easy, wire-free setup and reliable monitoring. Most modern models deliver that by using Bluetooth for instant pairing and Wi-Fi (or cellular) for real-time video, alerts and remote access. Pick a camera that matches your placement, power and storage needs, and you’ll get fast installation plus the full performance you expect from a modern system. FAQs Is there such a thing as a Bluetooth security camera? Sort of. You’ll find many cameras marketed as “Bluetooth” because they use Bluetooth to pair with your phone during setup. A true Bluetooth-only camera that streams HD video and sends remote alerts isn’t practical for typical home use, so most models switch to Wi-Fi (or cellular) after pairing. Do Bluetooth cameras work without Wi-Fi? They can operate locally without internet: you can pair nearby devices, record to a micro-SD card or a base station, and review clips on site. But you won’t get live streaming, push alerts or remote access unless the camera can use Wi-Fi or a cellular connection. What is the range of a Bluetooth security camera? Bluetooth range depends on the device’s class and environment. Indoors, most consumer cameras using Bluetooth Class 2 work reliably up to about 10 metres. Class 1 hardware can reach up to 100 metres line-of-sight, but walls and interference reduce this. Wi-Fi extends much further and supports remote access via the internet. What is the difference between Wi-Fi and Bluetooth cameras? A Wi-Fi security camera connects to your home network to stream video, send alerts, and allow remote access from anywhere with internet. It offers higher bandwidth and longer range, making it suitable for HD video and cloud features. A Bluetooth security camera, on the other hand, connects directly to your phone or another device over short range. Most modern “Bluetooth” cameras still use Bluetooth only for setup and then switch to Wi-Fi for daily use. Pure Bluetooth cameras are not practical because Bluetooth alone can’t reliably handle high-quality streaming or remote access. Related Blogs Check out more articles about security cameras Best Security Cameras that Work with Google Home Can My Neighbour Have CCTV Pointing at My House in the UK? How to Install Security Camera Why Do You Need Auto Tracking Security Camera
Security Camera · 09/09/2025
How to Tell If a Security Camera Is Recording or Not: Spot the Signs
Whether you’re protecting your home or curious about the cameras you see in public spaces, it’s natural to wonder if they’re actually recording. Sometimes CCTV is switched on but not saving footage, and in other cases, the camera might just be there as a deterrent. In this guide, you’ll learn how to tell if a security camera is recording, the key signs to look out for, and what to do if your device isn’t working properly. Do Security Cameras Always Record? Not always. While many people assume security cameras are recording 24/7, that’s not the case for every system. How and when a camera records depends on its type, power source, and settings. Motion-activated recording – the modern approach Many modern security cameras only start recording when they detect movement. This “event-based” recording is especially common with battery-powered Wi-Fi cameras, which are often used around homes, driveways, and outbuildings. It saves battery life, reduces storage use, and makes footage easier to review, although it also means there may be gaps when nothing moves in front of the lens. Take the eufy SoloCam S340 as an example. It’s a wire-free, battery-powered outdoor PTZ camera with dual lenses (3K + 2K) and up to 8× zoom, offering full 360° pan and 70° tilt coverage. Smart on-device AI recognises person and vehicle and follows movement automatically, and its solar panel keeps it topped up without frequent charging. Combined with local storage and no monthly fees, it’s a solid fit for motion-based monitoring at entrances or gardens. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} Continuous recording – the “always on” option Some CCTV and security systems are set to record 24/7, capturing every moment without interruption. This is more common with wired IP or PoE (Power over Ethernet) camera systems that store footage on an NVR (Network Video Recorder), the kind you might find in shops, banks, or car parks. The upside is you never miss a thing, ideal for high-traffic or high-security areas. The trade-off is the need for reliable mains power and large storage drives to handle the constant stream of data. Scheduled recording – recording only when you want it Another option is setting your cameras to record at specific times, like overnight or during business hours. Schedule-based recording is common on NVR systems and is also available in many app-controlled cameras. The eufyCam S3 Pro 2-Cam Kit is a versatile example. It supports all three modes: motion-activated (with 24/7 Smart Snapshots filling in between events), full continuous recording when wired with a power adapter, and custom schedules through the app. It features 4K MaxColor night clarity, radar + PIR dual motion detection to cut false alerts, and local HomeBase storage. That mix makes it a strong choice if you want flexible recording modes without committing to a full wired CCTV install. {{component:"product", handle:"t88923w1", sku:"T88923W1"}} When cameras aren’t recording at all And, of course, there are times when cameras aren’t recording at all. This could be due to: Power cuts or unplugged devices Full or faulty storage drives Incorrect settings (e.g., privacy mode or low sensitivity) Poor Wi-Fi or network dropouts Firmware or software glitches Dummy cameras that only act as visual deterrents How to Tell If a Security Camera is Recording? Just because a security camera is pointed in your direction doesn’t mean it’s actually saving video. Some record all the time, others only wake up when something moves. If you want to know what’s happening, here are some practical ways to spot the signs: 1. Watch the status LED light Many cameras have an indicator LED that signals when they’re active. Depending on the model or brand, it might be red, blue, or green, and different patterns can mean very different things. A solid light often shows the camera is on and possibly recording, while a flashing one can indicate motion detection or that someone is viewing the feed. Some keep a red light visible as a deterrent, while others only light up when live streaming. Keep in mind that many systems allow the owner to dim or disable this light, so its absence doesn’t guarantee the camera isn’t recording. If you’re trying to work out what the light on your own camera means, check the user manual or the manufacturer’s website to be sure. 2. Look for night-vision indicators If it’s dark, check around the lens for a faint red glow. This is often the infrared (IR) LEDs switching on for night vision. Cameras using 850 nm IR emit this visible glow, while those using 940 nm IR remain invisible to the eye. Seeing IR LEDs lit tells you the camera is in night mode, though it still doesn’t confirm that it’s saving footage. 3. Do a simple motion test If you’re wondering how to tell if a security camera is recording you, another simple method is to do a motion test. Move within the camera’s field of view and watch for a reaction. This might be a flicker in the status light, a faint click from the lens as the IR filter moves, or — with PTZ (pan-tilt-zoom) models — the camera physically turning to follow you. These signs suggest the camera has detected activity and may be recording. 4. Check the recorder or base station If the camera is connected to a DVR or NVR, look at the device’s front panel. Most will have an indicator labelled “REC,” “Record,” or a red dot that lights up or blinks when recording is active. On the connected monitor or through the system’s app, navigate to the playback or status section to confirm recent footage is being saved. 5. Check the app’s timeline or library If it’s your own camera, the most reliable way to confirm recording is to open its companion app or web interface and look for an Event History/Feed/Library. Most systems display time-stamped clips or thumbnails whenever motion is detected, or continuous recording is active. If new entries appear when you trigger motion, it’s recording; if the timeline stays empty, it’s not. Some services may still show “events” without video if you’re on a free plan, so if clips won’t play back, check whether a subscription or extra storage is required. 6. Look for CCTV signage in public or shared spaces In the UK, any organisation using CCTV must display clear signs stating that cameras are in operation. While a sign doesn’t confirm a specific camera is recording at that moment, it does mean surveillance is in place, and you can request more information from the operator if needed. 👉Related Reading: CCTV Signage Requirements in the UK What to Do If Your Camera Isn’t Recording? If your camera’s not saving any footage, it’s important to work through the basics before assuming the worst. Many recording issues have simple fixes. Check the power and network Start with the essentials: make sure the camera or recorder is powered on and has a steady connection. For Wi-Fi models, confirm they’re connected to your home network; for wired systems, check cables and plugs. A quick restart of the camera, router, or NVR/DVR can often restore recording. Look at your storage If the camera uses local storage, check whether the SD card or hard drive is full, missing, or faulty. For cloud-based systems, make sure your plan includes video history — many free tiers only offer live viewing. Replace or reformat storage if needed but remember this will erase existing clips. Review your recording mode and schedule Open your camera’s app or recorder settings to see how it’s set up. If you only record on motion, check that sensitivity isn’t set too low and that detection zones cover the right areas. If you use a schedule, make sure it includes the times you expect recording. Also watch out for “privacy mode” or “disarmed” settings that can pause recording without you realising. Update and restart Install any pending firmware or app updates. These often fix bugs that affect detection and saving. After updating, restart the camera or recorder to refresh the system. Still not working? Confirm that your camera actually supports the recording mode you want. Some models only offer continuous recording when wired to mains power and connected to a base hub, and others need a paid plan for any video history. If you’re still having trouble, reach out to the manufacturer’s technical support. They can help diagnose the issue remotely or guide you through advanced troubleshooting steps. Conclusion Knowing how to tell if a security camera is recording puts you in control of your security and privacy. By checking indicator lights, timelines, night-vision cues, and recorder settings—and by troubleshooting power, storage, and schedules—you’ll spot issues before they become blind spots. Whether you’re safeguarding a flat, a shop, or simply curious about cameras in public spaces, these quick checks keep you informed and better protected. FAQs How do you know if a security camera is recording? If it’s your own camera, check its app or recorder for live footage, a red “REC” icon, or new clips in the timeline. Some cameras show a steady or flashing LED, though lights can be disabled, and PTZ models pan or move when it’s actively recording. For public or workplace CCTV, you can’t be sure without access, but many have visible indicator lights. In the UK, clear signs must be displayed where CCTV is operating. Does green light on camera mean its recording? Not necessarily. A green light usually shows the camera has power or a network connection, not that it’s recording. Indicator light meanings vary between brands and models. Some cameras may use green, blue, or red lights to signal different statuses, while others may not display any light at all. To know for sure, always refer to the camera’s manual for specific details about what the green light represents. What is the red light on a CCTV camera? The red light on a CCTV camera is usually an indicator that the camera is actively powered on and recording, or at least in standby mode ready to record. On many models, it’s an infrared (IR) light used for night vision, which may appear as a faint red glow in low-light conditions. Some cameras keep the red light visible as a deterrent to make people aware they’re being monitored, while others allow you to turn it off for discretion. How can you tell if a security camera is watching you? Look for signs it’s active: a steady or flashing LED light, the lens aimed in your direction, a pan/tilt camera that moves, a faint click when it switches to night mode, or a soft red IR glow in the dark. If it’s your camera, the app will show live video or recent clips. Without access, you can’t be certain, but in the UK, any place using CCTV should display clear notice signs.
Security Camera · 10/09/2025
Best Outdoor Security Cameras UK: What’s Worth It in 2025
Keeping your home secure starts with knowing what’s happening outside. A good outdoor security camera not only deters unwanted visitors but also gives you peace of mind when you’re away. With so many models on the market in 2025, it can be tricky to work out which ones are truly worth your money. That’s why this guide pulls together the best outdoor security cameras UK homeowners can buy right now. You’ll learn what features actually matter, see our top recommendations for different needs, and get practical installation tips so you can set up your camera with confidence. What to Look for in an Outdoor Security Camera When you’re choosing the best home security camera for outdoors, it helps to break things down into a few key areas: how it’s powered, how it connects, what kind of image you’ll get, and how smart its detection really is. The right balance will depend on your home and what you want the camera to do. Power and installation Start with how you’ll power it. A wired camera, often using PoE (Power over Ethernet), gives you a stable connection and continuous 24/7 recording but needs more effort to install. Battery or solar-powered models are quicker to set up and flexible in placement, though you’ll usually be limited to motion-triggered recording and occasional recharging. Connectivity and signal A camera is only as reliable as its connection. Test your Wi-Fi strength where you plan to mount it—brick, metal and even water tanks can reduce signal. If you don’t want to rely on Wi-Fi at all, an Ethernet or PoE line is the most stable option. Weather protection UK weather is rarely forgiving, so check the IP (Ingress Protection) rating. Ratings like IP65, IP66 or IP67 confirm the outdoor security cameras are sealed against dust and resistant to rain or even temporary submersion. Video quality and field of view Resolution shapes how useful footage is. Full HD (1080p) covers basic monitoring, while 2K (4MP) or 4K provides sharper detail for faces and number plates, though it uses more storage and bandwidth. Field of view (FOV) affects coverage: narrower angles focus on one area with better detail, while wide views (110–130° or higher) capture more for large, open spaces like gardens and driveways. Pan-tilt-zoom (PTZ) cameras add flexibility by moving across a scene and zooming in on detail, so one unit can cover areas that might need several fixed cameras. Night vision Most cameras rely on infrared (IR) for clear black-and-white images after dark. Others use onboard spotlights or low-light sensors to provide colour night vision when there’s enough ambient light. Detection and smart alerts These days, most outdoor cameras come with motion detection. When something moves, the camera starts recording and instantly sends an alert to your phone. The real challenge, though, is delivering fast, relevant notifications without constant false alarms. Basic pixel-based systems detect changes in the image, but that often means false triggers from rain, shadows, or swaying trees. PIR sensors, which pick up heat, do a better job at spotting people and animals. The most advanced cameras go further, using AI to tell the difference between people, vehicles, and animals, so your alerts stay accurate and useful. Storage and subscriptions Decide upfront how you want your footage stored. Local options like microSD cards or NVRs (Network Video Recorders) keep everything on site and avoid monthly fees. Cloud storage offers remote access and off-site safety but usually comes with ongoing costs and time limits on how long video is kept. Best Outdoor Security Cameras in the UK (2025 Edition) Below are some of the best security cameras in 2025 for different setups, from flexible wireless PTZ you can place almost anywhere to wired PoE NVR kit for full-coverage and 24/7 recording. Read on to see which one fits your needs: Best Wireless PTZ: eufy SoloCam S340 The eufy SoloCam S340 is designed for flexible placement without running any cables. It uses a dual-lens system: a wide 3K lens to capture the full scene and a telephoto 2K lens for zooming in on details. Together they support an 8× hybrid zoom, letting you spot faces or number plates from as far as 15 metres. The camera pans a full 360° and tilts 70°, eliminating blind spots, while its 135° field of view provides broad context in each shot. A detachable 2.2 W solar panel helps maintain “Forever Power” so you’re not frequently climbing ladders to recharge, and 8 GB of onboard storage means you don’t have to rely on monthly subscriptions. On-device AI can distinguish between people and vehicles, and an integrated spotlight adds colour to night footage when you need it. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} Best for: Porches, driveways, and gardens where you want cable-free, 360°, wide-angle coverage with the ability to zoom in on fine details. What’s good: Dual-lens system: 3K wide + 2K telephoto with dual-view. Full 360° pan / 70° tilt plus 135° FOV for complete coverage. 8× hybrid zoom for detail up to ~15 m (50 ft). Integrated solar panel to minimise battery charging or swaps. On-device AI for accurate people and vehicle detection. 8 GB local storage, no monthly fees. Best Fixed 4K: eufyCam S3 Pro For clean, fixed viewpoints at front doors, driveways, or side paths, the eufyCam S3 Pro focuses on sharp detail and low upkeep. Each unit delivers true 4K video with a 135° field of view, giving you both clarity and broad coverage. Built-in solar panels help extend battery life with just 1 hour of direct sun each day, so recharging is rarely needed. The cameras connect to HomeBase 3 (S380), which manages recordings locally and supports expandable storage—16 GB is built-in, and you can add up to 16 TB with an external drive. HomeBase also enables BionicMind AI, which can recognise familiar faces from strangers and filter clips by people, vehicles or pets. With high resolution and MaxColor Vision™ technology, it ensures high-quality video recordings and amazing day-like color night vision even with minimal light. {{component:"product", handle:"t88923w1", sku:"T88923W1"}} Best for: Fixed monitoring points where you need crisp 4K detail, reliable solar-assisted power, and local storage that can scale with your needs. What’s good: True 4K video with a 135° field of view. Integrated solar panels for extended battery life. HomeBase 3 with 16 GB built-in, expandable up to 16 TB. BionicMind facial recognition plus person/vehicle/pet detection. Amazing colour night vision. Best PoE: eufy PoE NVR Security System S4 Max If you want a hard-wired system for continuous, 24/7 recording and maximum coverage, the eufy PoE NVR Security System S4 Max is hard to beat. The package includes one NVR S4 with a 2 TB drive (expandable up to 16 TB) and four PoE Cam S4 units. Each PoE S4 camera features a 16MP triple-lens Bullet-PTZ design: a fixed 4K lens at the top with a 122° ultra-wide field of view, and two 2K PTZ lenses beneath that deliver a 360° panoramic view. The PTZ lenses can auto-track subjects with an 8× hybrid zoom, including 3× optical zoom, to capture close-up detail without losing context. With a powerful 8-core CPU in the NVR, it enables features such as live cross-camera tracking, where motion is handed off between cameras seamlessly, and AI-powered keyword search, so you can find specific footage quickly. Because the system runs entirely over Ethernet, you get stable power and data transfer with IP65 weatherproofing for long-term outdoor use. {{component:"product", handle:"e8e00321", sku:"E8E00321"}} Best for: Large properties or multi-camera setups where continuous wired recording, local storage, and intelligent subject tracking are a priority. What’s good: Complete kit: 1× NVR S4 (2 TB included, up to 16 TB) + 4× PoE Cam S4. Triple-lens design: top 4K fixed lens (122° FOV) + dual 2K PTZ with 360° coverage. 8× hybrid zoom with 3× optical for close-up clarity. Live cross-camera tracking and AI-powered video finder. 8 channels built in (expandable to 16) with PoE stability and IP65 rating. Installation and Maintenance Tips A well-chosen camera is only effective if it’s set up correctly and kept in good working order. These simple steps will help you get the best performance and keep your system reliable over time: Before you install Test Wi-Fi strength or Ethernet reach at the exact mounting point. Choose a spot 2–3 metres high, angled slightly down for the clearest view. Avoid aiming directly at the sun or bright lights, which can cause glare. Plan your coverage so the camera focuses on entrances and paths, not public areas or neighbours’ windows. Mounting and setup Use weatherproof sealant around cable entry points for wired cameras. For battery or solar units, ensure panels get a few hours of direct sun each day. Fix cameras securely with tamper-resistant screws if possible. Set up motion zones in the app to reduce false alerts from passing cars or trees. Ongoing maintenance Wipe the lens periodically to remove dust, rain spots or cobwebs. Check live view and alerts monthly to confirm performance. Update firmware through the app whenever prompted for security fixes. Recharge or replace batteries before they run low; schedule seasonal checks if relying on solar. Review storage space and back up important clips as needed. Conclusion Finding the best outdoor security cameras UK homeowners can trust comes down to balancing coverage, clarity, and reliability. Whether you need a wireless PTZ that covers every angle, a fixed 4K camera for sharp detail, or a wired PoE system for full-time recording, there’s a solution that fits. With eufy’s range, you get options that balance clarity, smart detection, and reliable storage. Install them carefully, keep them maintained, and you’ll have lasting peace of mind knowing your property is protected day and night. FAQs What is the most reliable outdoor security camera without subscription? The eufy SoloCam S340 is a strong choice if you need wireless flexibility. It records in 3K/2K, pans 360°, and saves clips to its 8 GB onboard storage while staying charged with solar power. If you prefer a fixed viewpoint with sharper detail, the eufyCam S330 records in 4K and connects to HomeBase 3, which includes 16 GB local storage and lets you expand up to 16 TB. Both options give you smart AI person/vehicle detection, reliable security, and complete ownership of your recordings. Can outdoor security cameras record 24/7? Yes, but only if they’re powered continuously and designed for it. Battery-only cameras usually record on motion to save power. Wired systems, like the eufy PoE NVR Security System S4 Max, are built for full-time recording. With built-in 2 TB storage (expandable to 16 TB), this setup ensures you don’t miss anything. Which type of CCTV camera is best for outdoor? The best type depends on your needs. Wireless PTZ (pan-tilt-zoom) cameras like the eufy SoloCam S340 are flexible for quick setups and wide coverage. Fixed 4K models such as the eufyCam S330 provide sharp detail at entrances. For larger properties, a PoE system like the eufy PoE NVR Security System S4 Max delivers full coverage and 24/7 continuous recording. Make sure the camera gives clear night vision and is at least IP65-rated to withstand the elements.
Security Camera · 10/09/2025
Doorbell Camera vs Security Camera: What’s Better for Your Home?
Thinking about upgrading your home security? You’ve probably seen plenty of security cameras around; they’ve been protecting homes for years. Doorbell cameras, on the other hand, are the newer, smarter option. They don’t just show you who’s at the door; they let you talk to visitors, check on deliveries, and record what’s happening outside. That’s why many people ask: what’s the real difference between a doorbell camera vs security camera? Do you actually need both, or can a doorbell camera do the job on its own? In this guide, we’ll break down how each one works, their key differences, and the situations where each option makes more sense for your home. Understanding the Basics of Each Device Before comparing features, it helps to get clear on what each device actually does: What is a doorbell camera? A doorbell camera, often called a smart or video doorbell, is a device that combines the functions of a traditional doorbell with a built-in camera, microphone, and speaker. When someone presses it—or even just walks past—the camera activates and sends a notification to your phone. You can see, hear, and talk to whoever’s there in real time. It’s designed for doorstep interactions, like speaking to couriers, checking on visitors, or keeping an eye on deliveries when you’re away. Most models connect over Wi-Fi, with power coming either from a rechargeable battery or from your existing doorbell wiring. Recorded clips can be stored on your device, or in the cloud if you choose a monthly plan. What is a security camera? Security cameras are broader security devices meant to watch over different parts of your business or household. These cameras are usually installed at vantage positions to capture a wider area, such as driveways, gardens, side paths, or inside your home. They come as standalone Wi-Fi cameras or as part of a wired multi-camera system that records to a local NVR (Network Video Recorder). Wired PoE (Power over Ethernet) systems are valued for reliability and 24/7 coverage, while battery-powered Wi-Fi models are easier to install and move around. Most modern cameras now support remote viewing through apps and can send smart alerts when motion is detected. Key Differences Between Doorbell and Security Cameras On the surface, both devices capture video and send you alerts, but they’re designed for different jobs. Here are the key differences between doorbell cameras vs CCTV cameras: Field of view and coverage Doorbell cameras are built to give you a narrower, “head-to-toe” view right at your doorstep. They’re usually mounted lower than a traditional camera (around 1–1.5 metres high), which means you can clearly see faces and parcels left on the ground. Recent models may feature wide-angle lenses that give you a broader view, more of the porch or entryway, but they can cause a bit of fisheye distortion at the edges. Security cameras, on the other hand, are typically mounted higher (2.5–3 metres or more) to monitor much larger spaces such as driveways, gardens, side entrances, or inside your house. You’ll also find more lens options: wide-angle for broader coverage or varifocal and zoom lenses for honing in on specific areas with fewer blind spots. There are also PTZ (pan-tilt-zoom) models that can pan a whole 360° and track motion automatically, offering better coverage and more flexibility. Resolution and night vision Most doorbell cameras record in 1080p to 2K (4MP), which is enough for clear doorstep footage. Night vision is usually infrared (IR), though some models also use HDR to handle tricky lighting at porches. Security cameras offer a much broader range, from basic 1080p right up to ultra-clear 4K and above. The sharper the image, the easier it is to spot important details like faces and license plates, even at a distance. They usually come with stronger night vision, and many outdoor models now include built-in spotlights or advanced low-light sensors to deliver colour footage even in the dark. Motion detection and AI recognition Doorbell cameras often combine PIR (heat-based) motion sensors with video analysis to cut down on false alerts. They’ll notify you if someone presses the bell, if a person approaches, or if a package is detected. Security cameras take this further. Depending on the model, they can spot people, vehicles, pets, or define “virtual boundaries” so you’re only alerted when someone crosses a line or enters a set zone. A lot of PTZ models can follow movement automatically, so you always end up with a consistent clip of what happened. This makes them more flexible for bigger areas with regular movement. Viewing and alerts Both doorbell and security cameras support live viewing, push notifications to your phone, and remote playback through an app. Battery-powered doorbells normally record short motion-triggered clips to save power, whereas wired or PoE security cameras often support continuous 24/7 recording with a full timeline you can scrub through. Audio features Two-way talk is a standard feature for doorbell cameras, letting you speak directly to visitors or couriers from your phone. Many also include quick-response messages you can play with one tap. Security cameras vary more. Some models have built-in microphones and two-way talk, while others focus purely on video and durability, especially in outdoor, weather-exposed areas. Weatherproof rating and durability Doorbell cameras are designed to withstand rain and cold on the porch, with solid weather resistance for everyday use. Outdoor security cameras often take things a step further, with higher IP ratings (like IP66 or IP67) for dust and water resistance. Dome-style models can even come with vandal-resistant housings (such as IK10), making them tougher to damage. Power and connectivity Doorbell cameras usually run on rechargeable batteries or connect to your existing doorbell wiring for continuous power. Some high-end models support PoE (Power over Ethernet), but Wi-Fi is by far the most common connection type. Security cameras give you more flexibility. Battery-powered Wi-Fi versions are easy to set up for single-camera coverage, but for more reliable performance and multi-camera systems, PoE/Ethernet camera is the standard. One cable provides both power and data, making it perfect for continuous, round-the-clock use. Local storage vs cloud Doorbell cameras tend to rely on cloud subscriptions for storing clips and unlocking advanced features like person or parcel detection. Some do offer microSD card or on-board local storage, but it’s less common. Security cameras usually give you more choice. Many support microSD cards inside the camera, while multi-camera setups often use an NVR (Network Video Recorder) for local, long-term storage. You can also add cloud storage for off-site backup if you want an extra layer of security. Installation Doorbell cameras are generally simple to install, especially battery-powered models, which can be fitted with basic tools in minutes. Wired versions take a little more effort. You’ll need a compatible transformer and some low-voltage wiring, but still fall within DIY territory. Security cameras vary. A single battery Wi-Fi camera is as straightforward as a doorbell cam, but PoE or NVR systems require running Ethernet cables and setting up a recorder. With planning, many homeowners do this themselves, though professional installation is often chosen for neater cabling and guaranteed reliability. Side-by-side comparison Feature Doorbell Camera Security Camera Primary role Manage doorstep interactions; see and talk to visitors Monitor wider areas such as gardens, drives, or rooms Coverage Narrower, focused on the doorway Wider field of view; have PTZ and varifocal options; can be multi-camera systems Resolution & night vision 1080p–2K; infrared night vision; HDR on some models 1080p–4K or above; stronger IR; colour night vision with spotlights Motion & AI PIR + video; person/parcel detection; doorbell press alerts PIR or video; person/vehicle/pet; line-crossing, intrusion zones Viewing & alerts Live view, push alerts, motion-triggered clips Live view, push alerts, motion-triggered clips, 24/7 recording with playback timeline Audio Two-way talk standard; quick replies available Two-way talk on many, not all; varies by model Weatherproofing Weather-resistant for front-door use Higher IP ratings (IP66/67); some vandal-resistant housings Power Battery or wired to doorbell Battery power (some with solar panel) or PoE for continuous 24/7 use Connectivity Mostly Wi-Fi (2.4GHz) Wi-Fi or PoE/Ethernet for stability and scale Storage Mainly cloud subscriptions; limited local storage microSD, hub or NVR for multi-cam setups, plus optional cloud Installation DIY-friendly (esp. battery models); light wiring if needed DIY for single Wi-Fi; PoE/NVR may need cabling or pro install When to Choose a Doorbell Camera Pick a doorbell camera if your main questions are “who’s at the door?” and “where did that parcel end up?” It’s the right fit when: You live in a flat, terraced home, or smaller property where the front door is the main area you want to keep an eye on. You want to see and speak to visitors, couriers, or tradespeople wherever you are. Package theft or missed parcels are your biggest concerns. A natural pick here is the eufy Video Doorbell E340. It uses two cameras, one looking out for people, the other angled down to cover the doorstep, so you see visitors and parcels in the same glance. At night, a dual-light system enables colour night vision up to about 5 m, which helps you read clothing colours and spot package details in low light. You get 2K video, two-way audio, and AI for human and package detection (with face recognition available) to cut the noise from routine street motion. Power is flexible: run it on the detachable battery or wire it to your existing chime; the battery is designed for easy swaps and is quoted for up to six months per charge. It’s IP65-rated for UK weather and works standalone with 8 GB of on-device storage, or you can pair it with HomeBase S380 (also usable as a chime). That combination of dual-cam view, colour night vision, and flexible power makes the E340 a strong, practical front-door upgrade. {{component:"product", handle:"t8214311", sku:"T8214311"}} When to Choose a Security Camera Choose a security camera when you need to watch wider areas and capture useful detail across a garden, drive, side path, or multiple angles of your property. It’s the better fit when: You want coverage beyond the doorstep, including side gates, driveways, or back gardens. You want continuous 24/7 recording (24/7) instead of event-based recording. You need flexible framing (pan/tilt or zoom) to reduce blind spots. You want cameras installed at multiple vantage points around your property. You need higher video quality, night vision, or zoom features for detailed surveillance. You want indoor monitoring for kids, pets, or valuables. A well-suited choice is the eufy SoloCam S340. It’s a dual-lens PTZ Wi-Fi camera delivering a 3K wide-angle view plus a 2K telephoto view, with hybrid 8× zoom to keep faces and number plates clearer at distance (rated for detail at 15 m). The unit supports 360° pan and 70° tilt, so you can actively follow movement or set it to patrol the area; a built-in spotlight and colour night vision help you see useful detail after dark. Power is worry-free thanks to an adjustable 2.2W solar panel, which keeps the battery topped up indefinitely. It comes with 8 GB of internal storage and on-device AI that can recognise motion, people, and vehicles, so you only get relevant alerts. The camera connects over 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi, is fully weather-resistant, works with Alexa and Google, and can link toa HomeBase S380if you want to expand into a wider system later. It’s a practical choice if you want strong coverage outdoors with minimal upkeep. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} Mixed Systems: Why Many Households Benefit from Both For many homes, the most reliable setup is a mix: a doorbell camera at the front door, plus one or more security cameras around the perimeter. You get the right tool for each job: a doorbell cam to manage visitors and parcels in real time, and a security cam to watch drives, gardens, and side entrances with pan/tilt and zoom when needed. If you’d like that balance, pairing the eufy Video Doorbell E340 at the door with the SoloCam S340 outdoors works cleanly: both support local storage, both can run standalone, and both are compatible with HomeBase S380 should you want a central hub later. That way you keep doorstep interactions quick and personal while maintaining wider, colour-accurate coverage across the rest of your property Conclusion Choosing between a doorbell camera vs security camera really depends on how you want to protect your home. Doorbell cameras are ideal for managing visitors and deliveries at your front door, while security cameras give you wider coverage across gardens, drives, and side entrances. For many households, a mix of both offers the best peace of mind. And at eufy, you can find flexible, reliable options, whether you want a smart video doorbell, a versatile outdoor camera, or a system that combines the two seamlessly. FAQs Can I use a doorbell camera and security cameras together? Yes, you can use both together and they often complement each other. A doorbell camera is great for keeping an eye on your front door, while other security cameras can cover wider areas like gardens, driveways or side entrances. This creates a more complete security system, and when they’re from the same brand, like eufy, you can easily link them through one app for seamless monitoring. Do you need permission for a doorbell camera? In most cases, you don’t need formal permission to install a video doorbell in the UK. If it only records within your property, data-protection rules don’t apply. However, if the camera captures public streets or neighbours’ property, UK GDPR does apply. You’ll need to put up clear signage, limit recording to what’s necessary, keep footage secure and delete it regularly. Does a Ring doorbell act as a security camera? Yes, a Ring doorbell works like a security camera. It records video when motion is detected, sends you alerts, and let you see and communicate with who’s at your door when you are not home. But unlike a full security camera system, it usually only covers your doorway and has a narrower field of view. It’s great for monitoring visitors and parcels, but you may still want extra cameras for wider coverage of gardens, driveways, or side paths.
Security Camera · 10/09/2025
CCTV Signage Legal Requirements UK Explained
If you use CCTV on your property, it’s not just about installing cameras. The law says you need the right signs too. Clear CCTV signage shows people they’re being recorded, protects their privacy rights, and keeps you on the right side of UK law. In this guide, you’ll learn the key CCTV signage legal requirements UK, why they matter, and what every sign should include, whether you’re running a business, managing a workplace, or securing your home. CCTV Signage Rules Under UK Law If your cameras can identify people, the footage counts as personal data. That means your CCTV use is covered by both the UK GDPR and the Data Protection Act 2018 (DPA 2018). Together, these laws set the standards for how surveillance should be used: fairly, transparently, and only where it’s necessary. In practice, you need to: Have a lawful basis for using CCTV. For most private organisations, this is usually legitimate interests, such as crime prevention or protecting property. Public bodies, on the other hand, may rely on public task when carrying out CCTV monitoring. Be transparent.You must tell people that recording is taking place in a way they’ll actually notice, and putting up clear, visible signs is the most practical route. Be accountable.Document why you’re using CCTV, set a retention period for how long footage is kept, restrict who can access it, and keep the system secure. If you’re carrying out higher-risk monitoring, for example, large-scale or sensitive surveillance, you may also need to complete a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA). Respect people’s rights.Be ready to handle subject access requests, objections, or complaints and know how to respond within the legal timeframes. The DPA 2018 works alongside the GDPR, adding UK-specific rules (particularly for law enforcement) and giving the ICO (Information Commissioner’s Office), the UK’s data regulator, powers to investigate and enforce compliance. For homeowners, there’s a limited domestic use exemption. If your cameras only film within your boundary, you’re usually outside GDPR. But the moment your system records a public space or your neighbour’s garden, the law applies in full, and you’ll need to meet the same transparency and accountability standards as any business. It’s worth stressing why this matters. Signage is the most visible part of compliance because it shows you’re being open about surveillance. Without it, your CCTV may be considered unlawful. The risks aren’t just theoretical. Failing to follow the CCTV signage requirements in the UK and wider data-protection duties can lead to: ICO action: If you ignore the rules, the ICO can issue warnings, enforcement notices, orders to delete footage, and in serious cases, fines(with higher maximums under the UK GDPR). Civil claims: Individuals may seek compensation for misuse of their data or privacy harms. Operational issues: Beyond the legal consequences, you risk complaints, employee grievances, reputational damage, insurance issues, or even your CCTV footage being rejected as evidence if it wasn’t obtained lawfully. What to Include on CCTV Warning Signs Your signs are how you meet the transparency part of UK GDPR in the real world, and they must cover the essentials. To be in line with the UK CCTV signage requirements, your sign should include: A clear statement that recording is happening.A simple “CCTV in operation” is fine, but it must be obvious and positioned so people see it before they’re filmed, at entrances, gates, receptions, or car parks. The reason for recording.Spell out why CCTV is being used, such as “for the prevention and detection of crime” or “to protect staff and premises.” Both the ICO and the Surveillance Camera Code expect this. Who’s responsible.Name the organisation or individual operating the system. If that’s not clear (for example, in a shared building), add contact details like a phone number or email so people can get in touch. Where to find more information. Keep the sign short, but point to your full privacy notice (with a URL or QR code). That’s where you can explain how long footage is kept and how people can make a subject access request. Audio recording (if used). Audio is intrusive and difficult to justify, so it should only be used in limited circumstances. If your system does capture sound, your sign must say so. The key is to make signs obvious, readable, and to the point. You don’t need to cram in every detail. Just keep the essentials on the board and link to the fuller explanation elsewhere. CCTV Signage for Different Environments The CCTV signage requirements in Scotland, England, Wales, and Northern Ireland are the same across different settings: make recording clear, explain why, and name who’s responsible. But how you put that into practice will depend on where the security cameras are. Retail, leisure and hospitality venues Shops, gyms, bars, hotels, and restaurants should display signs at every public entrance and in areas under surveillance such as tills, self-checkouts, and exits. Signs of A4 size are normally adequate in the interior, but they should be eye-level and well-illuminated. If audio is used (for example, to protect staff from abuse), make sure the signs state that sound recording is happening, and only switch it on when necessary. Train staff so they know who the controller is and how to handle questions or requests for footage. Car parks and outdoor areas Larger signs, like A3, should be positioned at vehicle and pedestrian entry points, as well as near payment machines or walkways. If the area is in use at night, make sure the signs remain visible and easy to read in low light. Workplaces and offices Employers should tell staff about CCTV before installing cameras, and be upfront about where and why it’s being used. Avoid private areas such as toilets and changing rooms. Only in exceptional cases, with a strong justification, should cameras ever be placed there, and even then, signs must be clear. Signs should go at building entrances and in monitored areassuch as corridors, so both staff and visitors know where recording is taking place. 👉Related Reading: CCTV Laws in the Workplace UK Multi-tenant buildings and shared spaces Where different organisations share a building or site, signage should make clear who the controller is, whether that’s the landlord, managing agent or an individual tenant. Include a contact number or email so people know who to approach. Place signs at shared entrances and lobbies so visitors are informed before they enter camera range. Domestic CCTV and doorbells If cameras capture only within your property boundary, the “domestic exemption” usually applies and GDPR won’t cover you. If your doorbell cameras record beyond your boundary, such as the street, communal hallways, or a neighbour’s garden, the UK GDPR kicks in. In that case, you should display a visible sign (like one on your gate or door), keep footage secure, and be prepared to respond to requests. Public-facing systems (local authorities, campuses, large venues) When councils, universities or large venues run CCTV, they are expected to meet the Surveillance Camera Code of Practice. That means maximum transparency: clear signs naming the operator and purpose, and a published point of contact for enquiries or complaints. Conclusion Clear signage is the simplest way to keep your CCTV use lawful, transparent, and trusted. By following the CCTV signage legal requirements UK, you show people exactly why recording is taking place, who’s responsible, and how their data is handled. Whether you’re a business owner, landlord, or homeowner, getting signage right protects both you and the people on your premises. Review your signs regularly, keep them clear and visible, and link to more detailed privacy information. It’s a small step that makes a big difference for compliance and peace of mind. FAQs Do I need to display CCTV warning signs in the UK? Yes, if your CCTV records people in a public or common area, you must display warning signs under the Data Protection Act 2018 and UK GDPR. Businesses are required to put up clear, visible signs explaining CCTV use and its purpose. For homeowners, signs are legally needed if your cameras capture areas beyond your boundary, like the street or a neighbour’s property. If your system only films inside your property, signage isn’t mandatory, though it’s still a considerate step for visitors. Can my neighbour have CCTV pointing at my garden in the UK? Your neighbour is allowed to install CCTV to protect their property, but if their camera records your garden, the UK GDPR and Data Protection Act 2018 apply. They should limit what’s captured, use privacy masking if possible, display a clear signage, and handle any subject access or objection requests properly. It’s best to talk with them first. If issues remain unresolved, you can raise a complaint with the Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO). 👉Related Reading: Can My Neighbour Have CCTV Pointing at My House in the UK? Do I need a signage displayed for an outdoor camera on my property? If your outdoor camera only records within your boundary, there’s no legal requirement for signage. However, if it captures public areas or neighbouring property, the UK GDPR and Data Protection Act 2018 require you to display a clear sign. You must also ensure footage is limited to what’s necessary, kept secure, deleted appropriately, and that you’re able to respond to any access requests from people recorded.
Security Camera · 31/07/2025
How to Block Neighbors Security Camera the Right Way in the UK
If your neighbour’s security camera is pointing towards your garden, driveway, or even windows, it’s natural to feel uncomfortable. No one wants to feel like they’re constantly being watched in their own home. But before you rush to take action, it’s important to understand what’s legal and what isn’t in the UK. This guide will walk you through how to block your neighbors security camera legally, when their CCTV might be crossing the line, and what steps you should never take if you want to avoid trouble. When Is a Neighbour’s CCTV Crossing the Line? Outdoor security cameras are perfectly legal in the UK for personal safety and property protection, but there are limits to what your neighbour can do with their CCTV. The moment their setup records anything beyond their own boundary, they take on extra responsibilities under the Data Protection Act 2018 and UK General Data Protection Regulation (UK GDPR). Here’s when their CCTV might be crossing the line: It’s filming your property: If their camera points directly into your home and captures your garden, driveway, windows or any area where you expect privacy, that’s overstepping. There are no warning signs: They must display signs saying CCTV is in operation and provide you with any footage of yourself if you request it (this is called a Subject Access Request). It’s recording sound: Recording sound is far more intrusive than video. Routinely recording conversations is rarely justifiable and may amount to harassment. Pan, tilt or zoom misuse: If the lens tracks you when you move, or zooms into windows and hot-tub areas, that’s likely excessive and breaching your privacy rights. If you spot any of these issues, your neighbour may already be breaking the rules, and you have every right to challenge it. Is Blocking a Neighbour’s Security Camera Legal? Now before we dive into how to block neighbor’s security camera in the UK, it helps to know where the legal lines sit. In most cases, you can take steps to block a neighbour’s camera as long as you stick to your side of the boundary and don’t damage their equipment. Putting up a fence, screen or hedge on your property is usually allowed. But anything that involves tampering with their system, like spray-painting lenses, cutting wires or jamming signals, is illegal and could land you in serious trouble. Think “block, don’t break.” Passive measures to protect your privacy are fine; interfering directly with their CCTV isn’t. How to Block Your Neighbour’s Security Camera? If your neighbour’s CCTV is looking straight into your garden or windows, start with a calm chat before you spend money or build anything. Many people don’t realise their camera is intrusive, and a polite request to reposition it or use privacy masking features often solves the problem quickly. If talking doesn’t work or is not an option, here are some practical, legal steps you can take to block their view without causing drama, or breaking the law: 1. Install window films, blinds and curtains One-way reflective window films allow you to see out without being seen in. Combined with opaque curtains or blinds, it ensures privacy without obstructing your view entirely. 2. Put up a barrier You’re allowed to build fences, trellises, or privacy screens on your property up to 2 metres high (or 1 metre next to a road) without planning permission. If you want something taller, you’ll need to check with your local council first. 3. Grow natural screening Fast-growing shrubs or climbers like hedges offer a natural and aesthetically pleasing barrier. Just keep in mind that if your hedge gets too high and blocks a neighbour’s light, they could complain under the High Hedges rules. 4. Add a garden structure Pergolas, gazebos, or even a well-placed umbrella can create a private spot in your garden. 5. Rearrange outdoor spaces Moving seating areas or play spaces out of the camera’s view might be all you need to feel more comfortable. 6. Escalate if needed If none of these steps work, you can take it further by complaining to the ICO (Information Commissioner’s Office) or seeking mediation. Both are safer and more effective than going to war with your neighbour. 7. Install security cameras of your own legally In fact, one of the simplest ways to regain control is to run a sensible, neighbour-friendly camera of your own. A well-placed, privacy-minded system lets you protect your side of the fence without escalating the lens-war next door. And it shows you’re following the very same best practice you’re asking of others. 👉Related Reading: How To Install Security Cameras If that sounds useful, here are two solid, wire-free options from eufy that tick the legal and practical boxes: The eufy SoloCam S340 is a true fit-and-forget unit. The built-in solar panel tops up the battery with around two hours of daylight a day, so there’s no cabling or charging to worry about. Dual lenses pull double duty—a 3K wide-angle lens watches the whole scene while a 2K telephoto lens zooms up to 8× for plate-clear detail at roughly 15m. Add 360° pan, 70° tilt, and AI motion detection & tacking, and one camera can cover an entire garden—no hub, no fees, just local storage on-board. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} When you need broader coverage, the eufyCam S3 Pro 2-Cam Kit supplies two 4K solar-powered cameras plus a HomeBase S380 hub for expandable, subscription-free storage (built-in 16GB and up to 16TB). Each camera packs a large 13,000 mAh battery and an upgraded SolarPlus panel, so about an hour of daylight keeps them running indefinitely. MaxColor Vision captures full-colour night footage without spotlights, and radar + PIR dual motion sensing filters out false alerts. The system also integrates smoothly with Apple Home, Alexa and Google Assistant for hands-free control. {{component:"product", handle:"t88923w1", sku:"T88923W1"}} Actions to Avoid It’s tempting to take drastic action when you feel like you’re being watched, but some responses will only make things worse and could get you into serious trouble. Don’t damage the camera: Cutting wires, spray-painting lenses, or knocking down a camera is criminal damage. Courts tend to side with the owner in these situations, and you could end up paying for repairs or worse. Don’t try to blind it: Shining lasers, high-powered LEDs, or infrared (IR) lights at a camera to disrupt or overload its sensor might seem like a clever fix, but it’s still considered interference. If you damage the camera, you could face criminal damage charges. Don’t interfere with their system: Hacking into their CCTV feed or using jamming devices isn’t just bad form—it’s a criminal offence under the Computer Misuse Act and could lead to heavy fines or even prison time. Don’t ignore planning laws: Building an extra-tall fence might feel like a quick win, but anything over the permitted height limits can trigger a council enforcement notice or a fine. Don’t try to jam or disable the mic: Concerned that your neighbour’s system is recording sound from your garden? Searches for how to block neighbors security camera audioonline might suggest using “jamming” devices or high-pitched emitters to interfere with or block a CCTV mic. These are not only ineffective against many systems—they’re also illegal to operate without Ofcom authorisation. Conclusion Dealing with a neighbour’s security camera can be frustrating, especially if it feels like your privacy is being invaded. But before you take matters into your own hands, it’s worth knowing where the law stands—and how to block neighbors security camera legally. Start with a simple conversation. Most neighbours will adjust their cameras once they understand the impact it’s having. If that doesn’t work, there are plenty of passive, legal ways to block their view, from window films and fences to hedges. Just avoid anything that could be seen as tampering with their system. You don’t want to turn a privacy concern into a legal headache. FAQs What kind of light will block a camera? Both infrared (IR) light and lasers can block or disrupt a camera’s ability to capture clear footage. IR light, especially in the near-infrared spectrum, can overwhelm a camera’s sensor, rendering it ineffective. Similarly, powerful lasers directed at a camera’s lens can damage its sensor or cause temporary malfunction. While these methods can be used to interfere with surveillance, intentionally blocking a camera with IR light or lasers is illegal in the UK and can result in legal consequences. What to do if your neighbor’s security camera is pointed at your house? Start by speaking to your neighbour. They may not realise their camera is intrusive and could adjust it. If that doesn’t work, ask in writing why they’re recording and request any footage of you. You can then escalate to the ICO if the camera captures areas outside their boundary. To protect your privacy, consider legal measures like installing screens or planting hedges on your side of the property.
Security Camera · 31/07/2025
How to Find Camera IP Address and Keep It Protected
Whether you’re setting up a new CCTV system or trying to troubleshoot a connection issue, knowing how to find camera IP address is essential. It’s the key to accessing live feeds, adjusting settings, and securing your network. In this guide, you’ll learn six straightforward ways to locate your camera’s IP address, plus how to spot unsecured cameras, configure your setup properly, and keep your system safe from prying eyes. 6 Ways to Find Your Security Camera’s IP Address If you’re wondering, how to find the IP address of my camera, the path can vary depending on the brand and model. Here are 6 reliable methods you can try, from the obvious to the slightly nerdy: 1. Check the camera’s companion app or software The easiest way on how to find IP address of camera is by using the manufacturer’s app or software, if they offer one. Most modern IP cameras now come with smartphone apps that you download and install during setup. These apps allow you to adjust settings, watch live feeds, and receive remote alerts. For example, if you’re using eufy cameras, you can quickly locate the IP address via the eufy Security app: Open the app and tap the camera (or HomeBasehub) you need. Go to Settings › General › About Device. The IP address for that unit is listed alongside its MAC and firmware version. Note it down or copy-and-paste it into your browser to test the connection. 2. Look through your router’s connected devices list Your Wi-Fi router serves as the central hub for your network, assigning IP addresses to all connected devices (including your camera) through protocols like DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) and maintaining a comprehensive record of these assignments. To access your camera’s IP address through your router: Open a browser on your computer and type in your router’s IP (common ones are 192.168.0.1 or 192.168.1.1) to access the admin page. Log in using your router credentials, often found on a sticker on the back of the device. Look for a section called Connected Devices, Client List, or Attached Devices to view all devices currently connected to the network. Find your camera in the list—look for “eufyCam” or the MAC address shown on your camera’s sticker. The assigned IP address will be shown next to it. Once you’ve found it, make a note of the IP address. If your router allows it, set up a DHCP reservation so the IP doesn’t change every time you restart the system. 3. Use network scanning tools If your router interface is confusing, another easy way on how to find CCTV camera IP address is to use a network scanning tool. Readily available options include: Fing(Android, iOS, Windows, macOS) lists every device, its IP, brand name and first-seen date in seconds. Angry IP Scanner offers a one-click sweep across Windows, macOS and Linux with exportable results. Nmap is a more advanced option. A simple command like nmap 192.168.0.0/24 scans your whole network, and adding flags like -p 80,443,554 --script=http-title can highlight cameras running web interfaces or RTSP. To use the scanner, just open the app or program and start a scan of your local network. Once the scan completes, look through the list for devices labelled “eufyCam”, “security camera” or something similar. If it’s not labelled, match the MAC address from your camera’s sticker. 4. Check the camera’s physical label Flip the camera over or check the box. Manufacturers print the serial number and MAC address—and sometimes a default IP—on a sticker. You can match that MAC address to the one listed in your router or network scan to confirm the IP. 5. Access the camera’s web interface Many modern IP cameras come with a built-in web interface that you can access directly through your browser. This page usually lets you view live feeds, adjust settings, and check basic network information. For example, you can access the eufy camera’s web portal at [https://mysecurity.eufylife.com/#/login]. You’ll typically find the URL in the camera’s user manual or on the manufacturer’s support page. Here’s how to use it: Open the web page in your browser. Log in using the same account details you set up for the app, or use the default admin/password if you haven’t changed it. Navigate to the Network Settings or LAN section (it might be worded slightly differently), where you can view or change the IP address and check which ports are in use. 6. Use command prompt or Terminal For users comfortable with command-line tools, both Windows command prompt and macOS terminal offer direct access to network data, enabling the discovery of connected devices—including your IP camera—without additional software. On Windows: Press Win + R, type cmd, and hit Enter. Ping your network’s broadcast address (e.g. ping 192.168.0.255). Runarp -a to list all connected devices and their IP/MAC pairs. Cross-reference the MAC address printed on your camera’s label to locate its assigned IP address. On Mac or Linux: Navigate to Applications › Utilities › Terminalto open the command-line interface. Type arp -a or ip neighto see all connected devices. Find your camera by matching its MAC address. List of Unsecured IP Cameras Many IP cameras, especially older or budget models, still ship with weak default credentials or have known, un-patched vulnerabilities. When you leave them exposed on the open internet, they become easy targets for automated scans and opportunistic hackers. Below is a snapshot of camera models that have been repeatedly flagged for vulnerabilities: Camera manufacturer Default Username Default password Default IP Axis root blank or “pass” 192.168.0.90 Brickcom admin admin 192.168.1.1 Hikvision admin 12345 192.0.0.64 Dahua admin admin 192.168.1.108 Dahua 888888 888888 192.168.1.108 Dahua 666666 666666 192.168.1.108 TP-Link (Tapo C-series) admin admin 192.168.0.10 Foscam (pre-2020 models) admin blank 192.168.1.88 If the table above makes you uneasy, here are two solid eufy cameras that approach security differently: unique default passwords, on-device AI, and no mandatory cloud. The eufy SoloCam S340 Wireless Outdoor Security Camera pairs a 3K wide-angle lens with a 2K telephoto, giving you crisp detail up to 15 m away and 8× hybrid zoom without grainy blow-ups. A 360° pan-and-tilt mount pairs with smart motion detection to wipe out blind spots, while the adjustable solar panel trickle-charges the battery, so you can forget about ladders and charging cables. Footage lives on the camera’s 8GB eMMC, and it runs through on-device AI for people, vehicle, and pet detection, meaning you stay subscription-free, and your clips stay private. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} Need full-property coverage? The eufyCam S330 shoots in true 4K, each camera sporting its own mini solar panel for “forever power.” Video stores locally on HomeBase 3—16GB built-in and expandable to 16TB with a standard hard drive—so marathon recording doesn’t cost a penny. The hub’s BionicMind™ AI spots faces, pets, vehicles, and learns over time to reduce false alerts, all processed in-house for extra privacy. Add a 135° field of view, colour night vision, and two-way audio, and you get pro-level coverage without cloud lock-in. {{component:"product", handle:"t88713w1", sku:"T88713W1"}} Both eufy models ship with randomised admin passwords, TLS-encrypted app links, and frequent firmware pushes via the eufy Security app, giving you that peace of mind you’re looking for. How to Configure IP Cameras to Network? Getting an IP camera online isn’t complicated, but doing it the right way means fewer headaches later on. Below, we’ll walk you through the simple steps for both a wired PoE setup and a more modern wireless setup using a smartphone app: For a wired PoE setup: Start with a quick check: Before you connect anything, note down the camera’s default IP address (if it has one), MAC address, and factory login details. These are usually printed on a sticker on the camera or in the manual. Plug in and find the camera on your network: Connect the camera to your router or PoE switch using an Ethernet cable. Once it powers up, it should appear on your network. Check your router’s Connected Devices page or use a network scanner app (like Fing) to find it. Log in and change the credentials: Open a web browser, type in the camera’s IP address (e.g. http://192.168.1.108), and log in using the factory credentials. The first thing you should do is change the admin password to something strong and unique. Set a fixed IP address: To keep the camera’s IP consistent (so it doesn’t change every time your router restarts), assign it a static IP. You can do this in the camera settings by turning off DHCP and entering an address manually, such as 192.168.1.50. Adjust network settings: You can then configure key details such as port forwarding for remote viewing, motion alerts, and recording preferences in the web interface. For a wireless setup using the app: Power up and get ready: Switch on your camera and locate the QR code—this is usually printed on the bottom of the device or on a sticker. Pair the camera in the companion app: Download and open the manufacturer’s app, tap Add Device, and select your camera model. When prompted, scan the QR code on your camera with your phone. Some models may also require you to press a physical setup button. Wait for the confirmation sound or LED light that signals the camera has been paired. Connect the camera to your Wi-Fi: The app will display available networks—select your home Wi-Fi and enter your password. Give the camera a few seconds to connect. When it’s ready, the app will confirm the connection. Finalise the setup: Follow the app’s on-screen instructions to name your camera and adjust any basic settings like motion detection, notification preferences, and storage options. How to Protect Your Security Camera’s IP Address Once your camera is set up and running, you’ll want to keep it safe. Exposing an IP camera to the wider internet without safeguards is like leaving your front door unlocked. Here are the key steps to make sure your camera and its IP address stay private. Change all default logins The first and simplest defence: replace every default password—your camera, your router, and any connected apps—with long, unique passphrases. Even strong passwords can be compromised over time, so consider updating them regularly. Keep your software up to date Firmware updates often include critical security patches. Check for updates on both your camera and router every few months and apply them promptly. Many cameras allow automatic updates—enable this if possible. Lock down remote access Disable UPnP and WPS on your router to stop it automatically opening ports. If you do need remote viewing, avoid exposing the camera’s IP directly. Instead: Set up a VPN for secure access, or Forward only the essential ports and monitor them carefully. Isolate cameras from the rest of your network Run your cameras on a separate VLAN or guest Wi-Fi network so they can’t directly communicate with your laptop, phone, or other sensitive devices. This creates a barrier even if a camera is ever compromised. In the camera’s settings, enable HTTPS or encrypted streaming (RTSP over TLS) to keep your login details and video feed safe from interception. Conclusion Now you know how to find camera IP address and get it set up on your network. Whether you used the app route, your router’s device list, or a network scanner, the process is actually pretty straightforward. But don’t stop there. Assign a fixed IP, change the default credentials, and check for firmware updates to keep things running safely. These small steps make a huge difference in locking down your camera from unwanted access. FAQs What is the IP address for CCTV? An IP address for CCTV refers to a unique identifier assigned to a network-connected camera, allowing it to transmit video data over a local network or the internet. This address enables remote access and management of the camera, facilitating surveillance and monitoring from various devices. Each IP camera has its own IP address, distinguishing it from other devices on the network. How do I find the IP address of a device? To find the IP address of a device, you can use the manufacturer’s dedicated apps/web interfaces, check your router’s connected device list, utilize network scanning tools like Fing or Angry IP Scanner, check the device’s labels and manuals, or employ command-line utilities like arp or nmap. Do cameras have their own IP address? Yes, modern IP cameras have their own unique IP addresses. This allows them to connect to a network, transmit video data, and be accessed remotely. Unlike traditional analogue cameras, IP cameras use digital protocols, making the IP address essential for remote viewing, motion detection alerts, and integration with smart home systems. Related Blogs Check out more articles about CCTV cameras NVR and IP Camera Setup: Simple Steps How to Connect Wireless Camera to NVR: Step-by-Step Setup How to install CCTV cameras
Security Camera · 01/08/2025
Is Birmingham Safe? Safety Guide for Living and Travelling in Birmingham
Is Birmingham safe? It's a question on the minds of many who are planning to visit, study, or settle in this bustling city. As the second-largest city in the UK after London, Birmingham is known for its rich industrial history, cultural diversity, and central location. However, safety concerns often surface when people consider moving here. According to recent statistics, Birmingham is among the top 20 most dangerous places in the West Midlands and ranks as the second most dangerous major city across England, Wales, and Northern Ireland. This article breaks down the city’s crime landscape, highlights its safest and most challenging areas, and shares practical tips to help you stay safe in Birmingham. Birmingham's Crime Landscape Birmingham, England’s second-largest and highly multicultural city, faces ongoing safety concerns despite its vibrant character. In 2023, the city recorded 136 crimes per 1,000 people, making it the most dangerous major city in the West Midlands. The most common offences were violent and sexual crimes, with 63,464 incidents, though this marked a 10% drop from 2022. Birmingham’s city centre is particularly affected. In 2022, it recorded 145 crimes per 1,000 people, about 17% higher than the West Midlands average. That same year, it had the region’s highest number of burglary cases, with over 800 incidents in December alone. Looking at long-term trends, residential burglary increased by 17.5% between 2011 and 2021. More recently, theft from the person has become a recurring issue, with notable spikes in both March 2022 and April 2023. While some crimes like bicycle theft are on the decline, Birmingham’s crime landscape continues to raise concerns for both locals and visitors. Crime Types in Birmingham Birmingham faces several major crime issues, with the following being the most common: 1. Violence and Sexual Offences This is the most reported crime, making up nearly 40% of all cases. In 2023, the rate was 57.94 per 1,000 people, higher than the regional average. Ladywood had the most incidents, though overall cases dropped 10% from 2022. 👉Related Reading: City with Most Stabbings UK 2025 2. Vehicle Crime Reported over 13,000 times in 2023, vehicle crime includes theft and break-ins. The rate is 12.47 per 1,000, 179% above the national average. However, it saw a 12.9% decrease compared to the previous year. 3. Other Theft Covering crimes like blackmail and service theft, this has a rate of 10.38 per 1,000, above both local and national averages. Ladywood leads in reports, while Hall Green South is among the lowest. 4. Criminal Damage and Arson At 10.12 per 1,000, this includes deliberate property damage. Over 10,600 cases were reported in 2023, with Ladywood again the most affected. 5. Anti-Social Behaviour Over 10,500 incidents were recorded, including harassment and public disturbances. Rates have dropped sharply over the last decade, from 6,000 cases per month in 2012 to 1,500 in 2022. Safest and Most Challenging Areas Crime in Birmingham varies widely by area. While the city as a whole has a high crime rate, not all neighbourhoods are unsafe. The city centre benefits from a strong police presence and good public facilities. If you’re looking for the best places to live in Birmingham or wondering about nice areas in Birmingham, consider the following: Wylde Green, Sutton Coldfield Streetly North, Sutton Hill Hook, Sutton Streetly South Little Sutton, Sutton Coldfield Hollywood and Drakes Cross Lyndon Green Perry Beeches East Kingstanding South West Yardley Wood East In contrast, some challenging areas, especially in the old industrial south and certain inner-city zones, face higher crime levels. These include: Aston Handsworth Nechells Sparkhill Erdington Lozells Small Heath Bordesley Green Winson Green Ladywood Tips for Staying Safe in Birmingham Here are key tips to help you stay safe around the city: 1. Protect Yourself from Pickpockets Crowded places like the Bullring Shopping Centre, Birmingham New Street Station, and other busy spots can attract pickpockets. Keep your belongings close, use bags that zip up or go across your body, and avoid showing valuables like phones or wallets in public. 2. Stay Safe on Public Transport Public transport is generally reliable, but it's smart to stay alert, especially at night. Stick to well-lit stations, use trusted ride apps or licensed taxis, and avoid falling asleep on the way home. Keep your bags close and zipped, just as you would in any busy public space. 3. Prevent Vehicle Crime Car theft and break-ins can happen, especially if valuables are left in sight. Always lock your car, even for quick stops, and choose well-lit parking spots with security cameras nearby. Take anything valuable with you, or at least keep it out of view. 4. General Safety Habits Practicing mindful daily habits can significantly enhance your safety: Don’t carry large sums of cash Keep personal items in sight at all times Concentrate fully when crossing roads Inform someone if you're out late alone Avoid dark alleys or subways Before leaving home, double-check that all doors and windows are locked 5. Improve Home Security If you live in an area with higher burglary rates, it’s worth upgrading your home security. Install strong locks on doors and windows Use a Home Alarm Kit to alert you to break-ins and deter potential burglars Consider a smart doorbell like the video doorbell E340 to monitor front-door activity and receive real-time alerts on your phone For indoor monitoring, consider a compact security camera like the Indoor Cam S350 to keep an eye on living spaces while you're away For outdoor coverage, consider an outdoor security camera like the SoloCam S340 to protect driveways, entrances, or backyards Join a local neighbourhood watch group Conclusion So, is Birmingham safe? While the city does have a relatively high crime rate, safety largely depends on where you live and how well you protect yourself and your property. Like any major city, Birmingham has both safe and high-risk areas. With increased government focus on security, plus the right precautions, Birmingham can be a safe and livable place, especially if you choose the right neighbourhood and stay alert to your surroundings. FAQs Is it safe to walk around Birmingham? The answer is yes, walking around Birmingham is generally safe during the day. For added safety, stick to well-lit routes, avoid displaying valuables, and stay aware of your surroundings, especially at night. The city centre is regularly patrolled, and Bullring parking offers secure access for those exploring the area on foot. Is Birmingham safe or London? According to the latest statistics, Birmingham is generally considered less safe than London. Birmingham has a higher crime index of 64.41 compared to London’s 55.36. Its safety scale is also lower at 35.59, while London scores 44.64. This suggests that London may offer a slightly safer environment overall than Birmingham. What is the safest part of Birmingham? A few of the most secure neighbourhoods in Birmingham are Hill Hook and Little Sutton in Sutton Coldfield, Streetly South, Streetly North, and Wylde Green. Other low-crime neighborhoods are Hollywood and Drakes Cross, Lyndon Green, Yardley Wood East, Perry Beeches East, and Kingstanding South West, ideal for families and peaceful living. Related Blogs Check out more articles about living in the UK Top 10 Most Dangerous Towns in England Why Is Knife Crime Increasing in the UK? Where Are the Worst Places to Live in England 2025? Top 20 Best Place to Live in UK
Security Camera · 01/08/2025
15 Best Places to Live Outside London for Quality and Charm
Looking to settle outside the hustle of London without sacrificing convenience or quality of life? From picturesque market towns in the Home Counties to vibrant commuter hubs just a train ride away, the best places to live outside London offer a winning mix of affordability, space, and charm. Whether you're a young professional seeking fast rail connections, a growing family prioritizing great schools, or a retiree after a quieter pace, these towns and villages combine countryside tranquility with urban perks. Here are some of the top spots to consider for your next move beyond the capital. 15 Best Places to Live Outside London Looking to relocate? These 15 best places to live near London offer top schools, green spaces, and quick city access. Perfect for a well-balanced lifestyle: 1. Hitchin Hitchin, nestled along the River Hiz in Hertfordshire, blends centuries of history with a vibrant present. Once known as a wool trade centre, it is now a lively town that has developed into an economic hub, lined with shops, cafés, and restaurants. With excellent schools, quick links to London and Cambridge, and a welcoming feel, it is among the best family-friendly spots near the capital. 2. Guildford Guildford blends historic charm with countryside beauty, making it a top choice for families and professionals. It’s home to the University of Surrey and highly rated schools. The town also offers theatres, galleries, and easy access to the Surrey Hills, an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty ideal for walking, cycling, and nature escapes. 3. Reading Just 30 minutes from London, Reading is a top commuter town with a rich industrial past and a thriving IT and finance sector today. Though not a city, it ranks among England’s largest towns and boasts a strong retail scene with The Oracle shopping centre. With quick rail connections and urban buzz, Reading offers energy and accessibility. 4. Woking Tucked away in northwest Surrey, Woking blends suburban calm with urban convenience. Just 25 minutes from London Waterloo by train, it’s a top choice for commuters. Highlights include the Victoria Place shopping centre, Woking Park, and cultural spots such as The Lightbox and New Victoria Theatre. The town also has strong aerospace ties and is undergoing major regeneration. 5. Sevenoaks Sevenoaks is admired for its period homes, stately mansions, and elegant gardens. The town features a characterful parish church and a Saturday market. One of its most iconic landmarks is Knole House, a grand estate set within Knole Park. With access to the scenic Kent Downs, it blends heritage, nature, and community charm. 6. Brighton Situated in East Sussex, Brighton was a popular seaside resort in the 19th century, known for the striking Royal Pavilion. Today, it is celebrated for its lively beaches and vintage shops. The iconic Brighton Pier and Royal Pavilion continue to define the city's unique character, attracting both residents and tourists. 7. Epping Epping is a historic market town nestled between the River Roding and the River Lea, bordered by the lush Epping Forest. Its streets showcase listed buildings and grand mansions that reflect its aristocratic past. Known as one of the most expensive places to live outside London, it attracts commuters, buyers, and renters with excellent schools, local amenities, and fast Central Line access. 8. Henley-on-Thames Henley-on-Thames, a picturesque riverside town in Oxfordshire, is famed for its Royal Regatta held each June and its historic charm. Dating back to the 12th century, it has evolved from a royal landholding to a market town with a traditional street layout, a historic church, and grand manors. Today, it stands as one of England’s most desirable places to live, offering a blend of boutiques, eateries, and river views. 9. Watford Watford is a lively town just 20 minutes from London Euston, popular with commuters for its fast rail links and vibrant amenities. It offers a mix of shopping centres, entertainment venues, and diverse dining options, alongside green spaces like Cassiobury Park for weekend picnics and strolls. With more affordable homes and easy access to Soho and Shoreditch, it’s ideal for working professionals. 10. Saffron Walden Situated 43 miles north of London, Saffron Walden is a historic town known for its beautiful architecture and timeless charm. The striking Gothic structure of St Mary’s Church stands as a focal point. Life here moves at a relaxed pace, making it an ideal escape from the hustle of the capital while remaining accessible. 11. Cambridge Cambridge is a city renowned not only for the prestigious University of Cambridge but also for its rich cultural scene, with numerous museums and arts centres. It has frequent train services, up to 276 daily, and is located around 49 miles from the capital. Cambridge offers a balanced lifestyle where academic excellence meets vibrant city living. 12. Beaconsfield Situated in Buckinghamshire, this exclusive town, once dubbed “Britain’s richest”, has average house prices of around £1.3 million. It rose to fame as the home constituency of former Prime Minister Benjamin Disraeli. Today, it combines historic elegance with modern charm, featuring striking architecture, boutique shops, and a refined lifestyle across its distinctive “old” and “new” quarters. 13. Bromley Bromley, in the heart of Kent, is a top pick for London commuters. With an average house price of around £504,000, the area combines value with character through farmers’ markets and regular events that foster a strong neighbourhood spirit. Fast trains to London Victoria in 25 minutes ensure easy access and daily convenience. 14. Iver Iver is a popular choice for commuters seeking a quieter pace of life without sacrificing access to London. It offers direct train services to Paddington in around 30 minutes. Surrounded by picturesque countryside and local parks, Iver is perfect for those who enjoy scenic walks and spending time outdoors. 15. Dartford Dartford offers a balanced lifestyle with strong transport links, reaching London Bridge in 30 to 40 minutes by train. Its friendly atmosphere shines through lively cafés, local shops, and cosy restaurants. Green spaces such as Central Park and Dartford Heath add outdoor appeal for enjoying nature. Combined with reputable schools and family-focused amenities, it’s a smart choice for suburban living near London. How to Enhance Your Home Security Moving to a new area is exciting, but home safety should come first. Installing security cameras and smart security devices from Eufy is a smart move. It allows you to protect your home in four ways: 1. Outdoor Monitoring You can choose the SoloCam S340 for full outdoor coverage. It’s solar-powered, weather-resistant, and offers a 360° view with no blind spots. The dual lens and 8× hybrid zoom ensure clear detail from any angle. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} 2. Indoor Monitoring The Indoor Cam S350 features AI facial recognition, pet detection, and two-way audio for real-time chats with family. It works with Alexa and Google Assistant, and fits anywhere indoors. {{component:"product", handle:"t8416221", sku:"T8416221"}} 3. Smart Entry Alerts Secure your entryway with the video doorbell E340. Dual cameras provide a full front view of visitors, along with a downward-facing view of the doorstep area. The colour night vision and dual lights enhance visibility at night. {{component:"product", handle:"t8214311", sku:"T8214311"}} 4. Comprehensive Protection The Home Alarm Kit includes entry and motion sensors, a keypad, and alarms for whole-home security. Installation is simple and customisable, with real-time alerts via the Eufy Security app. {{component:"product", handle:"t8990321", sku:"T8990321"}} Conclusion Choosing the best places to live outside London means finding the right mix of lifestyle, location, and value. With towns offering excellent commutes, thriving communities, and green spaces, there is a wealth of options for those seeking a new start. Just be sure to pair your new location with smart home protection. FAQs Which city is 30 minutes to London? Reading is a standout option just 30 minutes from London by train. Known for its strong economy and vibrant lifestyle, it combines excellent transport links with a buzzing high street and scenic green spaces, making it one of the best places to live outside London for both commuters and families. What is the safest town near London to live? Beaconsfield in Buckinghamshire is widely recognised as one of the safest towns near London. It offers a mix of elegant homes, excellent schools, and a low crime rate that appeals to families and professionals alike. With its historic charm, strong community spirit, and quick rail access to London, it balances security with convenience beautifully. What is the nicest countryside near London? If you are looking for countryside charm near London, Sevenoaks is a top choice. This historic town is surrounded by green space and offers access to the scenic Kent Downs, an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty. With elegant homes, tranquil walks, and a 30-minute commute to central London, it blends rural peace with daily convenience. Related Blogs Check out more articles about living in London Top 10 Safest Areas in London to Live in or Visit Crime Rate in London England 2025 Top 10 Most Dangerous Parts of London 2025
Security Camera · 01/08/2025
Is Edinburgh Safe for Residents and Tourists Alike?
Is Edinburgh safe? It’s a common concern for anyone considering a move, holiday, or study abroad in Scotland’s capital city. With its blend of historical charm, world-class universities, and vibrant neighbourhoods, understanding how safe the city truly is becomes important for both residents and visitors. In this article, we will explore the facts, figures, and local experiences that shape Edinburgh’s safety profile. From crime rates to neighbourhood insights, and from night-time safety to expert-backed tips, this guide will help you navigate the city with confidence and peace of mind. Edinburgh's Crime Rate: The Big Picture Edinburgh consistently ranks as one of the safest cities in the UK. According to the Office for National Statistics and Police Scotland, the city’s crime rate stands at just 67.9 offenses per 1,000 population, about 1/3 of the national average. It also has the lowest rate of violent crime in the UK, with incidents like fights or attempted assaults being notably rare. But is Edinburgh safe at night? According to the Get Licensed UK’s 2024 Survey on Students Feeling Safe Walking Alone at Night, 62% of students reported feeling safe walking alone after dark in Edinburgh. It’s largely due to its well-organized public safety system. Police Scotland maintains frequent patrols in university areas and transport hubs, which gives residents and students greater confidence when moving around at night. During peak seasons, Police Scotland increases its patrols around the Royal Mile, Grassmarket, Waverley Station, and Edinburgh Castle. The city also features designated Safe Haven Spots, which provide rest, assistance, or emergency help to tourists when needed. 4 Safest Areas in Edinburgh If you are looking to relocate to Scotland for work or study and want a calm environment, here are four of the best places to live in Edinburgh, recognised as the safest areas: Stockbridge Stockbridge is an affluent neighborhood located on the edge of Edinburgh’s city center, known for its consistently low crime rate with daily patrols and security measures, making it a preferred choice for those prioritizing peace of mind. It has a relaxed and cozy atmosphere with shops, art galleries, and bookshops. It’s a popular farmers’ market that adds a vibrant local touch, while proximity to the scenic Water of Leith Trail offers residents easy access to nature and outdoor leisure. Morningside Morningside is one of Edinburgh’s safest and most pleasant residential areas, boasting a remarkably low crime rate of just 36.2 offences per 1,000 people. The neighbourhood is known for its clean, well-maintained streets and a warm community. Residents enjoy access to high-quality schools, distinctive cafés, a charming local theatre, and a variety of boutique shops that enhance its appeal for tourists. Bruntsfield Bruntsfield offers clean and quiet streets and is close to large green spaces like Bruntsfield Links and The Meadows, which serve as places for outdoor recreation and relaxation. The population is a healthy mix of locals and students, and the area is near several University of Edinburgh campuses, making Bruntsfield an ideal choice for students seeking a safe, accessible, and nature-friendly environment. Colinton & Fairmilehead Colinton & Fairmilehead is recognised as one of Edinburgh’s better-policed neighbourhoods, offering a sense of tranquillity for woodland walks and nearby nature reserves. Its stable population and strong neighbourhood ties further reinforce its safety. The relatively low housing density also makes it easier to implement targeted patrols and effective community safety measures, enhancing the overall security. 3 Areas in Edinburgh Requiring Caution While Edinburgh is mostly safe, some neighbourhoods warrant extra awareness, particularly after dark or in isolated locations: Portobello & Craigmillar Portobello & Craigmillar require caution, particularly due to challenges faced by Craigmillar with social housing, poverty, unemployment, and under-resourced education. In recent years, the local government has been upgrading housing quality, enhancing public spaces, and expanding community facilities. Despite this progress, some pockets still lack social cohesion and continue to face safety concerns. Residents and visitors are advised to stay alert, especially at night, and avoid poorly lit or isolated areas when alone. Leith Leith reports one of the highest crime rates in Edinburgh, particularly during night hours. Common incidents include property-related offences, vehicle crime, vandalism, and drug-related activity. In response, local authorities and Edinburgh Police have ramped up efforts to improve safety in the area with frequent community patrols, additional CCTV camera installations, and collaboration with local organisations to run anti-drug and youth crime prevention programmes. Sighthill & Gorgie According to 2024 data, this area reports a crime rate of 102.2 offences per 1,000 population. In response, the local government has partnered with Police Scotland to bolster public safety through increased CCTV surveillance in high-crime zones. Efforts also include encouraging neighbourhood watch schemes and implementing safety education programmes to strengthen community awareness and cooperation. Safety Tips for Enjoying Edinburgh Exploring Edinburgh is a treat, with its rich history, stunning views, and vibrant culture. Still, it's smart to stay prepared so you can enjoy the city with peace of mind. These tips can help you stay safe and secure during your visit. 1. Keep an Eye on Your Belongings in Busy Areas Tourist hotspots like Princes Street, the Royal Mile, and Waverley Station often attract pickpockets, so use a secure, zippered bag and stay aware of your surroundings. When exploring the city, try to spend time in public areas, cafés, and venues that have security cameras installed. These spots tend to be better monitored, which can discourage petty theft and make you feel more at ease. 2. Stay Street Smart Stick to well-lit areas at night and avoid walking alone through quiet closes or alleyways. Let someone know if you’re staying out late, and try to travel in pairs when possible. Licensed taxis and trusted ride apps like Uber are a safe bet after dark. 3. Handle Cash and Valuables with Care There’s no need to carry lots of cash. Most shops and restaurants accept cards and mobile payments. Keep valuables tucked away, and if you’re carrying a bag, wear it across your body and keep it in front of you in crowds. 4. Add Protection to Your Accommodation If you’re renting a property with outdoor access, it’s worth securing entry points. The SoloCam S340 is a great option for this. It’s a wire-free outdoor camera that’s easy to set up and lets you check in on your doorstep, garden, or driveway no matter where you are. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} While out, an indoor camera will let you know what’s happening back at your accommodation. The Indoor Cam S350 can help with that. It gives you clear, real-time video of your indoor space, ideal for keeping an eye on your belongings or even checking on pets if you’ve brought one along. {{component:"product", handle:"t8416221", sku:"T8416221"}} 5. Monitor Who’s at the Door With so many charming but shared stairwells and entryways in Edinburgh, especially in Old Town apartments, knowing who’s at your door can be useful. A Video Doorbell E340 lets you see and speak to visitors instantly, even when you’re not home. It’s especially handy if you're expecting deliveries or staying in a multi-unit building. {{component:"product", handle:"t8214311", sku:"T8214311"}} 6. Strengthen Overall Home Security Some areas of the city may experience occasional break-ins, especially in student-heavy or rental neighborhoods. A Home Alarm Kit is a solid way to stay protected. It alerts you to potential intrusions and can often be set up without professional help. Having one in place during your stay adds comfort and security. {{component:"product", handle:"t8990321", sku:"T8990321"}} Conclusion Backed by statistics and robust security systems, Edinburgh stands out as one of the safest cities in the UK. With low crime rates, effective policing, and community-led safety initiatives, both residents and tourists can feel confident day and night. So, is Edinburgh safe? The evidence strongly suggests yes, just remember to stay informed, choose secure neighbourhoods, and use smart safety tools to make the most of life in the city. FAQs Is Edinburgh safe to walk around at night? Yes, Edinburgh is generally safe to walk around at night, especially in well-populated and well-lit areas like New Town or Stockbridge. Surveys show 62% of students feel secure walking alone after dark. As always, sticking to main roads, avoiding secluded spots, and staying alert can further ensure your safety during night-time outings. Which is safer, Glasgow or Edinburgh? While both Edinburgh and Glasgow are rich in culture and attractions, Edinburgh stands out as the safer city overall. It reports a lower crime rate, has stronger neighbourhood policing, and consistently ranks higher in national safety indexes. This makes it especially attractive for students, families, and solo travellers seeking a more secure and peaceful environment. Is Edinburgh safe for Muslims? Yes, Edinburgh is a safe and welcoming city for Muslims, with a growing multicultural population and inclusive community values. The city is home to multiple mosques, Islamic centres, and halal restaurants. Combined with Scotland’s tolerant social atmosphere, these features ensure that Muslim residents and visitors feel respected, supported, and able to practise their faith comfortably while living or travelling there. Related Blogs Check out more articles about staying safety in UK Top 10 Best Places to Live in Scotland in 2025 Crime Rates in Britain 2025: Trends, Hotspots & Safety Tips Top 10 Most Dangerous Parts of London 2025
Security Camera · 01/08/2025
Where Are the Worst Places to Live in England 2025?
Not every corner of England offers the charm and comfort many expect. While the country is known for its rich history and stunning scenery, certain areas fall short when it comes to safety, affordability, and overall quality of life. In this guide to the worst places to live in England, we’ll explore the towns and cities that face ongoing challenges, from high crime rates and limited job prospects to poor infrastructure and overcrowding. Whether you're considering a move or just curious, this list highlights the spots that may be best avoided in 2025. Top 10 Worst Places to Live in UK Below is a breakdown of the ten most challenging places to live in the UK in 2025, based on crime statistics, economic hardship, social issues, and resident feedback. 1. Bradford Located in West Yorkshire, Bradford is a historic city known for its rich industrial past, especially in wool and textiles. Landmarks like the Saltaire World Heritage Site reflect its 19th-century prosperity. However, recently, Bradford has become one of the worst places to live in UK, struggling with high crime rates. According to Numbeo, it tops the UK’s crime index, driven largely by drug activity and economic offences. Crime rates are 90% above the national average, and even though it has many security cameras, safety remains a major concern for residents. 2. Luton Located in Bedfordshire with a population of around 215,000, Luton is often listed among the worst places in Britain to live. The town struggles with high crime rates, placing it in the top 20 most crime-affected areas nationwide. Overcrowded housing, poor living conditions, and limited job opportunities add to the challenges, with many residents facing low pay and limited prospects. 3. Westminster With world-famous landmarks like Big Ben, Westminster Abbey, and the Houses of Parliament, Westminster is often at the heart of London tourism and government. But alongside the grandeur, the borough sees around 440 crimes per 1,000 residents. Theft dominates, accounting for over 65,000 incidents, nearly 70% of all reported crimes. Other issues like violent offences and vehicle crime add to growing concerns about public safety in this high-profile part of the capital. 4. Peterborough Peterborough residents face high crime rates, underperforming schools, and limited cultural diversity. Its location in the East Midlands adds to the city’s isolation, with fewer connections and opportunities compared to larger, more central cities. These challenges continue to shape its reputation as one of the less desirable places to live in England. 5. Portsmouth Portsmouth’s coastal charm is overshadowed by persistent urban challenges. The city struggles with rising crime, unemployment, and a high cost of living, all of which contribute to its place among England’s worst-rated places to live. Its naval history, while significant, has also left behind social issues such as poverty and addiction. With a dense population of over 200,000, Portsmouth can feel congested, especially during peak tourism periods. 6. Blackpool Once a bustling seaside resort, Blackpool has seen a steady decline marked by economic hardship and social issues. It holds the lowest health index in the UK, reflecting widespread poverty and limited access to quality services. As tourism dropped, unemployment rose, leading to increased drug misuse and homelessness. Many residents feel the town has been left behind, with little investment or meaningful development in essential areas. 7. Kingston upon Hull Hull is one of the most deprived cities in England, with low incomes, poor health, and limited access to essential services. Once dependent on the fishing industry, its economy never recovered from the Cod Wars. It ranks among the worst in the UK for education and life expectancy. Drug crime is also a major issue, with Hull long linked to large-scale trafficking operations. 8. Middlesbrough Middlesbrough has struggled since the collapse of its once-thriving industrial base, leading to high unemployment and deep-rooted poverty. Over 40% of private rental housing is considered substandard, and social tensions have risen alongside a growing refugee population. Crime is a major concern, especially drug offences, hate crimes, and property damage. 9. Aldershot Aldershot stands out for its deep military roots, but parts of Aldershot rank among the most deprived in England, marked by poverty, unemployment, and growing social tensions. Public transport, while present, is expensive and often overcrowded, especially during peak times. Rising crime and limited economic opportunity further add to the town’s challenges, making daily life difficult for many residents. 10. Bournemouth Known for its beaches, Bournemouth attracts many tourists, especially during peak season, but living here isn't always as breezy as it seems. The cost of living is high, with pricey housing, food, and entertainment that can stretch even a moderate income. While the town thrives on tourism, its job market outside that sector is limited, making it difficult for residents seeking career advancement. Often described as a predominantly white, middle-class town, it lacks cultural and social diversity, which may not suit those seeking a more diverse environment. What Makes Life Harder in the UK’s Most Struggling Areas? Several key issues make life especially difficult in the UK’s most deprived areas. Below are the details of what residents often face day to day. High Crime Rates: Frequent burglary, violent crime, and antisocial behaviour make daily life feel unsafe. Unemployment: Job shortages and low wages limit opportunity and economic stability. Cost of Living: Rising expenses outpace earnings, adding financial pressure. Weak Infrastructure: Poor transport and underfunded services reduce access to daily necessities. Poor Education: Underperforming schools make it hard for families to secure a better future. Safety Tips for Living in the Worst Places in the UK Living in high-risk areas requires extra precautions. Here are simple yet effective safety tips: Stick to Busy Routes: Take main roads where there are more people and better lighting. If you feel uneasy, change your route or consider using a reliable taxi or ride app instead of walking alone. Keep Valuables Hidden: Don’t flash your phone or wallet in public. Keeping items tucked away in a zipped bag or front pocket makes you less likely a target for opportunistic thieves. Stay Connected with Local Updates: Joining neighbourhood watch groups or local forums on apps like Nextdoor or Facebook can help you stay informed about any suspicious activity in your area. Secure Your Outdoor Space: Having an extra set of eyes on the outside of your property can be a big help. The SoloCam S340 is a smart outdoor security camera that gives you full 360° coverage, zooms in on details up to 15 metres away, and runs on solar power, so there's no need for messy cables or constant charging. Watch Over Indoor Areas: If you want to keep an eye on living rooms, hallways, or entryways while you’re away, the Indoor Cam S350 is a strong pick. It offers clear 4K video, AI-powered tracking, and full room coverage with its pan-and-tilt feature. Check Who’s at the Door: Seeing who’s knocking, without opening the door, can add a serious sense of control. The eufy Video Doorbell E340 has two built-in cameras, one facing forward and another pointing down, so you can monitor visitors and packages at the same time. It also lets you speak to whoever’s there through your phone. Protect Your Home with an Alarm System: For all-around peace of mind, a reliable home alarm is key. The eufy 5-Piece Home Alarm Kit comes with entry sensors, a motion detector, a keypad, and a loud siren, all easy to install and managed through the eufy Security app. You’ll get instant alerts if anything suspicious happens, and there’s no need to pay monthly fees. Conclusion While England has many incredible places to call home, it’s clear that not every town or city offers the same quality of life. The worst places to live in England are often marked by a combination of high crime, poor infrastructure, limited job opportunities, and inadequate access to essential services. If you’re planning a move or simply curious, understanding these problem areas can help you make informed decisions about where to live. FAQs What is the least desirable place to live in the UK? Luton is frequently ranked as the least desirable place to live in the UK. Residents often highlight safety concerns, particularly after dark, as well as limited employment opportunities and a shortage of vibrant social or community spaces. These issues contribute to a lower quality of life for many locals. What is the nicest area to live in England? The nicest area to live in England can vary based on personal priorities, but as of 2025, Saffron Walden in Essex is widely considered one of the best. It topped The Sunday Times Best Places to Live in the UK 2024 list thanks to its excellent schools, charming market-town atmosphere, good transport links to London, and strong sense of community. Related Blogs Check out more articles about living in UK Best Place to Live in UK: Top 20 Towns to Call Home Top 10 Cheapest Place to Live in UK Top 10 Best Places to Live in Scotland in 2025 Top 10 Most Dangerous Parts of London 2025
Security Camera · 01/08/2025
10 Best Places to Live in Scotland in 2025
Scotland has a bit of everything: historic cities, peaceful towns, and stunning natural scenery. Some are drawn to the buzz of Edinburgh’s culture or Glasgow’s growing tech and creative industries. Others prefer quieter spots with a strong sense of community. In this guide, you’ll find some of the best places to live in Scotland in 2025, each offering a mix of lifestyle benefits, practical amenities, and local charm. 10 Best Places to Live in Scotland From bustling cities to tranquil towns, here are ten of the best places to live in Scotland in 2025, each offering its own unique appeal. 1. Edinburgh Edinburgh, Scotland’s stunning capital, is a hub of arts, culture, and history. Known for its gothic architecture and historic charm, it was named Best City in the World by the Time Out Index in 2022. Whether you are a youthful family in search of green space or an international investor attracted to the city's heritage, Edinburgh has it all. It's also home to the prestigious University of Edinburgh, adding a dynamic student presence and academic prestige to the city’s already rich cultural fabric. 👉related reading: Is Edinburgh safe? 2. Glasgow Glasgow is quickly becoming one of Scotland’s top relocation choices, thanks to its thriving modern industries. STEM (science, technology, engineering and mathematics) and communications are among the fastest-growing sectors, with key industries like biotechnology, fintech, and engineering driving demand for skilled professionals. As one of the UK’s major tech investment hubs, the city hosts global names such as Dell Technologies. 3. Aberdeen Often overlooked compared to Edinburgh or Glasgow, Aberdeen, known as the Granite City, offers all the benefits of city living at a more affordable cost of living. From the clean and scenic Aberdeen Beach to the peaceful Duthie Park Winter Gardens, the city blends natural beauty with urban convenience. Cultural highlights like the Aberdeen Maritime Museum add to its charm, while the local food scene shines with Michelin-recommended restaurants such as Café Bohème and Amuse by Kevin Dalgleish. 4. Stirling Stirling, located between Glasgow and Edinburgh, offers lower living costs while staying well connected to major cities. Recently ranked as one of the most affordable and happiest cities in the UK, it allows residents to enjoy a high standard of living without overspending. The city is full of things to do, from historic landmarks and cultural events to nearby outdoor destinations like Loch Lomond. Stirling’s large train station and short travel times to Glasgow and Edinburgh make it ideal for commuters. 5. Melrose Melrose is often described as the prettiest town in the Scottish Borders. Nestled beside the Eildon Hills, it is best known for the historic Melrose Abbey, where a container believed to hold the heart of Robert the Bruce was found. The town is perfect for leisurely walks, with plenty of quaint shops and tea rooms to explore. On sunny days, Priorwood and Harmony Gardens, both cared for by the National Trust for Scotland, offer peaceful spots for a stroll or a relaxing picnic. 6. Inverness Often known as the capital of the Scottish Highlands, Inverness is perfect for nature lovers who want access to the outdoors without feeling isolated. The city is close to some of Scotland’s most iconic landscapes, including the Cairngorms National Park, Ben Nevis and Loch Ness. With both mountains and beaches nearby, including the scenic Moray Firth, Inverness offers a rare balance of natural beauty and urban comfort. It also has strong transport links, with direct trains to Edinburgh and Aberdeen. 7. North Berwick in East Lothian If you’re looking for an upmarket seaside town, North Berwick is one of the best options in Scotland. Named the best place to live in the country by The Sunday Times, this charming town offers a mix of natural beauty, strong community and elegant living. North Berwick has long been popular as a holiday destination, known for its beaches, golf courses, yacht club and the historic Tantallon Castle. Families will appreciate the town’s safe, welcoming feel and excellent schools. North Berwick High School is ranked among the UK’s top non-fee-paying schools. 8. Dundee Dundee is one of the sunniest cities in Scotland, with more hours of sunshine than any other city except Edinburgh. The city’s efficient bus system makes daily travel simple, even during busy times. In 2014, it became the first UK city to earn UNESCO City of Design status, thanks to its global impact on design and creativity. Dundee is the birthplace of the Beano and Dandy comics and played a key role in the creation of Grand Theft Auto. 9. Portree, Isle of Skye Originally a fishing village, Portree, the capital of the Isle of Skye, has grown into a lively coastal community centred around a beautiful natural harbour. It offers a rare balance of peaceful island life and the energy of a small market town. The Aros Centre serves as the town’s cultural heart, hosting regular concerts and film screenings. Portree also has a diverse food scene for its size, with standout spots like The Lower Deck, Scorrybreac and The Isles Inn. 10. Wigtown, Dumfries and Galloway Wigtown is a peaceful town in Dumfries and Galloway that offers a true haven for book lovers. Named Scotland's National Book Town in 1998, it is home to a wide variety of bookshops and literature-focused businesses. Each September, the town hosts the Wigtown Book Festival, a major event featuring author talks, workshops and activities for all ages. With its strong literary culture and quiet charm, Wigtown is the perfect choice for anyone who dreams of living in a community built around books and creativity. How to Boost Home Safety Wherever You Settle No matter where you live, a few simple upgrades like installing security cameras can go a long way in protecting your home and your peace of mind. Here are practical safety tips that work well in both quiet suburbs and busier urban areas. 1. Lock Your Doors and Windows Always secure every door and window, even when you're home. Many intrusions happen because an entry point was left unlocked or slightly open. Make it a habit to double-check before leaving or going to bed. For added peace of mind, consider installing window sensors that alert you if something's been left open. 2. Install High-Quality Locks Standard locks often aren’t enough in high-risk areas. Upgrade to solid deadbolts and tamper-resistant locks that meet modern safety standards. Reinforced door frames and anti-snap cylinders are also smart additions. 3. Add a Fence A sturdy fence acts as both a barrier and a signal that your property is secure. It helps keep out unwanted visitors and clearly defines your space. For extra protection, choose fencing that’s tall and difficult to climb. 4. Install Security Lighting Good lighting can discourage intruders before they even approach your home. Install motion-activated floodlights near doorways, pathways, and any dark corners around your property. Not only does this make your home more secure, but it also helps you and your guests navigate safely at night. 5. Add Security Cameras Security cameras discourage break-ins and help monitor activity around your home, even when you're away. For outdoor use, the SoloCam S340 is a great choice. It runs on solar power and works without wiring, making it ideal for long-term outdoor security. Inside the home, the Indoor Cam S350 offers full 360-degree pan and tilt coverage, allowing you to track movement and view every corner of the room with ease. 6. Add a Smart Doorbell Being able to see who’s at your door, even when you’re not home, is a big security boost. The eufy video doorbell E340 features two cameras, one focused on visitors and the other on packages. You can talk to visitors in real time from your phone and review past footage easily if needed. 7. Install Home Alarm Kit A smart alarm system helps you respond quickly to any break-in attempt. The eufy 5-Piece Home Alarm Kit includes entry and motion sensors, a loud siren, and a keypad. It’s easy to set up, sends real-time alerts to your phone, and doesn’t require ongoing fees. It’s a cost-effective way to secure any home. Conclusion Scotland offers a wide range of lifestyle options, from lively cities to quiet coastal towns. Each place on this list of the best places to live in Scotland brings something unique: strong communities, great scenery, and practical living benefits. And wherever you decide to settle, home security matters. That’s where reliable solutions from eufy can help you feel safer every day. FAQs Where is the nicest place in Scotland to live? The nicest place to live in Scotland depends on your lifestyle. Edinburgh is ideal for culture and history, while Glasgow suits those seeking career opportunities, especially in tech. North Berwick is perfect for a peaceful retirement by the sea, and Dundee appeals to families with its creativity, sunshine, and community spirit. What is the safest part of Scotland to live in? The Shetland Islands and Orkney Islands are considered the safest places to live in Scotland, thanks to their low crime rates and close-knit communities. These remote areas offer a peaceful lifestyle, strong local ties, and a sense of security that makes them ideal for those seeking a safe and quiet home. Is moving to Scotland a good idea? Yes, moving to Scotland is a great idea for many. It combines natural beauty, rich history, and a high quality of life with excellent healthcare, free university tuition for residents, and diverse job opportunities. The welcoming culture and strong public services make it an attractive place to live and thrive. Related Blogs Check out more articles about living in UK Best Place to Live in UK: Top 20 Towns to Call Home Top 10 Cheapest Place to Live in UK Top 10 Worst Places to Live in England in 2025 Top 10 Most Dangerous Parts of London 2025
Security Camera · 01/08/2025
10 Most Dangerous Cities in Europe You Should Know About
Planning a European adventure? From romantic strolls in Paris to lively nights in Dublin, Europe offers endless charm, but not every city is as safe as it seems. To travel smart, it’s important to know where extra caution is needed. In this guide, we’ll uncover the most dangerous cities in Europe so you can explore wisely and stay secure. Read on! What Makes a City “Dangerous”? A city is often considered “dangerous” based on a mix of factors, not just crime statistics. Here are some of the key points that typically contribute: Economy: Financial struggles often lead to increased crime. Inflation, unemployment, and a growing gap between rich and poor can push individuals toward theft, drug activity, or violent offenses. Society: Densely populated cities with diverse and mobile communities may experience more crime. Social tension, low education levels, and limited opportunities often contribute to criminal behavior. Public Security: Even with strong policing systems, large cities present challenges. High foot traffic and overcrowded areas, like central London, create more chances for crime and strain law enforcement response. 10 Most Dangerous Cities in Europe in 2025 As crime patterns shift across the continent, these ten cities stand out in 2025 for their high crime rates, safety concerns, and social unrest. 1. Bradford, United Kingdom - Crime Index 67.1 Located in West Yorkshire, England, Bradford was once a thriving hub for the wool and textile industries, known for its rich industrial heritage and landmarks like the Saltaire World Heritage Site. However, in 2025, it tops the list of Europe’s most dangerous cities. According to Numbeo, Bradford has the highest crime index in Britain, with crime rates nearly 90% above the national average. Drug-related offenses and economic crimes are major contributors to its rising insecurity. 2. Marseille, France - Crime Index 65.3 Marseille, France’s oldest city, was founded by Greek settlers over 2,600 years ago. It’s a major Mediterranean port and home to the World Water Council. Beneath its historic charm, Marseille struggles with high crime rates, particularly violent crimes and gang-related violence. In 2023 alone, 48 people lost their lives in gang conflicts, mostly concentrated in the northern social housing districts. Alarmingly, 85% of residents report feeling unsafe, with half saying they “often” or “very often” experience insecurity. 3. Coventry, United Kingdom - Crime Index: 64.9 Located in the West Midlands, Coventry is known for its historic role in the UK’s automotive industry, home to Jaguar’s headquarters, and its strong academic presence with Coventry University and the nearby University of Warwick. However, the city struggles with high levels of drug-related offenses, as well as frequent incidents of theft and violent crime. Its busy nightlife scene, especially around the city centre's bars and clubs, contributes to rising public disturbances and a general sense of insecurity. 4. Birmingham, United Kingdom - Crime Index: 64.4 Birmingham is the UK’s largest city outside London and a major centre for industry and education, home to top universities like Birmingham and Aston University. Still, the city faces serious crime challenges. Alongside widespread drug use and violent crime, Birmingham’s recent economic struggles have worsened the situation. Following its declaration of bankruptcy in September 2023, rising poverty and an unstable job market have contributed to its high crime index. 👉Related Reading: Is Birmingham Safe? 5. Naples, Italy - Crime Index: 62.8 Naples is one of Italy’s oldest and most culturally rich cities, known for its ancient Greek origins, vibrant traditions, and the largest historic center in Europe, now a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Despite its beauty, Naples struggles with high crime levels. Tourists are frequent targets of pickpocketing, bag-snatching, and muggings. The city also faces visible urban decay, with overflowing trash, graffiti-covered walls, and neglected historic buildings contributing to a sense of disorder. 6. Grenoble, France - Crime Index: 61.4 Once praised as “France’s Silicon Valley,” Grenoble was seen as a model for innovation and urban living, aligning with President Macron’s vision of a modern, start-up-driven France. However, the city has seen a sharp rise in violent crime. In 2025, drug-related gang warfare has intensified, with 19 shootings linked to rival cartels. This surge in violence is part of a wider trend across French cities and has deeply affected local communities, with innocent victims often caught in the crossfire. 7. Montpellier, France - Crime Index: 61.3 Montpellier, known as la surdouée or “the gifted one,” is a lively Mediterranean city with deep historical roots. It’s home to the oldest functioning medical school in Europe, dating back over 800 years. Even so, safety remains a concern. Petty crimes like pickpocketing, bag snatching, and tourist scams are common in crowded spots like Place de la Comédie and the historic city center. The city is also seeing a rise in gang violence and drug-related offenses, contributing to its high crime index. 8. Liege, Belgium - Crime Index: 60.7 Liège, located in Belgium’s Wallonia region, is known for its industrial roots and vibrant culture. The city blends medieval charm with lively markets and welcoming streetscapes. Since 2019, crime rates have climbed, with robbery, assault, car theft, drug activity, and vandalism increasingly reported. High unemployment, driven in part by the decline of the local steel industry, has contributed to these issues. 9. Nantes, France - Crime Index: 58.4 Nantes, the birthplace of Jules Verne, is a vibrant city known for its artistic flair, rich maritime history, and multicultural spirit. Once a major slave port, it has reinvented itself as a dynamic hub of creativity and culture on the banks of the Loire. Still, the city reports a high crime index, with pickpocketing, bag snatching, and occasional violence occurring in busy areas. Ongoing national terrorism concerns have also led to increased security presence across key public spaces. 10. Paris, France - Crime Index: 58.1 Paris is a global icon, known for the Eiffel Tower, the Louvre, and elegant boulevards that embody romance, art, and fashion. With its grand cathedrals, leafy parks, and timeless charm, the city draws millions each year. Behind the beauty, theft, particularly pickpocketing, is the most common issue, especially in tourist areas. Drug-related offenses and verbal harassment also rank high. Staying Safe While Travelling Through Europe Here are practical safety tips to protect yourself and your belongings. General Tips: Carry travel insurance and necessary health documents. Register with your embassy and save emergency contacts. Know the European emergency number: 112. Keep copies of ID documents; store originals securely. Stay alert in crowded areas and tourist hotspots. Use ATMs inside banks during the day. Keep valuables out of sight and bags close to your body. Stay in well-lit areas, preferably those with visible security cameras. Don’t leave drinks unattended; use drink covers if needed. Short-term Stay Tips Use smart trackers to keep tabs on luggage, backpacks, or valuables. Stick to well-reviewed accommodations in safe areas and always lock your room. Store valuables you don’t need every day in the hotel safe or another secure place provided by your accommodation. Long-term Stay Tips Install a smart doorbell like theeufy video doorbell E340 to track front-door activity. Use an alarm or home alarm kit to detect intrusions and discourage burglars. Monitor your outdoor (backyards, driveways) with an outdoor camera such as SoloCam S340. For indooruse, you can use cameras like Indoor Cam S350 to watch your home when you are away. Conclusion While Europe is full of incredible places to visit, some areas pose higher risks. The most dangerous cities in Europe, like Bradford, Naples, and Marseille, report frequent theft, violence, and gang activity. Stay alert, use smart safety tools like trackers or security cameras, and take basic precautions to enjoy your trip safely. FAQs What city in Europe has the highest crime rate? The city in Europe with the highest crime rate is Bradford, United Kingdom, with a crime index of 67.1. This places it at the top of the list of Europe’s most dangerous cities in 2025. In contrast, cities with a crime index below 20 are usually considered safe. What is Europe's safest city? Zurich, Switzerland is often ranked the safest city in Europe, with only 5.2 violent crimes and 18.3 property crimes per 1,000 residents. A strong economy, efficient policing, clean public spaces, and dependable transport all help create a secure and stable environment that offers peace of mind to both locals and visitors. What is the European country with the most crime? Belarus currently ranks as the European country with the highest crime index at 56.4. However, France also stands out due to high public reports of local violence, crime, and vandalism, affecting nearly 15% of residents. These figures reflect broader safety concerns across several parts of Europe, particularly in urban and densely populated areas. Related Blogs Check out more articles about safety in Europe Top 10 Most Dangerous Boroughs in London Top 15 Safest Cities in Europe for Travel and Living in 2025 Top 10 UK Cities with the Highest Knife Crime Rates
Security Camera · 01/08/2025
London vs New York: A Full City Life Comparison
When comparing two of the world’s most iconic cities, London vs New York is a debate that never gets old. Both cities are cultural powerhouses, brimming with history, diversity, and global influence. Whether it’s your first time planning a visit or you’re considering a long-term move, each destination has something unique to offer. In this article, we’ll compare London vs NYC from cost of living and culture to safety, weather, and more, to help you decide which city aligns better with your lifestyle or travel goals. Let’s get into it! Cost of Living The overall cost of living in London and New York is significantly influenced by individual lifestyle choices. A single individual in London generally spends approximately £750 each month, not including rent. In New York, the same monthly expenses average about $1,100 (£835). Key spending categories like groceries, dining, and transport can vary based on your location within each city and personal habits. Below is a breakdown of key cost comparisons for rent and monthly living expenses. Location One-Bedroom (City Centre) One-Bedroom (Outside Centre) Three-Bedroom (City Centre) Three-Bedroom (Outside Centre) London £1,800 £1,200 £3,200 £1,800 New York City $3,000 (£2,280) $2,000 (£1,520) $6,500 (£4,940) $3,500 (£2,660) Lifestyle Both cities are fast-paced and diverse, and the overall vibe, social habits, and cultural offerings in London vs New York can feel quite different. Here's how daily life compares between the two. Pace of Life New York City is renowned for its vibrant and dynamic energy. The dense layout of the city makes everything feel immediate and urgent, which appeals to people who thrive on momentum. In contrast, London spreads its population over a larger area, offering a blend of vibrant zones and calmer residential districts People and Diversity London boasts a population of 9.5 million, which continues to rise thanks to the influx of international students, expatriates, and a vibrant workforce. New York City, with 8.8 million residents, is the most populous city in the United States. Both cities are cultural melting pots, filled with diverse languages, communities, and lifestyles. NYC feels more densely packed, while London offers a more balanced mix of busy zones and quieter neighbourhoods. Culture London and New York offer rich cultural experiences through their art, food, and public spaces. 1. Art and Museums Each city boasts prestigious museums and galleries that are recognized worldwide. Top Museums in London: British Museum (Rosetta Stone, historic artifacts) Tate Modern (contemporary art) National Gallery (classic European paintings) Top Museums in New York: Museum of Modern Art (modern masterpieces) The Metropolitan Museum of Art (broad historical collections) 2. Food Scene Each city offers iconic and diverse food experiences. Distinctive Food in London: High Tea Fish and Chips Sunday Roast Distinctive Food in New York: Pizza Bagels Global Cuisine from all over the world 3. Parks and Green Spaces Both cities provide green escapes from the urban rush. Notable Parks: London: Hyde Park New York: Central Park Transportation When comparing public transport in London vs New York, both cities offer strong systems but with different strengths. London’s Transport for London (TfL) is known for its efficiency and the iconic Underground Tube. In contrast, New York’s MTA runs a 24/7 subway, making it ideal for the city’s non-stop lifestyle. Below is a comparison of their underground systems. London New York Subway Fare Standard fare: £2.40* Standard ride: $2.75 Network Coverage 11 Lines; 270 stations 36 Lines; 472 stations Operating Hours 5:00 AM – 00:30 AM 24/7 Safety In terms of safety, London holds a marginally better position than New York, securing the 15th spot on the 2023 Safe Cities Index, while New York is ranked 20th. In London, violent crime is relatively low, though some areas may have higher incidents, especially outside tourist zones. In bustling locations like Oxford Street, petty crimes such as pickpocketing tend to occur more frequently. Central London is generally safe, even at night, with a strong police presence and widespread use of security cameras, particularly in transport hubs and tourist spots. In New York, crime has dropped significantly over the past decades, with most violent crime occurring outside main tourist areas. Petty theft still happens in crowded places like Times Square and the subway. The NYPD has a strong citywide presence, and subways are monitored by security cameras to enhance public safety. Manhattan is safe to walk at night, but like in London, it’s best to avoid quiet or unfamiliar areas alone. Weather and Seasons London experiences a temperate maritime climate, characterised by mild temperatures and consistent rainfall throughout the year. In contrast, New York experiences a humid subtropical climate, characterised by greater seasonal variations. Summer London: Warm but rarely hot, averaging 18–30°C (64–86°F) New York: Hot and humid, often 25–35°C (77–95°F) Winter London: Cool and damp, around 2–8°C (36–46°F), with rare light snow New York: Colder, between -3–4°C (27–39°F), with moderate to heavy snowfall Rainfall and Humidity London sees frequent light rain throughout the year New York gets heavier rain but less often New York summers are more humid, while London stays fairly consistent Seasonal Highlights Autumn: New York features vivid fall colors, while London’s foliage is more muted Winter: Snow is common in New York and rare in London Work-Life Balance London offers a more ideal work-life balance compared to New York. People are less likely to be contacted outside work hours and often disconnect fully during holidays or sick days. The lifestyle is more relaxed, with locals enjoying downtime at pubs, parks, or community events. In contrast, New York has a more demanding culture, where being available after hours is often expected. Which City Is Better to Visit? Both cities are outstanding travel destinations; however, London maintains a slight advantage. With free museums, diverse street food, lush parks, and a generally safer feel, it’s a great choice for first-time visitors. While New York offers iconic landmarks and unmatched energy, London stands out for its blend of history, culture, and accessibility. Recommended Safety Gear for City Life Living in a busy city like London or New York requires having the right safety gear that can give you peace of mind. Here are some smart home and personal security tools to help you stay protected. Smart Lock for Safer Access: A smart door lock lets you lock and unlock the door with your phone or a passcode. No more worrying about lost keys, and you can even set access for family or flatmates. Motion Sensor Lighting: Install motion-activated lights around dark corners, entrances, or stairwells. They’re not only convenient, but they also help scare off anyone who shouldn’t be there. Window Sensors and Glass Break Alerts: Add window sensors or glass break detectors to key rooms, especially if you’re on a ground floor. They provide instant alerts if something’s wrong. Outdoor Camera for Front and Back Entry: Keep watch over your home’s exterior with something reliable like the SoloCam S340. It’s solar-powered, easy to install, and gives a clear view day or night, so you always know what’s happening around your door or back garden. Smart Indoor Camera: For rooms you want to keep an eye on, like the living area or front hallway, the Indoor Cam S350 offers full-room coverage with 360° pan and tilt. It’s especially useful when you're away or just want to check in remotely. Video Doorbell for Everyday Awareness: A smart doorbell like the video doorbell E340 helps you manage unexpected visitors and deliveries. It streams video in 2K and works even at night, letting you talk to anyone at the door straight from your phone. Alarm Kit for Entry Points: A solid Home Alarm Kit is essential for doors and windows. This system comes with a keypad, sensors, and gives you alerts if someone tries to get in. Conclusion When it comes to London vs New York, the better choice depends on your priorities. London offers a more relaxed pace, rich history, expansive green spaces, and a stronger work-life balance. New York is unique for its 24/7 life, iconic skyline, and fast-paced lifestyle. Safety is one thing you shouldn't overlook in either location. A well-equipped home gives peace of mind no matter where you are. For smart, easy-to-use home security tools designed for urban life, take a look at what eufy offers. FAQs Which is better, NYC or London? NYC is ideal for those who thrive in a fast-paced, high-energy environment with strong career opportunities, especially in finance and media. London offers a more balanced lifestyle, rich history, cultural diversity, and excellent public transport. Choosing between them depends on your career goals, lifestyle preferences, and tolerance for city intensity. Is NYC or London richer? New York City is considered richer overall, with the highest GDP of any city globally and the largest number of high-net-worth individuals. However, London remains a major financial powerhouse, leading in international banking, investment, and trade. Both cities are economic giants, but New York holds the edge in total wealth. Is London more developed or New York? London is often seen as more developed in terms of public infrastructure, with an efficient transport system, widespread green spaces, and free access to many cultural attractions. Its mix of historical depth, modern innovation, and social diversity offers a balanced urban experience that appeals to both residents and visitors alike. Related Blogs Check out more articles about safety in London Top 10 Most Dangerous Boroughs in London Crime Rates in Britain 2025: Trends, Hotspots & Safety Tips Crime Rate in London England 2025: Is the Capital Safe? Is Brixton Safe for Locals and Tourists?
Security Camera · 31/07/2025
Crime Rate in London England 2025: Where It’s Rising and How to Stay Safe
The crime rate in London England is a topic of growing interest for residents, visitors, and anyone planning to move to the city. As one of Europe’s busiest capitals, London sees a wide range of criminal activity across its many boroughs. While some areas feel relatively safe, others experience higher levels of crime. Understanding how crime affects different parts of the city helps you stay informed and prepared. In this article, we break down the latest crime trends, highlight hotspots, and share practical tips to help you navigate the city confidently. Is Crime Really Rising in London? It’s the question on everyone’s mind: is London getting more dangerous, or is it just the headlines making it seem that way? The truth is a little more nuanced. Some types of crime are creeping up, while others are actually falling. And compared to other UK cities, London’s overall crime rate isn’t as extreme as you might think. According to the latest annual data from the Office for National Statistics (ONS), in the 12 months to December 2024, London recorded 957,481 crimes, which is a 2.6% increase (around 24,000 more offences than the previous year). When you factor in London’s population of roughly 8.9 million, that works out at 107 crimes per 1,000 residents. To put that in context, it’s lower than Greater Manchester’s 109.9 per 1,000 and well below hotspots like Cleveland (124.6) or West Yorkshire (115). Here’s where it gets interesting: Shoplifting has surged in London, up 54% year-on-year as footfall in shops and high streets returned post-pandemic. Theft from the person (think pickpocketing and bag snatches) is also up 41%, fuelled by phone thefts and crowded tourist zones. On the flip side, some serious crimes are down: violent offences with injury dropped 15%, possession of weapons fell 20%, and stalking/harassment dropped 10%. Now, to look at the long-term trend, CrimeRate UK’s London crime risk scores reveal that the capital’s crime risk is actually down by 63 points over the last decade, and down by 8.19 points over the last 5 years. This contradiction means crime rate in London England is improving overall—but headlines often spotlight short-term spikes, which understandably cause concern. What Are the Most Common Crimes? When you break it down, London’s crime picture is dominated by theft, followed by violence and vehicle offences. Here’s what the latest Met Police data (Jan–June 2025) shows: Rank Crime category Recorded offences YoY change (vs Jan–Jun 2024) 1 Theft (all sub-types) 148,559 Down by 4.5% (was 155,483). Includes shoplifting & pickpocketing. 2 Violence Against Person 119,721 Slight up from 118,696 last year. 3 Vehicle Offences 43,929 Down from 52,882 last year London’s crowds, thriving tourism, and high smartphone usage make it a prime target for petty criminals. Shoplifting is up sharply, with 45,224 offences in just last six months. According to ONS’s data, shoplifting is up by 54% year on year in the 12 months to Dec 2024, reporting 10 crimes per 1,000 residents. Mobile phone theft is a major driver. In 2024 alone, the Met Police reported around 80,000 stolen phones in London, a huge jump from 64,000 in 2023 (that’s a 25% increase). This uptick in theft reflects a nationwide trend, too. Across England and Wales, ONS data for December 2024 showed shoplifting up 20%, reaching the highest levels since modern records began in 2003. Where Are the Crime Hotspots? Not all parts of London face the same crime pressures. The highest volumes tend to cluster in busy, central boroughs with heavy foot traffic, nightlife, and major transport hubs. London’s Highest-Volume Boroughs (Jan–Jun 2025) Here’s a look at the top boroughs for reported crime in early 2025: Rank Borough Total crimes Theft Notable points 1 Westminster 41,639 25,997 West End tourist hub; heavy shoplifting & pickpocketing. 2 Camden 20,333 10,160 Camden Town nightlife; Bloomsbury institutions. 3 Newham 19,789 7,028 Stratford & Olympic Park draw crowds. 4 Southwark 19,698 7,881 Riverside attractions (Borough Market, South Bank). 5 Lambeth 18,578 6,847 Brixton & Waterloo nightlife zones. 6 Tower Hamlets 17,585 5,327 East End growth, major transport interchanges. High-Street & Transport Hotspots to Watch The Met and City Hall have flagged 32 priority areas for extra policing this summer, covering high streets and town centres where theft, robbery and anti-social behaviour are most concentrated. These include: Stratford Woolwich Town Centre Finsbury Park Croydon Town Centre Shepherd’s Bush Green Elephant & Castle Seven Sisters The West End Together, these locations account for around: 10% of all knife crime in London 24% of theft from person incidents 6% of all anti-social behaviour reports Is London Safe Compared to Other UK Cities? So how does London stack up against the rest of the UK when it comes to crime? The short answer: it’s somewhere in the middle. While some parts of the capital have high crime levels, the overall rate is not as extreme as you might think, and in fact, London isn’t the most “dangerous” city in the country. Here’s how London compares: City / Police Force Area Crimes per 1,000 people How It Compares (12 months to Dec 2024) London (Metropolitan Police) 107.0 Mid-table, below some northern hotspots Greater Manchester 109.9 Slightly higher than London West Midlands (Birmingham) 105.3 Just below London’s rate West Yorkshire (Leeds/Bradford) 115.2 Noticeably higher Cleveland (Teesside) 124.6 Highest rate in England and Wales Source: ONS police-recorded crime statistics, year ending Dec 2024 So, while London’s crime rate isn’t insignificant, it’s far from the highest in the UK. Acquisitive crimes like theft push the numbers up, especially in crowded central areas. What’s Being Done to Address Crime? London’s authorities are throwing plenty of resources at tackling crime, especially the surge in phone thefts, shoplifting, and anti-social behaviour in busy areas. More police in high-crime zones The Met Police has launched extra patrols and plain-clothes operations across 32 hotspot areas, including Stratford, Croydon, and the West End. These efforts have already led to over 200 arrests and 1,000 stolen phones recovered in the West End alone. Cracking down on phone theft A new national phone-theft taskforce is working with Apple, Google and UK networks to introduce a “kill-switch”, making stolen devices useless to thieves. Meanwhile, Met detectives recently busted a gang linked to 13 violent phone-shop robberies after months of surveillance. Tackling retail crime Retailers have warned that shoplifting is “spiralling out of control.” In response, the government is planning tougher penalties and a new offence to protect retail workers from abuse and assault. Youth programmes to prevent violence The Mayor’s Violence Reduction Unit secured an extra £9.4m for 2025/26 to fund mentoring programmes, after-school activities and community projects proven to reduce knife crime. National fund schemes At a national level, schemes like the Safer Streets Fund and Hotspot Policing Fund are paying for better lighting, CCTV and alley gating in problem areas. Smart technology integration London’s boroughs are adopting advanced surveillance tools, including facial recognition cameras, license plate recognition (ANPR) systems, and real-time AI analytics to monitor patterns and respond quickly to crime hotspots. Enhanced CCTV networks are also helping to increase both prevention and prosecution rates. Tips for Staying Safe in London London is generally safe for most people, but like any big city, it pays to be cautious, especially in busy areas or late at night. Here are some practical tips to help you stay secure: Personal Safety Tips Keep your belongings close and secure. Use zipped bags and don’t leave phones or wallets in easily accessible pockets. Avoid wearing headphones or becoming distracted while walking alone, particularly at night. Choose well-lit streets and avoid shortcuts through alleys or parks after dark. Remain alert in busy areas such as public transport hubs, markets, and nightlife districts where pickpocketing is common. Transport Safety Tips Use official and licensed transport services. Black cabs and verified ride-hailing apps like Uber or Bolt are recommended. If traveling late at night, opt for Transport for London (TfL) night buses or well-populated train carriages. Avoid isolated sections of Tube stations and bus stops, especially during off-peak hours. Digital and Identity Safety Tips Be cautious when using public Wi-Fi. Avoid entering sensitive information or accessing banking apps without a secure connection. Enable two-factor authentication and use a password manager for online accounts. Shield your PIN when using ATMs and avoid machines located in low-traffic or poorly lit areas. Home Safety Tips Keeping yourself safe on London’s streets is important, but it’s just as vital to make sure your home is secure too. Simple steps like double-locking doors, fitting key-operated window locks, and using timer switches for lights or radios can make a big difference. Once you’ve nailed those basics, adding smart home security cameras and sensors can take things to the next level. eufy’s range is ideal here. It’s designed to give you full control and peace of mind without locking you into expensive monthly fees. Here’s how you can layer up your home protection: eufy SoloCam S340 This solar-powered eufy SoloCam S340 is perfect for outdoor spaces. It combines a 3K wide-angle lens and a 2K telephoto lens, giving you crisp detail even at 8× zoom, while its 360° pan and 70° tilt means it can track movement across your whole garden. The built-in solar panel keeps the battery topped up, so you don’t need to worry about cables or constant recharging. With 8GB local storage and on-device AI, your footage stays private, and you avoid ongoing costs. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} eufy Indoor Cam S350 For indoors, the eufy Indoor Cam S350 is a powerful all-rounder. It pairs a 4K wide-angle lens with a 2K telephoto to give a sharp, close-up view wherever you need it. The camera can pan 360° and tilt 75° to cover an entire room and features 8× hybrid zoom for pinpoint detail. Thanks to its f/1.6 aperture and infrared LEDs, it delivers clear images even up to 10 metres in the dark. And because the AI runs on-device, your private moments stay private. {{component:"product", handle:"t8416221", sku:"T8416221"}} eufy Video Doorbell E340 The eufy Video Doorbell E340 is ideal for keeping an eye on your front door. It uses two lenses —a 2K front camera and a downward-facing camera for packages—so you can see visitors and deliveries at the same time. Colour night vision, two-way audio, and smart AI detection mean you’re alerted to people, faces or packages instantly. You can run it on battery (lasting up to six months per charge) or hardwire it, and its 8GB onboard storage ensures you never miss a moment, even if your Wi-Fi drops. {{component:"product", handle:"t8214311", sku:"T8214311"}} eufy 5-Piece Home Alarm Kit This simple but effective eufy Home Alarm Kit includes a HomeBase, a keypad, a motion sensor and two entry sensors, all of which can be installed in minutes. The motion sensor and door/window sensors have impressive battery life, up to two years for the sensors and about six months for the keypad. You can arm or disarm the system from your phone or directly on the keypad, and customise sensor sensitivity to avoid false alarms from pets. {{component:"product", handle:"t8990321", sku:"T8990321"}} Conclusion The crime rate in London England reflects both long-term improvement and short-term challenges. While incidents like theft and robbery remain common in busy districts, the overall crime risk has declined over the past decade. With renewed police investment, technology-driven surveillance, and community engagement, London remains safer than several other major UK cities. Whether you’re living in or visiting the capital, staying informed and taking basic safety precautions can make a meaningful difference. FAQs What is the crime level in London? According to ONS’s latest data, London’s overall crime rate sits around 107 offences per 1,000 residents in the year to December 2024, putting it mid-table among UK police areas. It’s lower than Manchester (109.9) and West Yorkshire (115), but above West Midlands (105.3). That number reflects a mix: acquisitive crimes like shoplifting and phone theft are up, but serious offences such as violent crime and weapons possession have fallen. Which area in London has the lowest crime rate? Safest areas are predominantly outer boroughs. Richmond upon Thames consistently tops safety charts at around 54–61 recorded crimes per 1,000 residents. Kingston upon Thames and Sutton also feature low crime rates, with roughly 62 per 1,000. These leafy, suburban boroughs offer a calmer, family‑friendly atmosphere with significantly fewer incidents than inner‑city areas. Which part of London has the highest crime rate? Central London boroughs report the highest crime levels. Westminster has the highest recorded crime—over 40,000 incidents in the first half of 2025, equivalent to roughly 432 per 1,000 residents. Camden and Newham follow closely, with around 195 and nearly 20,000 reported offences respectively in the same period. These areas see elevated theft, violent crime, and anti-social behaviour, driven in part by high tourist and commuter footfall. Related Blogs Check out more articles about crime data in UK Top 10 Most Dangerous Boroughs in London Crime Rates in Britain 2025: Trends, Hotspots & Safety Tips Top 10 UK Cities with the Highest Knife Crime Rates
Security Camera · 31/07/2025
CCTV Laws in the Workplace UK — What Employers Need to Know
The United Kingdom has an estimated 7.5 million CCTV cameras spread across the country, or roughly one camera for every eleven people. CCTV cameras are not only used in public places anymore; they’re now common in many workplaces across the country as well. As more businesses use CCTV to protect their property, reduce theft, and monitor work, it's important to balance safety with employee privacy. When used correctly, it can support both operational efficiency and legal compliance. In this article, we're going to explain the laws regarding workplace CCTV surveillance in the UK and guide employers on how to balance security needs with legal responsibilities and employee rights. Part 1: Why Use CCTV In the Workplace? CCTV cameras in the workplace serve as a valuable tool for improving safety: Theft and Asset Protection Visible surveillance helps prevent both external and internal theft. According to statistics, companies that install security cameras report a 50% drop in staff theft and shoplifting. Additionally, CCTV footage from the workplace can also be used as evidence in investigations, helping resolve conflicts or identifying repeat offenders. Employee and Visitor Safety It is important to protect employees and make them feel like an integral part of the company. CCTV footage can be used for resolving both external and internal disputes among your employees and clients. This can help protect your employees from getting blamed for the wrong reasons. Other than this, CCTV footage is also very useful when it comes to insurance claims in case of workplace accidents. Using CCTV footage as proof can facilitate the claims process and possibly reduce employee compensation processing times. Productivity Monitoring Other than security reasons, CCTV cameras are also used for monitoring employee productivity and performance. By monitoring workflows and interactions, managers can streamline daily operations and provide targeted feedback to improve team performance. Such surveillance is especially critical in industries such as healthcare and finance, where precision and risk management are necessary. Surveillance of Highly Sensitive Areas CCTV systems can be used for monitoring highly sensitive areas within a company's premises. Installing cameras in places like document or cash rooms is strongly advised. By doing this, instances of sabotage and sensitive information leaks that could damage the company's reputation can be avoided. Part 2: Is CCTV Legal in the Workplace? It is legal to employ CCTV cameras in the workplace, but there are stringent guidelines your business must adhere to. The Human Rights Act of 1998, the Data Protection Act of 2018, and the UK GDPR establish the legal foundation for safeguarding employees' personal information and privacy. Here’s more information on CCTV laws in the workplace in the UK: Human Rights Act 1998 (right to privacy) This Act provides a comprehensive framework for personal privacy protection of individuals in both public and private places, such as the workplace. According to this act, even though surveillance is allowed, it must be done for legitimate reasons only. Constant or hidden monitoring may breach this right. Moreover, it should take into account the employees' right to privacy, especially in sensitive areas like restrooms and breakrooms. GDPR CCTV footage is regarded as personal information under the GDPR. Employers are therefore required to adhere to stringent policies regarding their use and storage. These include registering with the ICO, conducting a DPIA (Data Protection Impact Assessment), setting footage retention periods, securing data and access, and responding to SARs (Subject Access Requests). Data Protection Act 2018 This law underpins the GDPR framework in the UK by setting rules regarding how personal data, including CCTV footage, is collected, used, and stored. In order to conduct surveillance, the employer should have legitimate, lawful reasons, and the employees should be informed that they are being recorded. Plus, the data recorded should be protected against misuse. Part 3: How to Use CCTV at the Workplace Correctly Here are some important things both employers and employees should know regarding the use of CCTV at the workplace: For Employers: Legal and Ethical Use of CCTV 1. Conduct a DPIA The employer should carry out a Data Protection Impact Assessment before installing CCTV cameras in the workplace. It helps ensure that CCTV use is necessary and legally justified. It also helps assess risks to employee privacy and identify measures to mitigate those risks. This assessment helps ensure compliance with data protection laws such as GDPR (where applicable). 2. Put Up Clear Signage It is crucial to let employees and visitors know that they are being recorded. This can be done by putting up clear signs in the workplace that explain the purpose of the cameras, who is in charge of the footage, and the duration of recording. 3. Manage Employee Requests for CCTV Footage Under the GDPR's subject access request provisions, employees are entitled to request access to their own video footage. A business must have a proper procedure in place to manage these requests effectively. 4. Notify Workers Ahead of Time Before cameras are installed, educate all employees about the use of CCTV. Explain the need for cameras, how the footage may be used, and their rights regarding the recordings. For Employees: Your Rights Regarding Workplace CCTV 1. Right to Privacy and Being Informed If you're being filmed at work, you have a right to know. Employers are required to inform you where exactly the cameras are located, their purpose, and the intended use of the recorded material. 2. Right to Access CCTV Footage You have the right to view any CCTV footage that includes you. Since it is part of your personal data, your employer is required to provide it within a reasonable time, usually within one month. 3. Right to Data Security To prevent unauthorized access or leaks, the personal information captured by CCTV, including video recordings, must be stored securely. To further safeguard your privacy over time, video should only be kept for as long as required, typically a few days or weeks, before being deleted safely. 4. Right to File Complaints You can file a complaint if you think your privacy is being infringed upon or the CCTV is being misused. This could be done through your manager, HR department, or, if necessary, the Information Commissioner's Office (ICO). Part 4: eufy Business Solutions – 24/7 Protection Made Simple eufy provides smart, reliable business CCTV solutions and cctv camera systems tailored to fit the needs of different industries. Their business bundles offer a variety of options for indoor, outdoor, or full-property coverage. The system uses local storage with strong encryption and supports 24/7 continuous recording. Other features include: Up to 4K resolution with color night vision Easy installation and stable Wi-Fi coverage Weather-resistant (IP67) for all climates Scalable & customizable Final Thoughts When used properly, CCTV can contribute to a safer and more productive workplace. However, it is crucial to follow the rules set by the UK government for workplace surveillance. Employers must balance employee privacy and surveillance. eufy’s smart business bundles and the latest NVR CCTV system S4 Max are specifically designed for different types of UK businesses. Take action today to protect your workplace and your people with eufy. {{component:"product", handle:"e8e00321", sku:"E8E00321"}} FAQs Is it legal to record sound on cctv at work? Audio recording has far more limitations than video recording. Employers are generally prohibited from recording audio without express consent since it more severely violates privacy. Who can view CCTV footage at work? CCTV footage can only be accessed by authorized personnel, such as managers, security, or employees who appear in the recording. What’s the CCTV footage retention limit under UK law? According to UK law, footage should only be retained till it's necessary, usually no more than 30 days, unless needed for lawful reasons. What CCTV signs do I need and where? Signs that clearly state that CCTV is being used, who is in charge of it, and why should be placed at all entrances and in locations with cameras. This makes it easier for everyone to understand why they are being filmed. Related Blogs Check out these articles for CCTV in UK: Can My Neighbour Have CCTV Pointing at My House in the UK? CCTV Rules and Regulations in the UK CCTV Signage Legal Requirements in the UK Security Camera Setup Cost in UK 2025
Security Camera · 31/07/2025
Lost CCTV Login? Here’s How to Reset NVR and DVR without Password
Misplaced your NVR or DVR password and locked out of your CCTV? It’s a common slip-up—but easy to fix without needing to replace gear or hire a pro. Most CCTV devices have a hidden reset button that lets you restore access quickly. In this guide, you’ll learn exactly how to reset NVR and DVR without password using physical buttons, internal reset points, software tools, and more. 1. Use the Physical Reset Button (If Available) Many recorders have a hidden reset button or pinhole on the back, underside, or side panel. This is the quickest and easiest way to restore factory settings. If you find one on your device, follow these steps: Keep the recorder powered on. Insert a straightened paper clip into the pinhole or press the reset button and hold it down for about 5–30 seconds. Release when you hear beeps or see LED lights flashing. The unit then reboots and launches the first-run wizard where you can create a new password. 2. Use the Internal Reset Switch or Jumper If your recorder doesn’t have an external reset button, there’s often an internal tactile reset switch or two-pin jumper on the main circuit board. This requires opening the device housing. If you’re fine with opening the housing, here’s how to reset: Turn off the recorder and unplug it. Open the device casing carefully, remove the top cover, and locate the internal reset button or two-pin header marked “RESET” or “CLR.” Power the unit back on while holding the button or shorting the pins with a screwdriver for 30 seconds. Let go and allow the recorder to restart. 3. Try Default Login Credentials or a Master Password Generator On older, unbranded H.264 DVRs—especially those generic models with no clear make used in budget CCTV setups—there are two common ways to regain access if you’re locked out. These methods rely on either default login details or a date-based master password. Option 1: Default Login Credentials Many legacy DVRs ship with preset usernames and passwords that users often forget to change. In some cases, entering these credentials will log you in directly or trigger the system to reset and prompt for a new password. Common username and password combinations to try: Username: admin Password: 123456, 111111, 000000, 888888 Username: admin Password: 6036huanyuan, ttvvtthuanyuan (these may work as reset triggers on some models) Try these combinations one at a time and see if the system either logs in or asks you to create a new password. Option 2: Master Password Generator If the default credentials don’t work, many of these DVRs allow you to generate a one-time master password based on the current date and time stamp. Quick steps: On the login screen, take a photo or write down the date and time displayed. On a separate computer, download and install a Master Password Generator tool (commonly provided on technical forums or support sites). Enter the date/time information into the generator and let it calculate a master password. Input the generated password on the DVR login screen as adminto gain access. Once logged in, set a secure new password immediately. 4. Request a Reset Code from the Manufacturer Some manufacturers can create an unlock code from the recorder’s serial number or MAC address: Locate the serial number/MAC address on the sticker at the back of your recorder. Contact the manufacturer’s technical support and request a reset code. Enter the code provided on the login screen to unlock the system. Set a new password right away. 5. Factory Reset from the Web or Local GUI Session If you’re still logged in on another device or browser tab, you can perform a factory reset from the software interface. Here’s how: Open the system settings menu and go to Maintenance or System Management. Select Factory Reset and confirm the action. Allow the recorder to reboot and follow the setup wizard to set a new password. 6. Remove the CMOS Battery (Not Always Effective) On older models, removing the CMOS battery resets the BIOS, which may include login details. But on modern recorders, passwords are often stored in flash memory, so this method doesn’t always work. If you decide to try this, here’s how: Turn off and unplug the recorder. Open the housing and carefully remove the small coin-cell battery from the board. Leave it out for 30 minutes to 24 hours. Reinsert the battery, close the casing, and power the unit back on. Important Considerations Before Resetting Before performing any reset, it’s crucial to understand the potential impacts. A factory reset can help you regain access to your device—but it can also lead to loss of important configurations or data. Here are a few things to keep in mind before starting. You May Lose Stored Recordings Some DVRs and NVRs erase all locally stored footage during a reset. Others may retain video files but delete account information, network settings, or user preferences. If possible, back up your recordings in advance, especially if they’re stored on internal memory. Network Settings Will Be Erased Resetting your device usually removes custom network configurations like static IP addresses, port forwarding rules, and Wi-Fi credentials. This means you’ll have to reconfigure everything manually once the reset is complete. Be sure to jot down any current settings so you can restore them quickly. Cameras Need to Be Re-Paired A factory reset typically unlinks all connected cameras from your DVR or NVR. Once the reset is done, you’ll need to reconnect each camera manually. Depending on the system, this can be a simple or time-consuming task, so plan accordingly. Firmware May Offer a Better Solution In some cases, your issue might not require a full reset. Problems like freezing, lag, or login errors could be caused by outdated firmware. Before resetting, check whether a software update is available. Updating the firmware can often resolve the problem while keeping your settings and footage intact. Thinking about an Upgrade? Check out NVR Setups from eufy If your current DVR or NVR is an older, unbranded model that’s starting to freeze, lag, or throw up constant errors, it might be time to consider an upgrade. Outdated systems not only struggle with reliability but can also pose serious security risks due to weak default passwords and a lack of firmware updates. A modern network video recorder system not only gives you the power of wired PoE cameras for rock-solid connections and 24/7 recording, but also offers intuitive and comprehensive app controls, smart AI features, and robot cyber-security. The eufy NVR Security System S4 Max is a solid option here. Pairing the eufy 16 MP PoE Cam S4 units and the NVR S4, the system runs AI detection locally and allows you to build a future-proof setup that grows with your needs. Standout Features of the S4 Max 16 MP Triple-Lens Cameras with 360° PTZ: Each eufy PoE Cam S4 unit combines dual 2K lenses for full 360° panoramic coverage and a 4K bullet lens on top for pin-sharp details. With 8× hybrid zoom and pan/tilt/zoom control, you can cover every corner of your property without blind spots. Local AI for Smarter Alerts: A built-in AI chip inside the NVR S4 detects people, vehicles, and pets directly on the device. No need to send video to the cloud—your data stays on-site and private. Live Cross-Cam Tracking: All cameras work together to track movement across your property in real time. When one camera reaches its viewing limit, another picks up instantly, ensuring uninterrupted coverage and smooth transitions. Colour Night Vision: Thanks to Starlight sensors and integrated spotlights, the system delivers clear, full-colour footage even in complete darkness. Expandable Storage and Channels: With eight built-in PoE ports and a 2TB hard drive, you can connect multiple cameras straight away. Need more? Add a PoE switch to support up to 16 channels and expand storage to 16 TB for months of continuous recording. Smart Video Keywords Search: Quickly find specific events by filtering recordings for “person”, “vehicle”, or “dog” rather than scrubbing through hours of footage. {{component:"product", handle:"e8e00321", sku:"E8E00321"}} Build a Hybrid System with Wired and Wireless Cameras What really sets the eufy NVR S4 apart is its flexibility. It’s not limited to PoE cameras—you can also integrate eufy’s wireless cameras using two optional modules releasing in September: Wi-Fi Module: Connects the NVR to eufy Wi-Fi cameras, allowing them to share the same AI features and local storage. Long-Range Module: Extends Wi-Fi coverage up to 1.25 miles, making it easy to secure outbuildings, gates, or other hard-to-reach areas without running cables. This means you can create a single, unified system that combines the reliability of wired cameras with the convenience of wireless where it makes sense. Here are two solar-powered eufy outdoor Wi-Fi cameras to add on: The 4K UHD eufyCam S330 combines an ultra-wide f/1.4 aperture and advanced night vision for sharp, colourful video even in low light. It comes with a built-in solar panel, so once installed, you won’t need to worry about charging. {{component:"product", handle:"t88713w1", sku:"T88713W1"}} The eufyCam S3 Pro 2 Cam Kit includes two 4K MaxColour Vision cameras. These cameras offer full-colour night vision without relying on harsh spotlights and feature dual motion sensors (radar and PIR) to reduce false alerts. With built-in solar panels and large 13,000 mAh batteries, they can run for months on their own. {{component:"product", handle:"t88923w1", sku:"T88923W1"}} Conclusion Learning how to reset NVR and DVR without password doesn’t have to be complicated. Whether you can use a physical reset button, contact the manufacturer for an unlock code, a master password workaround, or need to open the casing, there are multiple ways to regain access to your device. Just be sure to back up important data, note your network settings, and prepare to reconfigure cameras if needed. With a little preparation, the reset process can be quick, safe, and effective—restoring full control over your security system without unnecessary hassle. FAQs How to reset DVR password if forgotten? If you’ve forgotten your DVR password, start by checking if your device has a physical reset button or pinhole. With the DVR powered on, hold this for 5–30 seconds until you hear a beep or see lights flash, then the system should reboot and allow a new password setup. If there’s no button, check for a password reset function on your device’s GUI or contact customer support. For generic H.264 DVRs, using a one-time master password generator based on the on-screen date is another option. What to do if you forgot your NVR admin password? If you forgot your NVR admin password, start by checking for a physical reset button or pinhole that can restore the default settings. Many modern devices also offer password recovery through an app or web interface, typically involving email verification or QR code scanning. Alternatively, you can contact the manufacturer directly, providing the serial number, to request a one-time reset code. What is the default password for NVR DVR? Default passwords vary widely by manufacturer and model. For older or unbranded models, common combinations include admin/admin, admin/123456, admin/12345, root/root, or user/user, and even simple strings like 000000 or 888888. For branded systems, consult the manual or look for login details printed on the sticker or unit. Most recorders default to admin with a blank or simple numeric password. Related Blogs Check out more articles about POE NVR cctv system in UK: NVR and IP Camera Setup: Simple Steps How to Connect Wireless Camera to NVR CCTV Rules and Regulations in the UK What is POE Camera
Security Camera · 31/07/2025
How to Connect Wireless Camera to NVR: Step-by-Step Setup
Maybe you already have a wireless camera up and want the extra storage and reliability an NVR provides. Or perhaps you’re looking to create a hybrid CCTV setup, mixing PoE and Wi-Fi cameras on the same interface for maximum flexibility. So now you’re wondering: can I connect wireless camera to NVR? Well, yes, you absolutely can. Most modern NVRs support wireless IP cameras and setting them up is easier than you might think. In this guide, we’ll explain what you need before you start, take you through a clear, step-by-step process to connect wireless camera to NVR, and share a few pro tips along the way. Why Connecting Wireless IP Camera to NVR Pairing a wireless IP camera with an NVR is perfectly doable—and worthwhile. Here’s why: Larger, local, subscription-free storage: An NVR stores footage directly on its hard drive, giving you weeks or months of 24/7 recordings without relying on paid cloud services or a camera’s micro-SD card. Unified monitoring & remote access: A single login shows all live views and recordings, so you don’t juggle multiple apps or web UIs when you mix wired PoE and Wi-Fi units. Hybrid CCTV flexibility: Wireless cameras can still go where running Ethernet cables isn’t practical, while the NVR gives you robust storage and analytics for the whole system. Basically, you gain the best of both worlds: cable-free placement, weeks (or months) of local footage, and one dashboard for every camera—wired or wireless—without paying ongoing cloud fees. What You’ll Need Before You Begin So, how can you connect wireless camera to NVR, exactly? Before you start, it’s important to make sure your wireless cameras and NVR are compatible, and your network is ready for a smooth connection. Here’s what you’ll need: Compatible protocols or brand-specific pairing First things first, both devices need to be compatible to be paired up: If both your NVR and wireless camera support open standards like ONVIF Profile or RTSP, you can connect them easily through the NVR’s interface by entering the camera’s credentials or stream URL. If they don’t support open protocols, wireless cameras and NVR from the same manufacturer can still be connected via a proprietary wireless bridge or module. For example, eufy’s NVR S4 uses a dedicated Wi-Fi module, which will be available in September, to connect directly to its own wireless cameras, enabling native integration and advanced features. Same local network (LAN) Your NVR should be wired into your router or switch, while the wireless camera connects via Wi-Fi to the same router. As long as both devices are on the same network subnet, they can communicate. Static or reserved camera IP addresses Assign a static IP to each camera (or set a DHCP reservation on your router). This prevents connection issues if your network restarts and the camera’s address changes. 👉Related reading: How to Find Camera IP Address and Keep It Protected Strong Wi-Fi signal and bandwidth Place cameras within range of a stable Wi-Fi connection and make sure your network can handle the video traffic. As a guide, allow at least 2–4 Mbps upload bandwidth per 1080p camera using H.265 compression (higher for 2K or 4K models). Reliable power source Remember that “wireless” refers only to data. Each camera still needs mains power, battery backup, or solar power to operate. Monitor/TV and app Of course, you’ll also need the camera’s app on your smartphone and a monitor or TV to access the NVR’s interface, set up the connection, and configure settings. Optional first-time wired setup Some wireless cameras make initial setup easier when plugged into Ethernet for the first boot. This allows you to assign Wi-Fi credentials and a fixed IP address before moving the camera to its final, wireless position. Step-by-Step Guide to Connecting Your Wireless IP Camera to the NVR To explain it clearly, we use the eufy PoE NVR Security System S4 Max as an example. With the addition of the soon-available T8709 Wi-Fi Module, you can pair a fully Wi-Fi camera like the eufy SoloCam S340 to the NVR for local storage and AI-powered features. {{component:"product", handle:"e8e00321", sku:"E8E00321"}} Here’s how to connect IP camera to NVR wirelessly: 1. Install the Wi-Fi Module into the NVR Start by removing the cover on the eufy NVR S4. Take the Wi-Fi Module and carefully line up its gold contacts with the internal fusion-link slot. Press it firmly until you hear a click and it sits flush with the housing. Once installed, power up the NVR and let it boot. The system will automatically detect the module and add a Wireless Cameras option to its menu. 2. Connect and power the NVR S4 Place the NVR close to your router and connect it to your network using the supplied Ethernet cable. Plug the NVR into your monitor with an HDMI cable and attach the mouse, so you can follow the on-screen setup wizard. Let the system initialise and check that the included 2 TB hard drive is ready for use. 3. Connect the SoloCam S340 to your home Wi-Fi Download and install the eufy app and create an account. Once signed in, tap Add Device › SoloCam S340, select your Wi-Fi network, and enter the password. Now, press the Sync button on the back of the camera for two seconds to enter pairing mode. You’ll hear a beep, and then the app will generate a QR code for the camera to scan. Wait a few seconds. Once connected, the app will assign the camera an IP address on the same network as your NVR. 4. Add the camera to the NVR system On the NVR’s monitor interface, navigate to Camera › Add › Wireless, and hit Scan. The SoloCam S340 should appear in the list with its MAC address. Select it, tap Add. Assign it to an available channel (e.g., CH 9 if your PoE channels are already filled). Within about 30 seconds, you should see the live feed on your monitor. 5. Adjust recording preferences Go to Settings and choose between Continuous for 24/7 recording or Motion Only to save space. Enable AI Human/Vehicle Detection, so the NVR’s onboard processor can automatically tag important events. 6. Test remote access and controls Open the eufy app or log into the NVR’s web portal. Check that you can view the SoloCam S340’s wide-angle 3K and telephoto 2K feeds, pan and tilt the camera smoothly, and access your recordings from anywhere. What this setup gives you Truly wireless coverage: The eufy SoloCam S340 runs cable-free with its battery and built-in solar panel, offering 360° dual-lens views and 8× zoom. Smart on-device AI: The NVR S4’s onboard eight-core AI chip tags people, cars, and pets to give you the most relevant alerts, and enables seamless auto cross-camera tracking. Expandable local storage: The NVR S4 stores 2K/3K/4K footage on a built-in 2 TB hard drive, which can be expanded up to 16 TB, giving you months of recording without cloud subscription. Scalability: You can manage up to 16 mixed PoE or wireless channels via the same NVR, covering all your surveillance needs. Tips for a Successful Setup To ensure a smooth connection and reliable performance, keep these tips in mind: Check Wi-Fi signal strength: Position the wireless camera within a strong signal zone, ideally with a signal strength of -60 dBm or better. Consider a Wi-Fi range extender or mesh node if the camera is far from the router. Reserve IP addresses: Assign a static IP or create a DHCP reservation for the camera to prevent connection issues after a router reboot. Secure your devices: Change the default admin passwords on both the NVR and camera, and enable two-factor authentication in the app for added protection. Keep firmware updated: Regular updates for both the NVR and the wireless camera add new features and fix bugs or security vulnerabilities. Secure your network: Use a strong Wi-Fi password and enable WPA3 encryption if supported. Conclusion While wireless cameras don’t rely on physical cabling like PoE systems, pairing them with an NVR can give you the best of both worlds: the convenience of wireless placement and the reliability of centralised video storage and live feeds. As we’ve learned, to successfully connect wireless camera to NVR, both devices need to be compatible, on the same local network, and you may need to tweak settings to ensure a strong, stable connection. Once connected, you’ll have a smarter, more flexible CCTV system that’s easier to manage and expand over time. FAQs How to connect a WiFi camera to WiFi router to wired NVR? To connect a WiFi camera to a WiFi router and then to a wired NVR, first link the camera to your home WiFi network using its app or setup tool. Ensure the NVR is connected by Ethernet to the same router so both devices are on the same local network. If the NVR supports ONVIF or RTSP, add the camera in the NVR’s interface using its IP address or let it auto-discover compatible devices. This allows the NVR to receive and record the wireless video stream. Can you connect a wireless camera to a wired system? Yes, you can add a wireless IP camera to a wired NVR system as long as they are compatible. Many modern NVRs support hybrid setups, allowing them to record from both PoE-wired and WiFi-connected cameras on the same network. The camera remains wire-free for data transmission but still requires power. Compatibility depends on whether the NVR supports open standards like ONVIF or a brand-specific wireless link. Once set up, the wireless feed is stored on the NVR’s hard drive alongside wired footage. Related Blogs Check out more articles about POE and NVR: What is POE Camera NVR and IP Camera Setup: Simple Steps for Secure CCTV CCTV Rules and Regulations in the UK Security Camera Setup Cost in UK 2025
Security Camera · 31/07/2025
Installing a CCTV system at your homes and offices is one of the smartest decisions you can make. It safeguards your properties against theft and shields them from a variety of possible threats and intrusions. However, for choosing the right CCTV solution, you first need to determine which type of recorder you need, which makes you wonder what NVR is. In this article, we'll cover all you need to know about what an NVR is in CCTV, how CCTV works, how NVRs differ from DVRs, and how to pick the best NVR camera system. Part 1: What is an NVR? When purchasing a CCTV system, the type of recorder you select determines the other components you'll need, such as the types of cameras and whether or not an internet connection is necessary. A network video recorder (NVR) is a specialised device that stores digital security video surveillance footage on a hard drive or in the cloud. NVRs don’t need to process and encode the video footage; the wireless IP camera will handle it instead and send it to the NVR via an Ethernet cable or WiFi network. So, you do not need to worry about the video degradation issue. Part 2: How Does an NVR CCTV System Work? After understanding the meaning of NVR. Here’s how an NVR camera system works: 1. Capture Footage High-quality video footage is first captured by IP (Internet Protocol) cameras. Most of these cameras have intelligent features like motion detection and audio recording. 2. Transmit Footage After that, Wi-Fi or Ethernet cables transmit the video over a network. Most systems use PoE as it lets one cable carry both power and data. The video is already encoded by the camera before it is sent to the NVR. 3. Store Footage Depending on your system configuration and storage preferences, the NVR stores the video either locally on a connected or built-in hard drive or remotely using a cloud storage solution. 4. Access Footage Now that the videos are securely stored, you can use different methods to access the footage: Direct Access: Connect the NVR to a TV or monitor via HDMI/VGA. Remote Access: Use the NVR brand’s mobile app or web browser after enabling remote access. Software Access: Some require installingdedicated software on a computer to view live or recorded footage. Part 3: NVR vs DVR: What’s the Difference? Not all CCTV systems come with NVR; some use DVR instead. You don’t want to install the wrong camera system for your property. The table below summarizes the main differences between Network Video Recorders (NVRs) and Digital Video Recorders (DVRs). Feature NVR (Network Video Recorder) DVR (Digital Video Recorder) Camera Type IP (digital) cameras Analogue cameras only Cable Type Ethernet (Cat5/Cat6) Coaxial cable, power cable Video Quality Higher (HD/4K) Lower (typically 720p) Audio Support Yes No (Extra audio cable needed) Installation Complexity Easier (especially with PoE) More complex (separate power and data cables) Remote View Yes No Video Regrade No Yes(over 90m cable length) Which One Is a Better Option? An NVR system is a good option if you want modern features and higher-quality images. It is also simple to set up with Ethernet or WiFi. However, a DVR system might be a better option if you want something less expensive and don't require internet to have the CCTV function. Part 4: Benefits of Using an NVR CCTV System Some of the benefits of an NVR include: PoE-Simplified Installation: Many NVRs support PoE, which means a single cable can manage both data and power for every camera. This clears up clutter and makes it easier to scale the system. Scalability and Flexibility: NVR systems can be easily expanded as you can add more cameras, which doesn't usually require any rewiring or hardware changes. AI Features: NVR security systems come with advanced features like motion detection and facial recognition, which can identify faces and detect movement. This can help improve security and reduce false alerts. High-Quality Video: The quality of video recorded by an NVR camera system is clearer than that of analogue systems. The videos are typically recorded at high resolutions of up to 4K. Centralized Management: You can view live feeds and recorded video from anywhere, anytime, with a desktop interface or a mobile app. Part 5: How to Choose the Right NVR System Here's a short guide to help you pick the right NVR system: Number of Channels Supported: Each channel on an NVR connects to a single camera. For example, an 8-channel system supports 8 cameras. If you plan to expand coverage later on, choose a recorder with more channels Video Quality: Look for an NVR system that provides clear and crisp video so you can identify details in case an accident occurs. Try to choose cameras that have at least 1080p HD along with night vision. For the best video results, 4K resolution is the ideal option. Storage Capacity: Each NVR system comes with its own storage capacity. Consider how much you'll need based on the number of cameras installed and how long you want to keep the videos for. Some NVRs even let you increase the storage capacity later on. Here’s a rough guide to help you estimate: Small system (2–4 cameras): 1–2 TB Medium system (5–8 cameras): 2–4 TB Large system (9–16 cameras or 4K recording): 4–8+ TB Local vs Cloud Storage You have more control and privacy over the videos when you use local storage because they are saved to an on-site hard drive. It's a better option if you’re concerned about data security and want to avoid monthly fees. However, since cloud storage stores videos online, it's a better choice if you want automatic backups for added security against theft or damage. For added flexibility, some systems allow you to use both. Bonus: eufy S4 Max - Smarter Home Security for UK Designed to provide UK homes with increased security and less hassle, the eufy’s upcoming S4 Max NVR Security System is the ideal solution for advanced surveillance. This CCTV system has all the features you'd need for your peace of mind: 360° AI-Powered Coverage: Unique triple-lens design combines wide-area monitoring with precise subject tracking. Seamless Cross-Camera Tracking: AI ensures no blind spots as subjects move between cameras. Proactive Threat Detection: Reacts in real-time with alerts, sirens, and intelligent threat analysis. Color Night Vision: Clear, full-color 4K footage even in complete darkness. Smart Video Search: Instantly find events with AI-powered search tools. {{component:"product", handle:"e8e00321", sku:"E8E00321"}} FAQs Can I use an NVR system without internet? Yes, you can record and store video locally without an internet connection using the majority of NVR systems. How much NVR storage do I need for 24/7 footage? For 24/7 footage, multiply your number of cameras by about 10 GB per day per camera, and then by the number of days you want to keep the recordings. What happens if there’s a power outage—will my NVR still record? No, unless connected to a backup power supply (UPS), the NVR will stop recording during a power outage. Conclusion An NVR records and stores video from security cameras and is more advanced than traditional DVRs. NVR CCTV systems offer better video quality, easier installation, and more flexibility. Plus, these work great for both homes and offices using IP cameras. When it comes to world-class security, the eufy S4 Max is a top pick, offering 4K video, hassle-free one-cable installation, and a local AI agent. Related Blogs Check out more articles about POE NVR CCTV system: CCTV Rules and Regulations in the UK What is POE Camera How to Connect Wireless Camera to NVR How to Set Up an NVR and IP Camera System How to Reset NVR and DVR without Password
Security Camera · 31/07/2025
NVR and IP Camera Setup: Simple Steps for Secure CCTV
Trying to figure out an NVR and IP camera setup for the first time can feel like a tech headache. PoE? Non-PoE? Switches? Cables? Where do you even start? Well, once you understand the basics, it’s actually pretty straightforward. In this guide, we’ll break down the types of NVRs (PoE and non-PoE) and show you, step by step, how to connect your IP cameras properly. Whether you’re setting up a simple home system or a more advanced CCTV network for your business, this will save you time, hassle and avoid common mistakes. Types of Network Video Recorders Below are the two main flavours of Network Video Recorder (NVR) you’ll meet when planning an NVR and IP camera setup: PoE NVR and Non-PoE NVR. PoE NVR A PoE (Power over Ethernet) NVR has a built-in PoE switch, allowing you to connect each IP POE camera directly to the recorder using a single Cat5e or Cat6 Ethernet cable. This cable carries both power and data, which simplifies installation and removes the need for separate power supplies at each camera location. Thanks to PoE standards like IEEE 802.3af/at/bt, you can run cables up to 100 metres without needing additional hardware. The system creates a private network for your cameras, meaning they’re automatically detected by the NVR and isolated from your main LAN for added security. This simple plug-and-play setup is ideal for smaller-scale installations, like a home, office, or small retail space, where you want everything managed in one place. Non-PoE NVR A non-PoE NVR doesn’t have built-in powered ports, so it relies on external devices to supply power to your cameras. You’ll need a separate PoE switch, PoE injector, or individual power adaptors for each camera. While this adds a bit more hardware, it also gives you greater flexibility. You can place switches where they make sense for your cable layout, connect multiple cameras through one uplink, and even extend your system across longer distances or multiple buildings without being limited by the NVR’s port count. Most modern non-PoE NVRs feature built-in IP scanning tools that can automatically discover cameras on the network once connected. How to Set Up an NVR and IP Camera System: Setting up an NVR and IP camera system might seem technical, but it’s mostly about connecting the right pieces in the right order. Whether you’re using a PoE NVR for a straightforward “one cable per camera” approach or a non-PoE NVR for more flexibility, the process is simple once you know the steps. Let’s break it down. How to Connect IP Camera to PoE NVR To make this easier to follow, we’ll use the eufy NVR Security System S4 Max as an example. It’s a solid option for homeowners or small businesses because this PoE NVR features a smart on-device AI for cross-camera tracking, supports an intuitive setup process, and up to 8 cameras. With its pre-installed 2 TB hard drive and seamless app integration, it’s designed for people who want reliable security without the technical headaches. {{component:"product", handle:"e8e00321", sku:"E8E00321"}} What you’ll need: eufy S4 8-channel PoE NVR with pre-installed 2TB HDD and eight PoE ports The NVR power adapter and 1m Ethernet cable eufy PoE cameras with the supplied 18m Cat5e/6 cables A router with a free LAN port HDMI-capable monitor/TV, the supplied HDMI cable, and USB mouse Setup steps: Position the NVR near your router, leaving about 20mm of space around it for ventilation. Plug it into power. Connect the NVR to your network by plugging the 1m Ethernet cable from its LAN port into your router. Hook it up to your TV or monitor using the HDMI cable and connect the USB mouse. Mount each eufy PoE camera in the planned spot around your space. Run the 18m Ethernet cables from each camera to the NVR’s PoE ports. Each cable will supply both power and data to the camera. Power on the NVR. A setup wizard will appear on the monitor. Follow the on-screen instructions, set a secure admin password and a security question for password reset. Connect the NVR to the eufy app. Download and install the eufy app from your app store. Add the NVR, scan the QR code, and tap SYNC button on the back of the NVR when prompted. Check your live feeds on the monitor and in the app. Adjust each camera’s angle for the best coverage before fixing them in place. Bonus: add eufy wireless cameras to the NVR S4 The best part? The eufy NVR S4 isn’t limited to wired PoE cameras. A clip-in Wi-Fi Module, which will be available in September, lets the NVR recognise other eufy Security cameras on your home network, while an optional Long-Range Module (RangePlus) pushes a dual-band 2.4/5 GHz signal up to 1.25 miles for outbuildings or large sites. That means if you already own wireless eufy cams—or just prefer not to run more cables—you can fold them into the same NVR timeline, AI history keyword search and 16-channel upgrade path. It’s a tidy way to build a single, unified CCTV system. Here are two wireless outdoor cameras worth considering: The 4K UHD eufyCam S330 has a roof-mounted solar panel that needs only two hours of daylight to keep the 13,400 mAh cell topped up, giving you “Forever Power” without ladders and chargers. It’s IP65-rated, supports Alexa and Google voice commands and, once the Wi-Fi Module is installed, feeds straight into the NVR S4’s local AI for face, vehicle and pet detection. {{component:"product", handle:"t88713w1", sku:"T88713W1"}} The eufyCam S3 Pro records in true-colour 4K thanks to MaxColor Vision™ and a large 1/1.8-inch sensor that keeps night footage bright even without the spotlight. SolarPlus 2.0 panels and 13,000 mAh batteries give year-round power with as little as one hour of sun per day, and dual radar + PIR motion sensors cut false alerts by up to 99%. {{component:"product", handle:"t88923w1", sku:"T88923W1"}} How to Connect IP Cameras to Non-PoE NVR A non-PoE NVR system offers a slightly different take on the setup. While it requires a few more components, the process is still plug-and-play: What you’ll need: Non-PoE NVR with a LAN port PoE switch (or individual PoE injectors) sized for your cameras’ total power needs PoE-capable IP cameras and Cat5e/6 cables Router with a spare port HDMI/VGA monitor and USB mouse Setup steps: Connect the PoE switch to your router using an Ethernet cable. If your NVR has two network ports, you can use the second one to create a separate camera subnet. Plug each camera into the PoE switch. The switch will handle both powering and network access for the cameras. Connect the NVR to the router, so it’s on the same local network as the cameras. Add cameras to the NVR. Most modern NVRs will auto-discover connected IP cameras. If they don’t, manually enter each camera’s IP address and login credentials. Check your PoE switch’s power budget. Make sure it can handle the total wattage of all cameras, and confirm the uplink speed (preferably Gigabit) to avoid bandwidth issues. Test and configure. Once camera feeds appear, label each channel and set your preferred recording schedules. Using a non-PoE NVR gives you more flexibility for larger systems. You can add extra PoE switches wherever it suits your cable runs, making it easier to cover bigger spaces or multiple buildings. Conclusion A well-planned NVR and IP camera setup is the backbone of any reliable CCTV system. Whether you choose the simplicity of a PoE NVR or the flexibility of a non-PoE setup, the key is understanding how the pieces fit together and taking the time to get it right. By now, you’ve seen how PoE systems like the eufy NVR S4 make installation as easy as plug-and-play, and how PoE switches give you more room to scale for larger or more complex layouts. With the right approach, you can create a system that delivers clear, consistent coverage and keeps your property secure. FAQs How to configure NVR with IP camera? To configure your NVR with an IP camera, first ensure the camera and NVR are on the same LAN. For PoE setups, plug the camera into the PoE port or PoE switch; the NVR should auto-detect it. If not, go into the NVR’s camera menu and select “manual add,” then enter the camera’s IP address, username, and password. Once added, view live feeds and name channels. Finally, set recording schedules and quality settings to match your security needs. Why can’t NVR detect IP camera? If your NVR isn’t detecting an IP camera, check that the camera is powered on and connected to the same network as the NVR. Mismatched network settings, such as incorrect IP addresses or subnet configurations, are a common cause. Also, ensure the camera supports the same protocols (like ONVIF) as the NVR. A quick reboot often helps refresh connections too. How many IP cameras can an NVR handle? The number of IP cameras an NVR can handle depends on its channel capacity, which is specified by the manufacturer. Common models support 4, 8, 16, or 32 cameras. It’s also important to consider the NVR’s bandwidth limit—higher-resolution cameras use more bandwidth and storage. Always check the NVR specifications to ensure it can support the total number of cameras and the video quality you need without overloading the system. Related Blogs Check out more articles about POE NVR CCTV system: How to Reset NVR and DVR without Password What is POE Camera How to Connect Wireless Camera to NVR Security Camera Setup Cost in UK 2025
Security Camera · 31/07/2025
What Is PoE Camera: Types, Benefits & Best Use Cases Explained
Security cameras are no longer a luxury; they’ve become a must-have for keeping homes and businesses safe. While traditional CCTV systems still hold their place and Wi-Fi cameras are popping up everywhere, there’s another option gaining ground: PoE cameras. So, what is PoE camera, exactly? Well, PoE stands for Power over Ethernet, a method that delivers both power and data through a single cable. This drastically simplifies installation and increases reliability. In this guide, we’ll break down what you need to know about PoE cameras and why they might be the smarter choice for your security setup. What Is a PoE Camera? So, what is a PoE security camera, exactly? A PoE (Power over Ethernet) camera is a type of IP (Internet Protocol) camera that uses a single Ethernet cable to both power the device and transmit video data to a central recording system, such as a Network Video Recorder (NVR). This drastically reduces wiring complexity and improves installation flexibility. Unlike traditional analogue CCTV cameras than need separate power supply and coaxial data cables, PoE cameras streamline everything into one connection, ideal for both home and business surveillance systems. Now, what is a PoE camera system? In most cases, a complete setup consists of: One or more PoE cameras Cat5e or Cat6 Ethernet cables A Network Video Recorder (NVR) PoE switches (optional) A router A monitor or mobile app for live viewing, recorded playback, and system controls Types of PoE Cameras When learning what is a PoE IP camera, it’s important to know that there are several types available, each designed to serve different environments and use cases. Let’s take a look: Bullet PoE Cameras Long and cylindrical, bullet PoE cameras are designed to be highly visible deterrents. Their shape allows them to focus on specific areas like driveways or entrances, and they often come with weatherproof housings for outdoor use. Dome PoE Cameras Compact and dome-shaped, these sit neatly on ceilings or walls and make it harder for anyone to see which way the lens is pointing. They’re often chosen for indoor spaces or areas where a discreet look is preferred. Turret PoE cameras Also known as “eyeball” cameras, these offer the same discreet appearance as domes but with a flexible ball-and-socket design for easy angle adjustment. PTZ PoE Cameras Short for Pan-Tilt-Zoom, these motorised camera units can rotate and tilt to scan large areas and zoom in for detailed views, making them ideal for covering expansive spaces with fewer devices. Multi-Imager PoE Cameras These house multiple lenses or sensors in a single unit to capture wide panoramic or 360° views. By stitching images from each lens together, they can monitor larger areas without leaving blind spots, perfect for open-plan spaces or car parks. PoE power levels also vary: Standard PoE (802.3af) provides up to ~15W for basic fixed cameras. PoE+ (802.3at) delivers up to ~30W for more advanced devices with motorised lenses or heaters. PoE++ / Hi-PoE (802.3bt) supports ~60–90W for high-powered PTZ and multi-imager models. Benefits of PoE Security Cameras PoE cameras bring a host of practical advantages that make them stand out from traditional CCTV and Wi-Fi systems: One-cable setup: Power and data travel over a single Ethernet cable, making installation faster and tidier. Lower installation costs: There’s no need for additional electrical wiring or outlets near each camera, which reduces labour and materials. Longer cable runs: Ethernet supports distances up to 100 metres without signal loss, far beyond the reach of standard low-voltage adapters. Centralised power control: A PoE switch allows you to back up your entire camera system with a single UPS, reboot devices remotely, and monitor power usage from one place. Stable and secure connections: Unlike Wi-Fi cameras, PoE devices are immune to wireless interference and provide consistent video quality. Scalable and future-proof: Adding more cameras is as simple as plugging into another port on the PoE switch or NVR. What’s the Difference Between PoE and Wireless IP cameras? When comparing PoE cameras and wireless IP cameras, the biggest differences come down to how they’re powered, connected, and how reliably they perform in different environments. Both options have their place, but understanding these distinctions will help you choose the right solution for your needs. Power and Cabling PoE cameras use a single Ethernet cable to deliver both power and data, connecting directly to a PoE-enabled switch or recorder. This eliminates the need for separate power supplies at each camera location. In contrast, wireless IP cameras still require a power source—either via mains adapters or batteries, sometimes with added solar panels—since only their data travels over Wi-Fi. Connectivity and Reliability A hardwired PoE connection provides a stable and interference-free link, unaffected by Wi-Fi congestion or weak signals. Wireless IP cameras depend on your home or office Wi-Fi network, which can suffer from dropouts if the signal is obstructed by walls, appliances, or other devices competing for bandwidth. Bandwidth and Image Quality PoE systems run on gigabit Ethernet, allowing them to handle high-resolution streams, including 4K video, without buffering. Wireless cameras often compress footage or limit resolution to maintain performance over the network. Looking for a reliable PoE system that can actually harness all that bandwidth to your advantage? the eufy PoE NVR Security System S4 Max is worth considering. Pairing eufy 16MP PoE Cam S4 units and the NVR S4, this Amazon best-selling nvr cctv camera system boasts: Triple-lens clarity: Each eufy PoE Cam S4 unit combines dual 2K lenses on a 360° pan-and-tiltmotorand a fixed 4K bullet lens on top to deliver sweeping coverage and sharp, close-up detail. Local AI-powered detection: Built-in smart AI detection for people, vehicles, and pets, so you only get meaningful alerts. Live AI Cross-Camera Tracking: All cameras work in sync to follow movement seamlessly across your property. When one camera reaches the edge of its field of view, another takes over instantly, providing continuous coverage and fluid transitions without missing a moment. Local storage, no monthly fees: Includes a 2 TB drive for 24/7 recording (expandable to 16 TB) across 8 channels, with room to grow to 16 channels as your needs expand. {{component:"product", handle:"e8e00321", sku:"E8E00321"}} Recording Capability Most PoE cameras are designed for continuous 24/7 recording, storing weeks or months of footage on an NVR. This makes them ideal for monitoring high-traffic areas or critical sites where gaps in coverage aren’t acceptable. Wireless IP cameras, on the other hand, often record only when motion is detected to conserve bandwidth and power, ideal for home security setups. Installation Effort PoE requires Ethernet cabling, which can take more time to install but results in a permanent, professional setup. Wireless cameras are quicker and easier to mount and configure by yourself, making them suitable for temporary setups or areas where running cables isn’t practical. For smaller homes, rental properties, or areas where cabling isn’t practical, wireless cameras provide fast and flexible installation. eufy’s solar-powered outdoor cameras are excellent examples: The eufy SoloCam S340, praised as the best outdoor cameras by The Independent and Which, is perfect for wide outdoor area coverage with ptz capacity. It features: 3K wide-angle + 2K telephoto lenses deliver dual views with 8× hybrid zoom to read faces or plates at 15 m. 360° pan and 70° tilt removes blind spots, guided by on-device AI motion tracking. Powerful solar panel provides year-round energy even in typical UK daylight. Built-in 8 GB storage and no monthly fees keep running costs at zero. Five-minute, cable-free DIY install makes it perfect for sheds, gateways, or rented flats. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} Perfect Use Cases for PoE Security Cameras PoE cameras are designed for flexibility and performance, making them ideal for a wide range of environments. Here’s where they stand out the most: Larger or more complex homes: PoE cameras are ideal for detached houses with multiple entry points, long driveways, or expansive gardens, as well as multi-storey properties where Wi-Fi signals often struggle between floors. Apartment blocks and office buildings: In high-density areas where Wi-Fi is crowded with dozens of networks, PoE delivers consistent video streams without buffering or dropouts. Large warehouses and industrial sites: In expansive spaces filled with machinery or metal racking, Wi-Fi signals often struggle to reach every corner. PoE ensures stable, high-bandwidth connections for monitoring large floor areas without interruption. Multi-site businesses: For offices, retail chains, or campuses, PoE allows all cameras to be powered and managed centrally. A single UPS can provide backup power, and IT teams can monitor feeds across multiple locations from one system. Car parks and building perimeters: PoE enables long cable runs to outdoor poles or walls without worrying about power sockets. This makes it easier to monitor entrances, exits, and vehicle lanes effectively. Critical 24/7 operations: Banks, data centres, and other facilities that can’t afford downtime benefit from PoE’s ability to run 24/7. Conclusion PoE cameras are changing the way we think about security, offering reliable performance without the headaches of complex wiring or flaky Wi-Fi connections. Now that you know what a PoE camera is and how it stacks up against other options, you’re in a strong position to decide if it’s the right fit for your needs. Whether it’s for your home or business, PoE could be the upgrade that gives you peace of mind every single day. FAQs Are PoE cameras better? For many, yes. Power over Ethernet (PoE) cameras often offer superior reliability and performance compared to traditional analogue or wireless options. By transmitting both power and data through a single Ethernet cable, PoE cameras simplify installation and reduce cable clutter. They are less susceptible to interference, ensuring stable video feeds, and are ideal for continuous 24/7 recording. Do PoE cameras require internet? PoE cameras do not necessarily require an internet connection to operate. They can function on a local network using a Network Video Recorder (NVR) for recording and monitoring. However, an internet connection is needed if you wish to access the camera feeds remotely or utilise cloud storage services. Without internet access, remote viewing and cloud-based features will be unavailable. What is the disadvantage of a PoE camera? The main drawback of PoE cameras is the requirement for Ethernet cabling. If your space isn’t already wired, setup may involve additional installation. This can lead to higher initial costs and potential challenges. They’re also dependent on a PoE switch or compatible NVR for power and data. Related Blogs Check out more articles about POE NVR cctv system in UK: NVR and IP Camera Setup: Simple Steps How to Connect Wireless Camera to NVR CCTV Rules and Regulations in the UK Can My Neighbour Have CCTV Pointing at My House in the UK?
Security Camera · 01/08/2025
Crime Rate Manchester UK 2025: Key Stats, Trends & Safety Tips
Manchester is a vibrant hub of culture, commerce, and education—but like many growing cities, it faces ongoing safety concerns. From petty theft to serious violence, the crime rate Manchester UK is a critical factor for residents, students, and visitors alike. In this article, we’ll explore the most recent Manchester crime stats, including which crimes are most common, where the hotspots are, what’s being done to reduce crime, and how you can stay safe. Is Crime in Manchester Getting Better or Worse? The good news is that overall crime in Manchester is slowly falling, but the picture isn’t the same everywhere. Manchester crime stats from the Office for National Statistics (ONS) shows there were 164.2 crimes per 1,000 people in the city in the year to September 2024. That’s still the highest rate in Greater Manchester, but it’s down from a peak of 172 per 1,000 two years earlier. Neighbourhood crime, including burglary, robbery, vehicle offences and theft from person, has dropped by 17% in the past 12 months, thanks to targeted police operations. Residential burglaries alone have fallen by a third since 2021 after Greater Manchester Police began attending every break-in. Emergency response times are improving too: in early 2025, 95% of grade-one emergencies were reached within 15 minutes, up from 91% the year before. But not all trends are positive. Knife crime rose by 6% in 2024, and hospital admissions for sharp-object assaults are 10% higher than the previous year. In short: while crime in Manchester is moving in the right direction, the city still records roughly one offence for every six residents annually, higher than the average for UK urban areas. 👉Related Reading: Why is Knife Crime Increasing in the UK What Are the Most Common Crimes in Manchester? When it comes to crime in Manchester, a few categories dominate the statistics. Here’s a breakdown of the most reported offences in 2023/24: Offence type Recorded offences Share of all crime Violence against the person ~140,000 27% Theft (shoplifting & vehicle) 101,230 19% Public order & antisocial behaviour (ASB) 50,880 10% Criminal damage & arson 32,703 6% Robbery 5,097 1% Possession of weapons 4,911 1% Violent offences make up over a quarter of all recorded crime in the city, about 38% higher than the national average. For most people, however, the main risks are street-level violence, theft, and antisocial behaviour, not the more serious, headline-grabbing crimes. Staying alert in busy areas and keeping valuables secure are simple ways to avoid becoming a target. Which Areas in Manchester Have the Highest Crime Rates? Manchester crime data is heavily location-dependent. Central wards tend to see more reported incidents due to nightlife, retail, and tourism, while some suburban boroughs are relatively peaceful. Crime rates by borough (year to Sept 2024) Borough Crimes per 1,000 residents Manchester 164.2 Salford 122.2 Oldham 119.0 Rochdale 115.1 Bolton 112.7 Tameside 106.3 Wigan 101.1 Bury 100.3 Stockport 82.1 Trafford 74.8 (safest) Manchester city centre has the highest crime rate in Greater Manchester, while Trafford remains the safest borough. Crime hotspots in Manchester Neighbourhood/District Why it’s a hotspot Moss Side Longstanding gang activity and public order issues. Cheetham Hill / Strangeways Counterfeit markets and organised crime activity. Longsight Previously high burglary rates; improving recently. City Centre / Northern Quarter Nightlife-related violence and opportunistic theft. Harpurhey & Blackley Higher rates of youth violence and vehicle crime. What Is Being Done to Improve Safety? Improving public safety in Manchester is a collaborative effort between law enforcement, local government, and community stakeholders. In response to persistent concerns about crime—particularly in city centre areas—Greater Manchester has adopted a range of strategic, technological, and grassroots initiatives. Police and Public Safety Initiatives Greater Manchester Police (GMP) has significantly enhanced its operational capabilities in recent years. These improvements are designed to ensure faster response times, improve transparency, and proactively deter criminal activity. Key efforts include: Increased police recruitment: GMP has grown its personnel by 7% since 2020, addressing previous staffing shortfalls and ensuring greater visibility on the streets. Mobile patrol technology: New mobile apps now help dispatch officers in real time based on crime data and incident reports, improving efficiency. Body-worn cameras: Officers are now equipped with body cams to increase transparency and reduce escalation during public interactions. Surveillance Infrastructure Expansion Technology is playing a growing role in crime prevention strategy. The city has invested in a robust surveillance network to both deter and investigate criminal acts more effectively. Over 1,800 CCTV cameras are now active across Manchester, monitoring key public areas 24/7. Automated Number Plate Recognition (ANPR) systems have been installed on major roads and public squares, helping track stolen vehicles and suspicious activity. Community-Led Crime Prevention Programs In addition to official law enforcement, community-led initiatives are helping reduce crime at a grassroots level: Youth intervention programs in areas like Harpurhey and Longsight provide mentorship, job training, and structured activities to steer at-risk youth away from gang involvement. Business Crime Reduction Partnerships allow retailers and local businesses to share real-time information on shoplifting patterns, known offenders, and coordinated prevention tactics. Tips for Staying Safe in Manchester While Manchester continues to make strides in reducing crime, individual awareness and personal precautions remain essential. Whether you’re a resident, student, or visitor, adopting a few smart habits can greatly increase your security. Personal Safety Avoid using headphones or being distracted while walking alone at night. Be especially cautious near ATMs after dark or in isolated locations. Keep valuables, like phones and wallets, zipped securely in bags when in crowded public spaces such as trams or shopping districts. Transport Safety Sit near the driver when using late-night buses, and avoid empty carriages on trains or trams. Use only licensed ride-share apps like Uber or Bolt, and avoid unmarked or unverified taxis. During large public events—like football matches—map out your route in advance and stick to main roads and populated areas. Home Security If you’re living or moving to the city, it pays to think about your home security. Simple steps like locking doors and windows, leaving lights or a radio on a timer when you’re out, and trimming back hedges around entrances can make a big difference. On top of these basics, smart home security cameras and sensors can give you an extra layer of protection and peace of mind. eufy’s range of no-fee solutions is a good fit if you want reliable, private security that you can install yourself. Let’s take a look: eufy SoloCam S340: cover every angle, no wires needed For outdoor spaces like driveways or gardens, the eufy SoloCam S340 is ideal. It combines a 3K wide-angle lens with a 2K telephoto so you get both a big-picture view and detailed close-ups. Thanks to its 360° pan and 70° tilt, it can track movement smoothly and zoom up to 8× without losing clarity. The built-in solar panel keeps it charged all year, so you don’t need to worry about running power cables. It stores footage locally with 8GB eMMC storage, and because its AI runs on-device, there’s no need for cloud storage or monthly fees. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} eufy Indoor Cam S350: a smart eye on the inside If you want to keep an eye on pets, kids, or valuables while you’re out, the eufy Indoor Cam S350 gives you complete coverage. It pairs a 4K wide-angle lens with a 2K telephoto, offering an 8× hybrid zoom and full 360° pan with 75° tilt to follow movement around the room. With an f/1.6 aperture and infrared LEDs, it delivers crisp video even in total darkness. Like the SoloCam, its AI detects people and pets locally to keep your data private. You can save recordings to a microSD card or link it to the HomeBase S380 for expanded storage. {{component:"product", handle:"t8416221", sku:"T8416221"}} eufy Video Doorbell E340: see visitors and parcels in one view Manchester’s terraced streets and busy neighbourhoods make a video doorbell a smart choice. The eufy Video Doorbell E340 uses dual cameras, a 2K main lens plus a downward-facing one for parcels, so you can see faces and deliveries at the same time. It features colour night vision and two-way audio, and the AI alerts you when someone approaches or a package is left on your doorstep. The battery lasts up to six months on a charge, and its 8GB local storage means it still records if your Wi-Fi drops. {{component:"product", handle:"t8214311", sku:"T8214311"}} eufy 5-Piece Home Alarm Kit: simple, whole-home protection For a quick and easy setup, the eufy Home Alarm Kit includes a keypad, motion sensor, and two entry sensors. The wireless sensors are easy to fit and last up to two years on a single battery, while the keypad runs for about six months. You can arm or disarm the system from your phone or the keypad and get instant alerts if a door or window is opened. It’s ideal for flats or houses in busy areas where you want to know straight away if someone’s trying their luck. {{component:"product", handle:"t8990321", sku:"T8990321"}} Conclusion Staying informed about the crime rate Manchester UK is the first step to feeling secure and confident in the city. While certain areas continue to struggle with theft, violence, and gang activity, others have seen measurable reductions in crime thanks to better surveillance, community policing, and civic engagement. By understanding the trends and taking a few simple precautions, you can enjoy all that Manchester has to offer without worry. FAQs What is the crime rate in Manchester UK? Manchester has one of the highest crime rates in England and Wales, with approximately 158 offences per 1,000 residents. That’s roughly one recorded crime for every six people. While overall crime has fallen recently—Greater Manchester Police reported an 8% drop and about 30,000 fewer incidents in the year to December 2024—the city still sees elevated levels of violence, theft, and anti‑social behaviour across nightlife zones and inner-city districts. Who has a higher crime rate, Manchester or Liverpool? On average, Manchester has a higher crime rate than Liverpool. In the year to September 2024, Manchester recorded around 164 crimes per 1,000 residents, compared with roughly 127 per 1,000 in Liverpool. Crime‑index comparisons also show Manchester scoring higher (55 vs. 48) and its safety index lower than Liverpool’s—making Manchester statistically more prone to crime than its Merseyside counterpart. Related Blogs Check out more articles about crime data in UK Top 10 Most Dangerous Boroughs in London Crime Rates in Britain 2025: Trends, Hotspots & Safety Tips Top 10 UK Cities with the Highest Knife Crime Rates
Security Camera · 01/08/2025
Why Is Knife Crime Increasing in the UK? Key Factors Explained
Knife crime in the UK has been making headlines far too often. According to the Office for National Statistics (ONS), knife-related offences rose by 2% in the year ending December 2024, totalling over 54,500 reported incidents. From city centres to smaller towns, the rise in incidents has left many asking the same question: why is knife crime increasing in the UK? In this guide, we’ll break down the latest numbers, explore the factors driving this worrying trend, and look at how both the government and local communities are responding. You’ll also find practical tips on how to stay safe and protect those around you. A Look at the Knife Crime Number In the 12 months leading to December 2024, police across England and Wales recorded 54,587 knife or sharp instrument offences, up 2% from the previous year (53,413). This marks a worrying trend in high-harm crime, particularly as 43% of these offences involved assaults or intent to cause serious harm, and another 43% were linked to robbery. Only 0.4% were homicides, but that still represents over 200 lives ended violently. Key Findings Knife-enabled crime is now just 1% lower than pre-pandemic levels (YE March 2020: 55,170). Metropolitan areas like London (MPS), Greater Manchester, and West Midlands report the highest knife crime volumes. Hospital admissions for sharp object assaults fell by 6%, suggesting a gap between recorded crimes and medical outcomes. These trends contribute to a broader concern: Why is crime increasing in the UK at a time when many other social indicators are improving? Factors Contributing to the Rise Understanding why is knife crime increasing in the UK requires a closer look at the intersecting social, economic, and cultural drivers behind this disturbing trend. 1. Youth Disengagement and Education Cuts Government austerity over the last decade resulted in fewer youth services, with local councils closing down youth clubs and safe spaces. According to Government Events UK, this lack of structure leaves vulnerable teenagers without mentorship, often leading them into gangs or criminal groups seeking protection or identity. 2. Drug and Gang Culture Urban gang activity continues to play a major role in knife-enabled violence. The rise in county lines drug trafficking means that young people are often coerced into smuggling drugs across regions—armed with knives for protection or intimidation. This intersection of youth exploitation and organized crime is one of the most dangerous elements fuelling high violent crime rates. 3. Social Media and Online Glorification When it comes to why violent crime is increasing in the UK, social media also plays a big role. Platforms like TikTok, Snapchat, and Instagram have been used to glorify gang rivalries and violent behaviour. Video content showing weapons, threats, or street fights circulate widely, creating what criminologists refer to as a "feedback loop of performative violence." 4. Police Cuts and Response Gaps While recent recruitment drives are improving officer numbers, years of underfunding reduced community policing and visibility. Many local stations were closed, and trust in law enforcement has been weakened in certain communities—making both detection and prevention more difficult. Government and Community Responses Recognising that knife crime has become a national issue, the UK government has committed to halving knife crime over the next decade, as stated in its official Plan for Change. Multiple strategies have been announced, combining law enforcement, education, public health, and community involvement. 1. Increased Policing and Legislation Tougher sentencing for repeat knife offenders. Enhanced stop and search powers. Knife crime prevention orders (KCPOs) to restrict movement and online content for individuals at risk of offending. 2. Community-Focused Youth Interventions Across urban centres, new and expanded programs aim to divert young people from gang life, including: Mentorship programs for youth at risk of exclusion. After-school sports, music, and enterprise projects. Local councils collaborating with former gang members to mediate disputes and prevent retaliatory violence. 3. Public Health Partnerships Some regions—like London and Manchester—are using a public health model to tackle knife crime. This approach treats violence like a disease: preventable, treatable, and deeply rooted in social factors. School outreach and trauma counselling. Hospital-based violence intervention projects. Data sharing between police, schools, and health services to identify at-risk individuals early. How to Stay Safe Amid Rising Knife Crime in the UK Whether you live in a city centre or a quiet suburb, the rise in knife-related violence has made personal and home safety a growing priority. Here are some practical tips to help you stay secure and aware. Personal Safety Tips Avoid confrontations in unfamiliar or tense environments, especially at night. Stay alert when you’re out and about, especially in unfamiliar areas. Keep your headphones low and your phone tucked away so you can pay attention to what’s happening around you. Where possible, plan your journeys in advance and use well-lit streets or main roads. Avoid shortcuts through alleys or quiet spaces, especially after dark. Use apps to share your location with friends or family if travelling alone. If something doesn’t feel right, listen to your gut. Cross the street, change direction, or head into a shop or public space if you feel uneasy. Public Transport Awareness Stay alert to your surroundings when using public transport, particularly near bus stops or train stations known for incidents. Choose seating close to the driver or near exit doors. Avoid arguments or exchanges with strangers, especially in enclosed spaces. If possible, travel during off-peak hours to avoid dense crowds that may lead to theft or altercations. Home Security Recommendations With robbery driving a surge in knife crime, it’s no wonder more people are thinking about how to protect their homes and families. The good news? A few smart precautions can make your home far less appealing to opportunists and give you peace of mind. Start with the basics: always double-lock doors, use key-operated window locks, and make sure entrances are well lit. Add to that a few well-placed smart home security cameras and sensors, and you’re layering up protection that doesn’t just warn you early; it can actively discourage an intruder from even trying. Here’s how you can do it: eufy SoloCam S340: keep an eye outside, no wires needed This solar-powered eufy SoloCam S340 is ideal for gardens, driveways or alleyways. It combines a 3K wide-angle lens with a 2K telephoto, giving you crisp detail even at a distance, and pans 360° horizontally (plus 70° vertically) to follow movement. With 8× hybrid zoom and on-device AI, it can lock onto people and vehicles without bombarding you with false alerts. The solar panel means no recharging cables or mains power–just fit it and forget it. And with 8GB of local storage, you don’t need a subscription to keep your footage private. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} eufy Indoor Cam S350: full-room cover with zero blind spots If you’re worried about someone making it inside, the eufy Indoor Cam S350 acts as an extra pair of eyes. It has a 4K wide-angle lens paired with a 2K telephoto, offering an 8× hybrid zoom and smooth 360° pan/75° tilt to track movement across a whole room. Thanks to an f/1.6 aperture and infrared LEDs, it can pick out faces up to 10m even in pitch darkness. AI detection knows the difference between people and pets, and you can store video locally (microSD or via HomeBase S380) so it stays off the cloud. {{component:"product", handle:"t8416221", sku:"T8416221"}} eufy Video Doorbell E340: protect your doorstep day and night This dual-camera eufy Video Doorbell E340 covers faces and parcels at the same time. The main 2K lens captures visitors head-on, while the downward-facing camera keeps an eye on deliveries or bags left on your step. Features like colour night vision, two-way talk, and AI package detection mean you’ll always know who’s outside and can even ward off trouble before it starts. The battery lasts up to six months per charge, and there’s 8GB of built-in storage for continuous recording. {{component:"product", handle:"t8214311", sku:"T8214311"}} eufy Home Alarm Kit: quick protection for every entry point For all-round reassurance, the 5-piece eufy Home Alarm Kit comes with a keypad, motion sensor and two entry sensors to cover your doors and windows. Installation is easy: most sensors stick in place in seconds, and they run on batteries that last up to two years (six months for the keypad). Arm or disarm from your phone or the keypad and get instant alerts on the free eufy app if anything’s triggered. {{component:"product", handle:"t8990321", sku:"T8990321"}} Conclusion So, why is knife crime increasing in the UK? It’s not a single cause—but rather a convergence of socioeconomic inequality, youth disenfranchisement, gang exploitation, and digital glorification of violence. While efforts are being made—from improved policing to preventative youth programs—progress will take time. Still, we can empower ourselves through awareness and proactive safety measures. From public spaces to private homes, individual action can complement systemic change. FAQs What is the knife crime trend in the UK? Knife crime has increased by 2% year-on-year as of December 2024, reaching 54,587 reported incidents. Though not as high as pre-pandemic levels, the overall trend remains concerning, particularly in urban areas. What city in the UK has the most knife crime? London consistently reports the highest volume of knife-related offences, followed by cities like Manchester and Birmingham. The Metropolitan Police handles nearly a third of all knife crimes in England and Wales. Find more detail in our article: Top 10 Cities with Most Stabbings in UK Is knife crime higher in the UK or the US? Direct comparisons are tricky because the UK counts all knife-related crimes while U.S. figures focus mainly on homicides, yet the gap is clear. The FBI recorded 1,476 knife murders in 2023—about 4.4 per million residents. England and Wales saw roughly 251 knife homicides in 2024 (≈3.7 per million), representing 43% of 583 total killings. On a per-capita homicide basis, knife crime is therefore slightly higher in the United States. Related Blogs Check out more articles about safety in UK Top 10 Most Dangerous Boroughs in London Crime Rates in Britain 2025: Trends, Hotspots & Safety Tips Top 10 Most Dangerous Towns in England
Security Camera · 31/07/2025
Crime Rates in Britain 2025: Trends, Hotspots & Safety Tips
Are crime rates in Britain really getting worse, or is it just the headlines? If you’re wondering how safe your area is, or where the biggest risks lie, you’re in the right place. In this guide, you’ll get a clear picture of which crimes are currently on the rise, the UK’s crime hotspots, and how Britain compares to other countries. Plus, we’ve added smart, practical tips to help you stay safe whether you’re living in a busy city or planning a trip across the country. Is Crime Going Up or Down? So, are crime rates in Britain really climbing, or is it just the headlines? The answer isn’t straightforward because it depends on how you measure it. The Crime Survey for England & Wales (CSEW) estimates there were around 9.6 million crimes in the year to December 2024, up 14% on the previous year. That jump was driven mainly by fraud and thefts against individuals. By contrast, police-recorded crime revealed by the Office for National Statistics (ONS) showed a small dip of 1%, with 6.6 million offences logged in the same period. Indicator (England & Wales) YE Dec 2023 YE Dec 2024 Trend CSEW “headline” incidents 8.4 million 9.6 million ▲ 14% Police-recorded offences (ONS) 6.7 million 6.6 million ▼ 1% Homicide (police data) 563 535 ▼ 5% Knife or sharp instrument offences 53,413 54,587 ▲ 2% Why the difference? The CSEW picks up crimes that aren’t reported to the police, while police stats depend on what gets logged. Together, they give us a clearer view. The big picture? Crime rates are still well below the peaks of the 1990s, but certain high-impact offences are creeping back up. What Types of Crimes Are Increasing? Not all crime rates in the UK are rising, but a few types are driving the overall numbers up, especially fraud and theft. Here’s a comprehensive breakdown of the crime types that are seeing the sharpest growth: Crime Type YE Dec 2024 Count Change vs 2023 Notes Fraud (CSEW) ≈ 4.1 million incidents ▲ 33% Online scams and push-payment fraud lead the rise. Theft–all (CSEW) ≈ 2.9 million incidents ▲ 13% Includes a 50% surge in theft from the person. Shoplifting (ONS) 516,971 offences ▲ 20% Highest level since modern records began (2003). Knife-enabled crime (ONS) 54,587 offences ▲ 2% One-third of these offences happened in London. Sexual offences (ONS) 205,465 offences ▲ 8% Rape accounts for 35% of this total. On the flip side, some serious crimes have fallen: Firearms offences dropped by 20%. Homicides fell by 5%. Computer misuse crimes declined 23%. So, while certain offences are increasing, the overall picture is mixed. Which Areas Have the Highest Crime Rates? Not all regions experience crime at the same rate. In fact, crime stats in the UK are highly localized, with some counties and cities facing considerably higher risks. Here are the top 5 police areas in England & Wales with the highest crime rates per 1,000 people (based on ONS data year ending Dec 2024): Rank Police Force Area Offences per 1,000 people 1 Cleveland (Teesside) 124.6 2 West Yorkshire 115.2 3 Greater Manchester 109.9 4 South Yorkshire 108.0 5 London 107.0 If you zoom into local council areas, Westminster tops the list with 432.3 crimes per 1,000 people. But keep in mind, that’s skewed by its huge daily influx of commuters and tourists. Elsewhere in Britain: Nation Headline Finding Scotland 54.5 crimes per 1,000 people. Glasgow City is the highest at 82.9 per 1,000. Northern Ireland 95,313 recorded crimes in 2024, down 7.4% on last year. As you can see, big cities tend to have higher crime rates, partly due to population density and reporting habits. In rural areas like Wiltshire, Devon & Cornwall, and Dyfed-Powys, crime levels remain much lower (around 40-60 per 1,000). How Does Britain Compare Internationally? When it comes to understanding crime rates in Britain, it’s crucial to place them within a global context. The UK often appears in media narratives as a nation under rising threat from violent crime, but international comparisons paint a more nuanced picture. According to Crime + Investigation UK, while some people feel increasingly unsafe due to urban stabbings, theft, and antisocial behaviour, statistical data does not support the idea that Britain is one of the most dangerous places globally. In fact, the intentional homicide rate in Britain—measured by the United Nations Office on Drugs and Crime—is 1.20 per 100,000 people, ranking the UK 174th out of 220 countries assessed. By contrast, countries like El Salvador top the list with a staggering 82.84 homicides per 100,000. Additional comparative insights from Numbeo’s global Crime Index (used by global publications like The Economist and BBC) place the UK: 62nd out of 188 countries worldwide 8th out of 39 European countries, just behind Ireland and Bosnia, and slightly ahead of Belgium With a crime index of 42.72, compared to Estonia (20.80) and Sweden (49.35) Countries With Higher Crime Levels Than the UK: South Africa: Renowned for high rates of violent crime, including carjackings, rapes, and farm attacks. Papua New Guinea: High unemployment and lawlessness result in frequent violent crime. Venezuela: Hyperinflation and economic collapse have led to massive rises in theft and violent gang activity. Afghanistan: Ongoing conflict, political instability, and lawlessness make daily life dangerous. Safety Tips for Living and Travelling in Britain Despite a moderate global crime ranking, staying safe in Britain still requires awareness—particularly in urban centres where petty theft and fraud are rising. Here are practical safety tips for residents, students, and travellers alike: Personal Safety Keep valuables secure: Use zipped bags and avoid displaying expensive phones or jewellery in public. Stay alert in crowds: Especially in train stations, markets, and festivals where pickpocketing is common. Stick to well-lit routes: Avoid dark alleyways or deserted streets, especially late at night. Transport Safety Use licensed taxis or rideshare apps: Avoid unregistered minicabs, particularly at night. Wait in well-lit areas: Especially at train or Tube stations after dark. Keep a backup battery: Ensures your phone is available in case of emergencies. Digital Safety Beware of public Wi-Fi: Avoid logging into banking apps or entering personal info on unsecured networks. Use strong, unique passwords: Enable two-factor authentication on key accounts. Stay aware of phishing scams: Fake delivery texts or emails from “banks” are on the rise. Home Safety Whether you’ve just moved into your first flat or you’re settling into a family home, keeping your place secure is all about layering good habits with the right tech. Start with the basics: double-lock doors with a deadbolt, fit key-operated window locks, and don’t leave spare keys under plant pots (burglars know all the hiding places). Once you’ve covered those essentials, adding a few smart security cameras and sensors can give you extra peace of mind. eufy’s home security range is designed to work straight out of the box, with no monthly fees, and it’s a great way to strengthen those traditional safety measures. Check out these security solutions: Keep watch outside with eufy SoloCam S340 {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} This wire-free, solar-powered eufy SoloCam S340 is perfect for gardens, driveways or alleyways. It combines a 3K wide-angle lens and a 2K telephoto with 360° horizontal panning and 70° tilt, so it can follow movement and zoom up to 8× while keeping a crisp image. The built-in solar panel keeps it charged all year, and with 8GB of built-in storage and on-device AI, your footage stays private without monthly fees. Cover every corner indoors with eufy Indoor Cam S350 {{component:"product", handle:"t8416221", sku:"T8416221"}} Inside the house, the eufy Indoor Cam S350 delivers impressive coverage thanks to a 4K wide-angle lens, 2K telephoto, and an 8× hybrid zoom. It pans 360° horizontally and 75° vertically to track movement, while an f/1.6 aperture and infrared LEDs mean you’ll still get a clear view even in pitch darkness (up to 10m). You can store recordings on a microSD card or pair it with the HomeBase S380 for larger local storage. Secure your front door with eufy Video Doorbell E340 {{component:"product", handle:"t8214311", sku:"T8214311"}} The eufy Video Doorbell E340 is clever in all the right ways, using two cameras, a 2K main lens for faces and a downward-facing lens to monitor parcels on your doorstep. It offers colour night vision, two-way talk, and AI detection for people, faces and packages so you get only the notifications that matter. With a removable battery lasting up to six months per charge and 8GB onboard storage, you’re covered even during Wi-Fi drops. Protect every entry point with the eufy Home Alarm Kit {{component:"product", handle:"t8990321", sku:"T8990321"}} For whole-home peace of mind, this 5-piece eufy Home Alarm Kit includes a keypad, a motion sensor and two entry sensors. You can install it in minutes without tools, and the sensors last two years on a single battery. Arm or disarm the system from your phone or the keypad, adjust sensitivity for pets, and get instant alerts through the eufy app—again, no subscriptions needed. Conclusion The crime rates in Britain present a complex but manageable landscape. While certain crimes—like shoplifting, robbery, and online fraud—are rising, broader violent crime has generally declined over the past decade. Statistically, crime rates in the UK remain lower than many countries globally, and even safer than several EU nations. What matters most is context. The UK is not immune to criminal trends seen worldwide, particularly those influenced by economic hardship, technological change, and social inequality. However, through improved law enforcement, smart technology, and increased public awareness, many risks can be mitigated. FAQs Is the crime rate in Britain going up or down? Overall, crime in England and Wales has dropped significantly since the 1990s. According to the ONS (Office for National Statistics), headline crimes fell to around 9.6 million in the year to December 2024, after trending downward over the past decade. However, recent rises in shoplifting, thefts, and certain violent offences have been reported, even as long-term trends remain lower than in previous decades. What’s the highest crime rate in the UK? As of the latest data from the ONS, the UK’s highest crime rate is in Westminster, London, with 432 crimes per 1,000 residents, driven by theft and street offences in this tourist-heavy area. At a regional level, Cleveland (covering Middlesbrough and Hartlepool) tops the list in England and Wales with 124.6 crimes per 1,000 people. Which UK country has the lowest crime rate? The UK country with the lowest crime rate is Northern Ireland, with around 51 crimes per 1,000 people (year to August 2024), the lowest since 2020–21. Within England and Wales, rural counties like Wiltshire (≈57 per 1,000) regularly feature among the safest. Related Blogs Check out these articles for more information: 10 Most Dangerous Parts of London 2025 to Know & Avoid Top 10 Most Dangerous Towns in England: Crime Hotspots Revealed City with Most Stabbings UK 2025: Top 10 Dangerous Areas
Security Camera · 23/06/2025
3 Best Cameras That Work with Google Home in 2025 for Smart Control
If you’re building a smarter, more secure home, linking a security camera to your Google Home setup is a smart move. The right camera lets you check in from anywhere, control it with your voice, and get real-time alerts—all from your phone or smart speaker. In this guide, you’ll find the best cameras that work with Google Home in 2025, including both outdoor and indoor options, and how to connect them step-by-step. How Do Cameras Work with Google Home? Security cameras that work with Google Home can connect to your smart home system and be controlled using voice commands or the Google Home app. Once linked, you can view live footage, get motion alerts, and control camera settings through your phone or a Google Nest Hub. To set it up, you’ll need a camera that supports Google integration, including models from brands like eufy. You simply connect the camera to your Wi-Fi, add it through the Google Home app, and grant permission to access video and audio. With everything linked, you can say things like “Hey Google, show me the front door” to stream live footage to your Nest Hub or compatible TV. You can also receive voice alerts, review recent activity, or automate routines like turning on lights when motion is detected. Best Cameras Work with Google Home 2025 Below are three security cameras from eufy that seamlessly link to Google Home for hands-free control, yet each solves a different problem. Whether you want colour-accurate 4K night video outside or an indoor cam that doubles as a pet tracker, there’s a model on this list that’s just right for your home. eufyCam S3 Pro The eufyCam S3 Pro is built for serious outdoor security, combining a sharp 4K sensor with a large f/1.0 aperture and MaxColor night vision to deliver daylight-level colour even after dusk. You can trust it to keep faces and number plates clear up to 9 m. Powered by a 13,000mAh battery and an integrated SolarPlus 2.0 panel, it stays charged year-round with just a few hours of sunlight a day, even in the UK. Its dual motion sensors (radar and PIR) reduce false alerts from things like passing cars, animals, or tree branches, and local storage on HomeBase 3 keeps your footage private and subscription-free. Once connected, you can stream footage to any Google Nest display or Chromecast-enabled device with just your voice. {{component:"product", handle:"t88923w1", sku:"T88923W1"}} What’s good: 4K video with clear, full-colour night vision Built-in solar panel; a few hours of sun keeps it charged year round Dual motion detection using radar and infrared sensors reduces false notifications 16GB local storage, expandable to 16TB with HomeBase S380—no monthly fees IP67 weatherproof rating, ready for the elements Works with Google Assistant, Alexa, and Apple Home eufy SoloCam S340 For a standalone, wire-free option, the eufy SoloCam S340 offers a great mix of flexibility and clarity. It combines a 3K wide-angle lens with a 2K telephoto to give you an 8× zoomed picture-in-picture view—perfect for tracking movement without losing detail. The camera pans a full 360° and tilts 70°, auto-tracking subjects with on-device AI so packages, pets and people stay centred. Whether you’re watching the front porch, driveway, or backyard, the S340 offers a flexible, all-angle coverage without blind spots. A detachable solar panel captures up to 25% of ambient light, so even in winter, the battery stays topped up. Because it’s a true stand-alone unit, there’s no need for a hub—just pair with Google Home and ask to view the garden or driveway. {{component:"product", handle:"t81703w1", sku:"T81703W1"}} What’s good: Dual-lens system with 3K wide-angle and 2K telephoto views 360° pan and 70° tilt for full coverage—no blind spots 8× hybrid zoom to capture important details Solar-powered with a removable panel for continuous operation Smart AI detection and tracking for people, pets, and vehicles Wire-free, hub-free design with quick installation Works with Google Home for smart controls Local storage with no monthly fees eufy Indoor Cam S350 Looking for reliable indoor cameras that work with Google Home? Check out the eufy Indoor Cam S350, a model ideal for keeping an eye on pets, kids, or your flat while you’re out. It features both a 4K wide lens and a 2K telephoto for clear room coverage and sharp close-ups with up to 8× zoom. The camera pans a full 360° and tilts 70°, and includes AI that can detect people, pets, and even crying—sending alerts with useful context. Dual-band Wi-Fi 6 keeps the stream smooth, and a privacy shutter can be scheduled when you’re home. It supports both standalone use with local microSD storage or can be linked to HomeBase 3 for more advanced options. And of course, it works with Google Home for hands-free control. {{component:"product", handle:"t8416221", sku:"T8416221"}} What’s good: Twin 4K/2K sensors with 8× zoom for detail and context Smooth 360° pan-tilt plus Wi-Fi 6 for lag-free viewing AI detects people, pets and crying without a subscription Privacy shutter and HomeBase 3 compatibility for local storage Works with Google Home voice routines and live casting How to Add a Security Camera to Google Home? Once you picked out your ideal cameras that work with Google Home app, setting them up is usually straightforward. While the exact steps can vary a bit depending on the camera brand, the overall process generally looks like this: Step 1: Set Up the Camera in Its Own App First, set up your camera using its native app (e.g., eufy Security app). Make sure it’s connected to the same Wi‑Fi network as your Google Home device and working properly. Step 2: Open the Google Home App On your phone, open the Google Home app and log in with your Google account. Tap the “+” icon in the top-left corner, then select “Set up device” → “Works with Google” Step 3: Find Your Camera Brand In the “Works with Google” list, search for eufy (or your camera brand) and sign into your account when prompted. Follow the on-screen steps to let Google and your camera talk to each other. Step 4: Assign the Camera to a Room Once connected, Google Home will show your camera as a device. Tap it, choose a room (like “Front Door” or “Living Room”), and give it a name that’s easy to say—makes voice control smoother Step 5: Stream Live Feed with Voice All set! You can now say “Hey Google, show me the front door camera” to stream live video on a Nest Hub, Chromecast‑enabled TV, or the Home app itself. Step 6 (Optional): Set Alerts and Automations To get notifications or create smart routines (e.g., turn on lights when motion is detected), go to the camera’s settings in the Home app. From there you can enable alerts or build routines like “When camera sees motion, switch on porch light.” Conclusion Whether you’re keeping an eye on your front door, pets, or parcels, finding the right cameras that work with Google Home can make life a whole lot easier. Once linked up, you can stream live footage on your Nest Hub using just your voice, set up automations, or receive motion alerts while you’re away. Now that you know which cameras work best with Google Home and how to add them, all that’s left is to choose the one that fits your home! FAQs What cameras go with Google Home? Besides Google’s own Nest cameras, many reputable brands, such as eufy, also offer cameras that work seamlessly with Google Home. Once connected, you can control them with your voice, view live feeds on Nest Hub or Chromecast devices, and create automations through the Google Home app. Just look for a “Works with Google Assistant” label in the product listing before you buy. Can you access cameras on Google Home? Yes, you can access compatible cameras through the Google Home app. Google’s Nest cameras and a wide range of third-party models integrate seamlessly, allowing you to view live feeds, review event history, and manage settings directly within the app. Additionally, you can stream live video to devices like Google Nest Hub or Chromecast-enabled TVs using voice commands. Can I use multiple cameras with Google Home? Yes, you can add multiple compatible cameras to your Google Home setup. Each camera can be assigned to specific rooms, making it easy to monitor different areas of your home. The Google Home app allows you to view live feeds from all connected cameras, and with features like the “camera immersive view,” you can check all your cameras in one consolidated view. Related Blogs Check out more articles about security cameras Can My Neighbour Have CCTV Pointing at My House in the UK? How to Install Security Camera How to Connect Wireless Camera to NVR: Step-by-Step Setup Bluetooth Security Camera Explained
Security Camera · 23/06/2025
Do Security Cameras Have Audio and Is It Legal in the UK?
When you’re setting up or checking a CCTV system, one question often pops up: do security cameras have audio? You might assume it’s all about video, but many modern cameras also include built-in microphones—and that raises some important questions. Can your camera hear what’s going on? Can you record conversations legally? And how do you even tell if your system has audio? In this guide, we’ll walk you through how audio works in security cameras, how to tell if yours records sound, and what UK law says about using audio legally. Do Home Security Cameras Have Audio? If you’re asking, do most security cameras have audio, the answer is usually a yes for modern setups. Today’s network-connected (IP) cameras often come with built-in microphones as part of the package. This can add valuable context, helping you understand what’s happening beyond the visuals alone. Older analogue CCTV systems, on the other hand, typically only capture video. If you want to add audio to those, you’d usually need to connect a separate microphone directly to the recorder. Types of Audio Features To dive deeper, there are different types of audio features in modern security cameras: One-Way (Listen-In) Audio: This basic function captures sound alongside video, picking up ambient noise or conversations within range. You can choose to disable the mic if you don’t need it or if recording audio isn’t legally allowed. Two-Way Audio: Now common in mid-to-high-end models, this lets you speak through the camera using your phone or monitor—like an intercom. It’s especially handy for talking to visitors at the door, guiding delivery drivers, or warning off intruders. Sound-Triggered Recording & Alerts: Some advanced systems use sound as a trigger for video recording—helpful if something happens just before motion detection kicks in. They can also send alerts if noise passes a certain volume threshold, like the sound of glass breaking. Audio Quality and Range While the answer to "Do outdoor security cameras have audio?" is often a yes now, the audio range on most built-in mics is fairly limited. They typically pick up clear speech within about six metres, though that can drop off quickly with softer sounds. Wind and background noise can degrade clarity outdoors notably, unless the camera uses digital noise reduction. How to Tell If Security Cameras Have Audio? Not sure whether a camera can record sound? Here are some simple, practical ways to find out: Look for Microphone or Speaker Openings Check the camera closely. A small pinhole near the lens might be a microphone, while a set of tiny holes (often in a grille pattern) could be a speaker. These features suggest the camera supports audio. Use the App or Viewing Software If the camera is yours, open the mobile app or web interface. Look for an audio toggle, mic icon, or volume slider. You can also play back recorded footage—if you hear sound, the mic is active. Search the Model Number Check the label on the camera housing or packaging for a model number. A quick online search will usually tell you whether the camera has features like “built-in microphone,” “audio input,” or “two-way audio.” Want to install a security camera that delivers clear two-way chat? These two eufy models are worth keeping on your list: The eufyCam S3 Pro uses a dual-mic array with AI noise reduction, so you can hold a natural conversation with someone up to about eight metres away without wind or traffic drowning you out. Alongside the smooth audio you get sharp 4K capture and MaxColor Vision night-time colour, so faces and licence plates stay readable after dark. A built-in solar panel tops up the large internal battery, while radar-plus-PIR motion sensing cuts back on false alerts from swaying branches. The eufyCam S330 offers the same full-duplex talk through its integrated mic and speaker, keeping voices intelligible on both ends of the link. Video is recorded in crisp 4K, the on-board solar panel keeps the battery topped up, and footage is stored locally on 16 GB of eMMC that you can expand to a hefty 16 TB if you ever need it. BionicMind AI running on HomeBase recognises familiar faces to filter notifications, and the IP67 housing shrugs off rain, dust and winter chills with ease. Check the Wiring Analogue cameras that record audio typically have extra wiring—like RCA connectors (often red and white) or a separate two-wire audio cable. Networked cameras may have a single Ethernet cable, but some also include an extra jack for audio input. Either setup suggests the system supports sound. Is It Legal to Record Audio on CCTV in the UK? Recording audio on CCTV isn’t illegal in the UK, but it’s heavily restricted. Without a clear reason, recording sound can put you in breach of UK General Data Protection Regulation (UK GDPR), the Data Protection Act 2018, and even the Human Rights Act. That’s exactly what happened in a 2021 county court case, where a homeowner was found to have unlawfully invaded a neighbour’s privacy using cameras with always-on audio. Let’s break down what you need to know. 👉Related Reading: Can My Neighbour Have CCTV Pointing at My House in the UK? Audio = Personal Data, so UK GDPR Rules Apply Voices identify living people, so they are personal data under UK GDPR and DPA 2018. Whether you’re a homeowner, landlord, or business, you’ll need a lawful reason to collect that data—usually “legitimate interests” for private users. You’ll also have to follow the core data protection principles: use the data only for a clear, limited purpose, keep it secure, and don’t hold onto it longer than needed. Strong Legal Preference Against Recording Conversations in Public UK guidance is clear: recording conversations in public spaces is rarely justifiable. The Home Office’s Surveillance Camera Code of Practice calls it “highly intrusive” and says it needs a “strong justification of necessity”. The Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) takes a similar line. If your system captures audio continuously, you’ll need a much stronger justification, and by default, the mic should be off. 👉Related Reading: CCTV Laws & Regulations in the UK Domestic Use vs Public-Facing Cameras If your cameras only cover your own private space—say, your living room or back garden—then the household exemption applies. It’s allowed as long as the recordings are for personal use and not shared. But the moment your camera (or mic) reaches a public pavement, a neighbour’s property, or shared spaces like a car park, full data protection rules kick in. That means you’ll need to be fully transparent, display signage, allow access to recordings if someone requests it, and justify everything with proper documentation. Audio in Workplaces and Commercial Settings If you’re thinking about using audio in a workplace—such as a shop, warehouse or office—be extra careful. According to ICO guidance, monitoring staff with audio is only likely to be lawful in exceptional cases. You’ll need to: Carry out a Data Protection Impact Assessment (DPIA) Limit audio to very specific high-risk areas Clearly inform staff and visitors that audio is being recorded Continuous or blanket audio recording is very unlikely to hold up legally. Be Transparent and Use Clear Signage Transparency isn’t optional. Both the ICO and the Surveillance Camera Code require you to display clear signs that explain audio and video are being recorded, who’s responsible, and why. The signs should be easy to see before anyone enters the monitored area. Keep It Necessary, Proportionate and Limited Even if you have a reason to record audio, you should minimise how and when you do it. Follow these best practices: Mute or disable microphones when not needed Use event-based audio(e.g. triggered by motion) or push-to-talk instead of continuous recording Encrypt and secure recordings Delete recordings promptly when they’re no longer needed Review your setup regularly to make sure audio is still justified Conclusion So—do security cameras have audio? As we’ve learned, modern security cameras increasingly include built-in microphones and two-way talk, while legacy analogue CCTV rarely records sound. That said, whether you should be recording audio is another matter entirely. If you’re using CCTV in a public-facing space or shared environment, make sure you’re clear and transparent about what your system records. When in doubt, stick to video-only or get proper legal advice before enabling audio. FAQs How do you know if a security camera has audio? Check for a pinhole microphone near the lens or review the product specs for terms like “built-in mic” or “two-way audio.” Additionally, accessing the camera’s app or software settings may reveal audio options. If a camera supports live voice or talkback features, it includes both a mic and speaker. Do normal security cameras have audio? Not all security cameras come with audio capabilities. Many standard CCTV systems focus solely on video recording. However, modern IP cameras and smart home security devices often include built-in microphones or support “two-way audio” features. It’s essential to check the camera’s specifications to determine if it can record sound. Can my neighbour have audio on CCTV? Yes, but only under strict legal conditions. If their camera records conversations outside their property, such as on the pavement or into your garden, they must comply with the Data Protection Act 2018 and UK GDPR. This includes having a legitimate reason for recording, informing you through clear signage, and ensuring the data is stored securely. If you believe your privacy is being infringed upon, you can raise the issue with your neighbour or contact the Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) for guidance. Can I talk through my security camera? Yes, if your security camera supports two-way audio. Many modern smart cameras, such as those from eufy, allow users to communicate through the camera using a connected app. This feature lets you speak to visitors or deter intruders remotely. To use this function, open the camera’s app, access the live feed, and press the microphone icon to start speaking.
Security Camera · 11/06/2025
Security Camera Setup Cost UK: What to Expect & How to Save in 2025
Thinking about installing a CCTV system but unsure how much it’ll set you back? The security camera setup cost UK can vary quite a bit depending on the type of system, your property, and whether you go the DIY route or hire a professional. In this guide, you’ll get a clear idea of what to expect, from average installation costs to the extras that can quickly add up. Whether you’re upgrading your home security or protecting a business, understanding the real costs upfront can help you budget smarter. Average Costs for Security Camera Setup When you price a CCTV system, you’re really pricing three things: the cameras themselves, the labour to fit them, and any recording or network hardware. Across the UK, a typical home CCTV setup costs anywhere from £450 to £1,200 for a standard four-camera system, and up to £1,500 or more for a larger setup with eight cameras. Here’s a breakdown of what you can typically expect to pay: Setup Low High What’s included Single wired camera £170 £500 Camera (£50–£200) + installation (£100–£300) Four-camera wired system £800 £1,200 Includes cabling, recorder, and labour Four-camera wireless system £450 £850 Faster install, minimal cabling Eight-camera wired system £1,000 £1,500 Includes cabling, recorder, and labour, ideal for larger homes or shops Labour per camera (average) £75 £90 Installer day rate divided per unit Budget 4-camera “bundle deal” £584 £650 Based on a national average So, what does this mean for your budget? Just starting out? A single wireless camera for the front door or driveway can cost under £200 if you DIY it—but with professional help, expect to pay around £250 to £500 all in. Need full coverage? A four-camera system is a good fit for most homes. A wireless setup will run around £450–£850, while a wired option typically costs £800–£1,200, including labour and recording gear. Larger setups: If you need eight or more cameras—for a detached property or business premises—costs often start at £1,500 and can reach £2,000 or more, depending on the layout and features. Additional CCTV Installation Costs to Consider The initial quote usually covers the cameras and labour, but there are often extra costs to think about, especially if you’re looking for a fully integrated or professionally monitored system. These “hidden” costs can creep up if you’re not prepared. Additional Cost Typical Price Why it matters Remote monitoring (via ARC) ~£4,000/year (20 cams) A monitoring centre watches your feed 24/7 and alerts police if needed Cloud video storage £42–£88/year Needed if you want recordings stored off-site Extra outdoor power sockets £80–£250 each Wi-Fi cameras still need reliable power Consumer unit upgrade £325–£550 Sometimes required for larger or hard-wired systems Cable installation & trunking ~£500 (for 4 cameras) Adds labour if cables need hiding or burying Smart home or alarm integration £165–£470 Combines your CCTV with alarms or smart devices for full control Annual maintenance £100–£2,000/year Ranges from basic home service to full commercial support Factors Affecting Security Camera Setup Cost Every quote you receive is built from a mix of technical choices and site-specific quirks, so two neighbours can end up paying very different sums for the same level of protection. Below are the key cost drivers you should weigh up when budgeting for your security camera setup: How many cameras you need More lenses mean more kit, more cabling and more labour hours. A typical home adds roughly £75–£90 in labour and at least £40–£80 in hardware for every extra camera you bolt on. One type of camera to consider here is motorised PTZ (Pan-Tilt-Zoom) cameras, which offer dynamic surveillance with the ability to remotely pan, tilt, and zoom. This makes them ideal for covering large areas or zooming in on specific details. While PTZ cameras are more expensive than fixed models, they can reduce the total number of cameras needed, potentially lowering your overall installation costs. Camera features & durability Resolution and sensor quality: The jump from a standard 1080p sensor to a 4K model gives roughly four times the detail, which is handy if you need licence-plate or facial recognition. That clarity, however, can double or even triple the camera price; 4K outdoor domes typically sit above £200 each, while HD versions start nearer £80. Low-light and night-vision options: Infra-red LEDs are standard on most outdoor models, yet colour night-vision and larger image sensors drive prices higher. Weather and impact protection: Outdoor housings carry an IP rating that tells you how well the unit blocks dust and water. IP66 resists heavy rain; IP67 survives short-term submersion and usually costs a little more thanks to extra gaskets. Vandal-resistant metal casings add another premium. Built-in lighting for deterrence: Camera with lights or floodlight cameras combine motion-activated LEDs with a video sensor. The lighting floods an area with up to 2,000 lumens, captures colour footage after dark and warns intruders they’ve been spotted—all in one fitting. The extra LEDs, heat-sinks and weather seals add material cost, but you may save on separate security lights and cabling. Wired vs wireless architecture Hard-wired systems (coax or PoE): Wired cameras draw both power and data through cables, so they’re immune to Wi-Fi drop-outs and signal jamming. The catch is labour: installers charge £75–£90 per camera and may add trenching or trunking fees if cables need to be hidden. Wireless Wi-Fi kits: Wireless cameras cut out most drilling and can often be set up in a single visit, which keeps labour lower. They do, however, rely on solid Wi-Fi coverage; weak signals require range extenders and every camera still needs either a plug-in adaptor or a battery that you must recharge every few months. Solar-powered cameras: Adding a solar panel turns a battery-powered wireless camera into a near “fit-and-forget” solar camera. They’re perfect for remote locations or homes where running power cables is difficult or impossible. While the initial cost is a bit higher, solar panels remove the need for power outlets and save on long-term battery replacements. Property layout and access The size and shape of your property also play a role. A simple single-storey layout is easier (and cheaper) to work with than a large or awkwardly shaped house with multiple levels, thick walls, or long garden runs. High camera placements—like above second-floor windows or under eaves—might require ladders or even scaffolding, which adds to the labour cost. Video storage and monitoring options Local storage (via a DVR or NVR) is usually a one-time cost, but if you opt for cloud storage, you’ll be paying a subscription—typically between £40–£90 per year. If you’re considering professional remote monitoring, such as through an Alarm Receiving Centre (ARC), that’s a much larger ongoing cost, often geared toward commercial or high-risk sites. Tips for Cost-Effective CCTV Installation Getting a quality security camera system doesn’t have to drain your bank account. With a little planning and smart choices, you can install an effective CCTV setup while keeping costs down. Assess your needs before you buy Before rushing into the purchase, take a step back and evaluate the exact security needs of your property. You don’t need to overspend on features you won’t use. Do you really need 4K resolution for your driveway, or would a standard HD camera do the job just fine? Focus on the areas that need coverage the most—whether it’s the front door, backyard, or any vulnerable spots—and adjust your setup accordingly. Plan the layout to avoid extra costs The more straightforward your installation, the less it will cost. Take time to plan where your cameras should go to reduce extra work. Keep wiring runs short, and avoid tricky areas that require ladders or scaffolding. This can save you hours of labour time and ultimately, money. Consider wireless or solar cameras If you have areas that are hard to wire or don’t have easy access to power, consider wireless cameras or solar-powered units. These setups can save you the cost of running cables and hiring an electrician for additional power points. While the initial cost might be slightly higher for solar cameras, the savings on installation and long-term maintenance make them a solid choice, especially for outdoor locations like gardens, driveways, or gates. Use local storage instead of cloud services While cloud storage offers convenience, the ongoing monthly or annual fees can add up quickly. Instead, opt for a local storage solution like a Digital Video Recorder (DVR) or Network Video Recorder (NVR). These devices store footage on-site and don’t require a subscription, making them more cost-effective in the long run. Get multiple quotes from local installers To make sure you’re getting a fair deal, always get multiple quotes from local installers. Prices can vary depending on the area, and by shopping around, you can get a better idea of the market rate. Don’t be afraid to ask for a breakdown of costs to see where your money is going—this can help you avoid hidden fees or unexpected charges later on. Opt for a package deal Many installers offer package deals that include cameras, installation, and sometimes even the first year of maintenance. These deals can work out cheaper than buying each element separately. Just be sure the package covers your needs and doesn’t include unnecessary extras that could drive up the price. Handle Minor Installations Yourself If you’re comfortable with DIY tasks, consider taking care of simple installations like camera mounts or running cables through easy-to-access areas. However, always leave the electrical work and any tricky installations to professionals to ensure safety and quality. Conclusion Getting a CCTV system installed doesn’t have to be overwhelming—or break the bank. Once you understand what affects the security camera setup cost UK, it’s much easier to find a setup that suits both your needs and your budget. Keep an eye out for hidden fees, ask the right questions, and use the tips in this guide to keep costs down without cutting corners. FAQs How much does it cost to install security cameras at home UK? The cost to install security cameras at home in the UK varies depending on how many cameras you have, whether they are wired or wireless, and the complexity of installation. A basic four-camera wired system typically costs between £800 – £1,200, while a wireless equivalent runs about £450 – £750. Budget DIY kits start around £100, but a professionally installed, feature-rich package (such as 8 cameras, smart analytics, remote access) might exceed £2,000. How much should security camera installation cost? On average, homeowners should expect to pay £100–£300 per camera, including both equipment and labour. For instance, a four-camera setup could total £600–£1,200, whereas single-camera jobs tend to fall within £75–£300. Key influencers include camera quality, camera count, and installer rates, which typically run at £75–£90 per camera. What is the cost of CCTV camera installation? The total cost of installing CCTV ranges widely based on system size and type. A basic four-camera wired CCTV installation generally falls between £800–£1,200 all in, while an eight-camera wired system may go up to £1,500+, and four-camera wireless systems range from £450–£850. Additional costs may include monitoring, cloud storage, and maintenance services.
Security Camera · 11/06/2025
Where’s the Cheapest Place to Live in UK? Check Our Top 10 List
Looking for the cheapest place to live in UK? Whether you’re moving for work, study, or just looking to cut down on living expenses, there are plenty of affordable spots across the country that offer great value without sacrificing too much in terms of quality of life. In this guide, we’ll walk you through the top 10 cheapest places to live in 2025 and also highlight some safety concerns that might come with budget-friendly areas. It’s all about finding that sweet spot where your wallet and peace of mind both thrive. Top 10 Cheapest Place to Live in UK If you’re looking to stretch your budget without giving up quality of life, these ten UK locations offer some of the lowest housing costs in the country, without feeling remote or cut off. Based on the latest data from the Office for National Statistics (ONS) and supported by everyday cost-of-living figures from the trusted source of Numbeo, these places all offer average rents below £670 a month and entry-level home prices well under the UK average of £292,000. Here’s a closer look at what makes each one a smart and affordable choice. 1. Burnley, Lancashire Tucked in the heart of East Lancashire, Burnley offers some of the most affordable housing in the UK. The average house price sits at just £121,000, with private rents averaging around £599 a month. Daily expenses are just as budget-friendly—restaurant meals, for instance, cost less than a third of what you’d pay in London. You’ll also find one-bedroom rentals outside the town centre going for under £600. With decent rail links to Manchester and easy access to countryside trails, Burnley gives you low costs and a surprisingly balanced lifestyle. 2. County Durham Historic and scenic, County Durham blends cathedral-city charm with surrounding countryside—and it remains one of the most affordable counties in England. Homes here average around £138,000, and rents are just under £600 per month. Basic costs like transport and dining are also low, with average meals priced at about £14 and monthly public transport typically below £60. For those working in the North East, Durham’s fast train connections to Newcastle make it easy to live affordably while accessing city jobs. 3. Hartlepool, County Durham A coastal town with a revitalised marina and long sandy beaches, Hartlepool offers excellent value for money. The average home costs around £136,000, and rents are among the lowest in the UK, averaging £546 per month. It’s also been highlighted as the cheapest place in the country to rent a two-bedroom home—around £491 per month. With reliable transport links to Middlesbrough and the wider Teesside area, Hartlepool offers a seaside lifestyle at a price that’s hard to beat. 4. Pendle, Lancashire Set against the backdrop of the Pennines, Pendle combines scenic views with real affordability. House prices average £142,000, while monthly rents are typically around £610 to £614. Market towns like Nelson and Colne provide local charm, and direct trains to Manchester take under an hour—ideal for commuters. If you’re after more space, quieter surroundings, and housing that doesn’t eat up your income, Pendle is an often-overlooked gem. 5. Middlesbrough, North Yorkshire Once known for its industrial past, Middlesbrough has grown into a tech-forward town while remaining highly affordable. Average house prices are around £142,000, and private rents come in at about £658 per month. According to Numbeo, general living costs are around 15% lower than the UK urban average—broadband starts at around £32 a month, and cinema tickets are well under £10. With good transport links, local investment in the digital sector, and access to the North York Moors, it’s a practical place to put down roots. 6. Hyndburn, Lancashire Centered on the town of Accrington, Hyndburn still reflects its mill-town roots—and that shows in the prices. Average house prices are just £133,000, and rents typically fall around £610 to £613 a month. Despite the low costs, transport is a major plus here: regular trains to Manchester put big-city work within reach. Local councils are also investing in former industrial buildings, creating coworking spaces and cultural venues. 7. Blaenau Gwent, South Wales Surrounded by dramatic valleys and open skies, Blaenau Gwent is one of the most affordable places to live in Wales. Homes here cost around £139,000 on average, with private rents at about £625 a month. It also ranks among the best in the UK for housing affordability, with a price-to-income ratio of just 3.8. The local council provides support for residents facing cost-of-living pressures, including energy bill assistance. Cardiff is just over an hour away by train, giving you access to the capital without the high price tag. 8. Sunderland, Tyne & Wear Sunderland, with its mix of coast, city, and student life, keeps living costs impressively low. House prices average around £144,000, and private rents hover near £669 per month. Numbeo reports low everyday expenses here too—expect a meal out for £15 and a cappuccino for around £3.60. The ongoing Metro upgrades are making it easier than ever to commute or explore nearby attractions. Whether you’re studying, working, or raising a family, Sunderland offers great value. 9. North East Lincolnshire Grimsby and Cleethorpes offer affordable seaside living without sacrificing convenience. The average house price in the area is around £156,000, and typical rent sits at just under £600 per month. The cost of living is similarly gentle, with fish-and-chip dinners, bus fares, and everyday groceries all coming in under the UK average. The region is also benefitting from regeneration efforts around the docks, which have brought in new jobs in seafood and renewable energy. With rail access to Hull and Leeds, it’s a quiet but connected option. 10. Blackburn with Darwen, Lancashire Located just north of Manchester, Blackburn with Darwen is a growing hub with low living costs and a lot of potential. The average home costs around £162,000, while rents stay comfortably under £670 per month. Numbeo estimates everyday costs are roughly 20% lower than in London, and you can rent a one-bed flat outside the town centre for about £713. The borough is investing in its creative sector, converting former mills into spaces for design, culture, and co-working—ideal if you want city buzz at half the price. Top 10 Cheapest Places at a Glance Rank Local authority Lower-quartile price-to-income ratio (ONS 2024) Average monthly rent (ONS avg, Mar/Apr 2025) Estimated house price (ONS avg, Mar/Apr 2025) 1 Burnley 2.77 £599 £121,000 2 County Durham 3.22 £594 £138,000 3 Hartlepool 3.35 £546 £136,000 4 Pendle 3.5 £614 £142,000 5 Middlesbrough 3.53 £658 £142,000 6 Hyndburn 3.56 £613 £133,000 7 Blaenau Gwent 3.48 £625 £139,000 8 Sunderland 3.73 £669 £144,000 9 North East Lincolnshire 3.89 £591 £156,000 10 Blackburn with Darwen 4.02 £665 £162,000 Staying Safe in Affordable Areas: What to Know and How to Prepare While affordable areas can be great for your wallet, it's natural to wonder about safety. Here are some what to expect and how to stay secure. Choosing a more affordable place to live doesn’t mean compromising on safety, but it’s important to be informed. While overall crime in the UK has been on a downward trend, certain types of offences, particularly burglary and theft, still tend to occur more frequently in lower-cost areas. Start with the Facts Before moving in, it helps to look at official data rather than relying on word of mouth. The Office for National Statistics (ONS) publishes regular updates on crime by police force area, showing long-term patterns and recent changes. For more local detail, police.uk offers postcode-level maps of incidents like burglary, theft, and anti-social behaviour. It’s also worth noting that, according to ONS well-being surveys, around 30% of women and 11% of men say they feel unsafe walking alone at night—a feeling that can vary a lot depending on the location and environment. Typical Issues in Cheaper Postcodes Lower-cost areas often have more older or vacant properties, poor street lighting, or inconsistent upkeep. These are all factors that research links to higher levels of burglary and anti-social behaviour. That said, serious violence remains relatively rare. In fact, the national rate of homicide has remained steady, with fewer than 10 cases per million people reported in 2024. Do Some Local Research Before you commit to a new place, check crime reports for the street and surrounding neighbourhood. Visit at different times of the day to get a feel for the area—see how well it’s lit, how many people are out and about, and how well-kept it looks. Most councils also publish their community safety plans online, which include updates on policing priorities, CCTV coverage, and local safety improvements. Secure Your Home from Day One Taking a few simple steps to secure your home can make a big difference—especially in areas where property crime is more common. Start with the basics: strong locks on doors and windows, letterbox guards to prevent fishing, and working smoke and carbon monoxide alarms. Landlords are legally required to provide alarms at the start of every tenancy, and you should always ask to see a valid gas safety certificate before moving in. This remains their legal responsibility. Beyond the basics, small tech upgrades can add real peace of mind. Security cameras can act as a strong deterrent and provide evidence if anything does happen. Today’s models send real-time alerts to your phone once they detect motion and deliver sharper footage than ever, even at night. Video doorbells are another smart addition, letting you monitor activity outside your front door from your phone and speak to visitors remotely. For wider protection, alarm systems (even simple, self-installed ones) can alert you or neighbours to intrusions and reduce your home insurance premiums. You don’t need to spend a fortune to make your home feel safer. These tools are increasingly affordable and easy to install. Just make sure you choose from a reliable brand, like eufy, to get the best value and performance. Improve the Surroundings Too Small changes outside your home can make a difference. Motion-activated lights and clear sightlines from the street help deter break-ins by increasing visibility. You can also report things like broken street lamps or fly-tipping to your local council online—these reports often help councils prioritise clean-up work and safety upgrades. Connect with Your Community You can join a local neighbourhood watch or an online community group. Being aware of recent activity and having neighbours who look out for one another can greatly improve overall safety and peace of mind. Conclusion When it comes to finding the cheapest place to live in UK, it’s not just about saving money; it’s about feeling safe and comfortable in your new home. While there are plenty of affordable areas, it’s important to keep an eye on safety and plan ahead. By being mindful of these factors, you’ll set yourself up for a smart, secure move. FAQs What is the cheapest but nicest place to live? If you’re after a balance of affordability and charm, Durham in North East England is often recommended. With average house prices around £130k and reasonable rents (circa £650 per month), it offers a beautiful historic city centre, riverside walks by Durham Cathedral, and a tight‑knit community vibe, all without the premium you’d pay in the south. How can I live cheaply in the UK? Living frugally in the UK is all about smart habits—switch energy providers, cancel unused subscriptions, and plan meals carefully. Use budgeting tools, compare utility and mobile deals, take advantage of discounts like supermarket “yellow‑sticker” bargains, use public transport or cycle, and batch buy essentials. These small, consistent choices can add up to significant savings without sacrificing quality of life. What is the cheapest city to buy a house in the UK? Burnley in Lancashire is often cited as the cheapest city—or large town—to buy a home in the UK, with average prices around £118k. Other very affordable areas include East Ayrshire in Scotland (£130k), Blaenau Gwent in Wales (£141k), and the city of Hull in England (~£115k), making these strong contenders for budget‑conscious homebuyers. 👉 Related reading: Crime Rates in the UK by Postcode Cities with Most Stabbings in the UK 20 Best Places to Live in the UK
Security Camera · 11/06/2025
Top 10 Most Dangerous Towns in England: Crime Hotspots Revealed
Whether you’re thinking about moving, planning a trip, or just curious, it’s always smart to know which areas to be cautious in. While England has plenty of safe and welcoming places, some towns see more crime than others. In this guide, you’ll find the top 10 most dangerous towns in England, based on recent data. It’s not about scaring you, just helping you stay informed and aware of the risks if you live in or visit these spots. Top 10 Most Dangerous Towns in England To start off, here’s an overview of the top 10 most crime-affected areas in England, based on the latest police-recorded crime rates published in April 2025 via the Office for National Statistics (ONS). We’ve focused on overall crime per 1,000 people, along with key offence types to give a fuller picture of what’s happening in each area: Top 10 Most Dangerous Towns in England (year ending Dec 2024) Rank Town / CSP Area Overall Crime Rate (per 1,000) Total Recorded Crime Violent Crime Rate (per 1,000) Theft Rtae (per 1,000) Robber Rate (per 1,000) Sexual Offence Rate (per 1,000) 1 Westminster 432.3 91,380 51 315 18 7 2 Camden 195.2 42,569 32 124 8 4 3 Middlesbrough 161.6 23,966 58 46 3 5 4 Kensington & Chelsea 157.3 22,996 30 94 5 4 5 Blackpool 156.1 22,104 69 43 2 7 6 Manchester 156.0 88,762 55 49 3 6 7 Hartlepool 141.3 13,262 51 45 2 5 8 Islington 137.0 30,201 31 75 6 3 9 Bristol (City) 132.2 63,307 49 45 3 5 10 Lincoln 130.3 13,365 50 41 1 6 Where the numbers come from In the year ending December 2024, police in England and Wales recorded over 5.3 million crimes, excluding fraud. To compare different places fairly, we based the rankings on the crime rate per 1,000 people—a standard measure that shows how many offences were recorded for every 1,000 residents. It helps reveal the relative level of crime, no matter the population size. All the data comes from the Home Office’s open-data tables for Community Safety Partnerships (CSPs), published in April 2025 to accompany the ONS bulletin “Crime in England and Wales: year ending December 2024”. These CSPs usually match local authority boundaries, making them the best available stand-in for actual towns and cities in official stats. A Closer Look at the Top 10 Most Dangerous Areas: 1. Westminster (London Borough) We all know Westminster as the postcard-perfect centre of London, yet the streets behind those landmarks report England’s heaviest crime load: 432 crimes per 1,000 people. Theft dominates (315/1k), but robbery is striking too at 18 per 1,000, more than six times the national average. Violent incidents and a smaller but worrying 7 sexual-offence reports per 1,000 round out a picture of relentless urban bustle. When you factor in tourists, commuters and nightlife, it’s clear why Westminster’s police stay so busy—this borough never really sleeps. 2. Camden (London Borough) Creative markets, live music and café culture give Camden its buzz and attract offenders. Overall crime sits at 195 per 1,000, powered by an eye-catching 124 thefts and 8 robberies per 1,000. Crowded canalside paths and late-night venues create fertile ground for opportunists, so Camden’s character comes with a statistical price tag: busy public places usually mean busy crime logs. 3. Middlesbrough (Teesside) Set on the Tees, Middlesbrough combines industrial grit with rising cultural spots—but its crime rate of 162 per 1,000 is the highest outside London. Violence stands out at 58 per 1,000, nearly double the England average, while theft (46/1k) and 3 robberies per 1,000 contribute steady background noise. Economic hardship and a youthful demographic leave the police juggling everything from street fights to repeat shop-theft calls, giving the town a tougher-than-average reputation. 4. Kensington & Chelsea (London Borough) Kensington and Chelsea is famous for its luxury stores, museums, and affluent neighborhoods, yet this upscale London borough sees about 157 crimes per 1,000 people. For such a wealthy area, a lot of incidents involve opportunistic theft. If you’re window-shopping on Kensington High Street, be aware that pickpockets and bag-snatchers may be operating (indeed, theft is the most common offence here). Violent crime is less frequent than in some other areas, but it does happen, and even in well-heeled districts you’ll find police responding to domestic incidents or nightlife scuffles on occasion. 5. Blackpool (Lancashire) Britain’s classic pleasure beach pulls holiday crowds—and logs 156 crimes per 1,000 residents. Violence leads at 69 per 1,000, among England’s highest, and theft keeps pace with the arcades and bars. While robbery is modest, sexual offences are significant at 7 per 1,000. Seasonal tourism, nightlife and long-term deprivation each leave a fingerprint on the resort’s police figures, creating a blend of seaside fun and serious policing challenges. 6. Manchester (Greater Manchester) Manchester’s big-city energy shows in its stats: 156 crimes per 1,000, driven by 55 violent offences and 49 thefts per 1,000. A thriving night-time economy, two huge universities and some deprived neighbourhoods all feed the numbers. For every stadium concert or café opening, Greater Manchester Police record a fresh batch of assaults, pick-pockets, and car break-ins—big-city living, writ large. 7. Hartlepool (Cleveland) Small but spirited Hartlepool posts 141 crimes per 1,000, with violence a hefty 51 per 1,000. Theft (45/1k) and 2 robberies per 1,000 make regular appearances, while sexual-offence reports (5/1k) run high by national standards. The town’s compact size means incidents feel close-to-home. Socio-economic pressures and youth disorder keep demand on neighbourhood policing teams consistently high despite the marina’s fresh-sea-air vibe. 8. Islington (London Borough) Trendy and bustling, Islington in North London is packed with cafes, theaters, and nightlife, and it also endures a high crime rate of around 137 per 1,000 people. In everyday terms, Islington’s busy streets mean you should stay alert: theft is extremely common here, more so than violent crime. As you stroll down Upper Street or browse boutiques, keep your phone and bags secure, because pickpocketing and shoplifting are frequent in the area’s vibrant shopping and dining zones. Islington’s residential squares and parks are charming, but they’re not immune to robberies or bike thefts either. Bicycle theft rates here are notably high, with 888 cases recorded in 2024. 9. Bristol City (South West England) Bristol’s historic harbour, murals and festivals coexist with 132 crimes per 1,000. Violence trails only Manchester at 49 per 1,000, while theft (45/1k) and 3 robberies per 1,000 add weight. Sexual-offence reports (5/1k) further swell the ledger. The city centre’s buzzing club scene, a huge student base and eclectic urban culture all drive demand on Avon & Somerset Police, making Bristol the South-West’s clear crime hot spot. 10. Lincoln (East Midlands) Lincoln is a small historic city with a magnificent cathedral and castle, yet it has a crime rate that might surprise you, at 130 crimes per 1,000 people. If you walk through Lincoln’s medieval streets by day, you might not sense any danger, but by night the picture changes a bit. The city’s biggest issue is violent crime (50 per 1,000), which is worryingly high for its size. This often comes from pockets of social deprivation and some late-night pub disturbances. As a student town, the youthful population means you’ll see a busy nightlife and, occasionally, the problems that come with it. Theft and criminal damage also contribute to the stats. The local police and council have been focusing on these issues, so you may notice initiatives like improved street lighting and more patrols in key areas. 👉 Related reading: Top 10 Most Dangerous Boroughs in London Safety Tips for Residents and Visitors Whether you’re a local or a visitor in one of the most crime-affected areas in England, taking proactive steps can significantly enhance your safety. Here are some practical and effective measures to consider: Stay Aware of Your Surroundings Always keep your attention on your environment, especially in busy areas or at night. Avoid distractions like looking down at your phone or wearing headphones when walking around. Use Well-Lit and Busy Routes Whether you’re walking or driving, stick to well-lit, busy streets. Avoid shortcuts through dark alleys or isolated areas, particularly after dark. Public areas with foot traffic are generally safer and offer more visibility. Install Security Cameras Setting up security cameras around your property can act as a powerful deterrent against potential intruders. Modern systems, like eufy’s range of security cameras, offer features such as 4K clarity, AI-powered motion detection, and 360° coverage. These cameras can help you monitor your property in real-time and store footage locally, reducing the risk of unauthorized access. Upgrade to Video Doorbells A video doorbell lets you see who’s at your door before you open it, whether you’re at home or out. It provides an extra layer of security, allowing you to communicate with visitors and delivery personnel without physically opening the door. This is especially useful for avoiding doorstep scams and preventing unwanted interactions. Implement Alarm Systems Alarm systems are one of the most effective ways to protect your property. In the event of a break-in or attempted theft, an alarm will alert both you, your neighbour, and, in some cases, local authorities. Many modern systems are linked to mobile apps, meaning you can monitor your home in real-time, even when you’re not around. Travel in Groups It’s always safer to travel in groups, especially at night. If you’re visiting, avoid walking alone in unfamiliar areas after dark. For residents, consider carpooling or walking with others when possible to increase safety. Store Valuables Securely Avoid leaving valuable items in plain sight, both inside and outside your home. Use safes for important documents and jewellery and store high-value items out of view from windows. This reduces temptation and the risk of opportunistic theft. Join a Neighbourhood Watch Scheme Being part of a Neighbourhood Watch group fosters community vigilance and cooperation. Members share information about local crime trends and support each other in maintaining safety. This collective approach can lead to quicker responses to suspicious activities and a stronger sense of security. Be Cautious with Social Media Avoid sharing your location on social media in real-time, especially in higher-risk areas. It can give strangers information that could potentially lead to unwanted situations. Always be mindful of what you’re sharing online. Conclusion Now that you’ve seen the top 10 most dangerous towns in England, you’ve got a clearer picture of where crime tends to be higher, and why. That doesn’t mean these towns should be written off. Many are vibrant places with strong communities working hard to improve things. If you live in or plan to visit one of these towns, a bit of awareness goes a long way. Stick to well-lit areas, keep an eye on your belongings, and consider investing in smart home security tech. Use the stats to stay one step ahead! FAQs What is the most violent town in the UK? Birmingham tops the list for violence. According to the data ending December 2024, the city recorded 14,766 incidents of violence with injury and 24,970 without injury. What are the top 10 cities for crime rate? According to police-recorded crime data by Community Safety Partnership area (year ending December 2024), the top 10 cities for crime rate (excluding fraud) in England are London, Manchester, Bristol, Doncaster, Liverpool, Leeds, Bradford, Birmingham, Wakefield, and Leicester. What is the safest city town in England? Based on the latest available data for 2024, Isles of Scilly emerges as the safest town in England, with only 25.4 recorded crimes per 1,000 people, far below the national average. Other towns with low crime rates include Rutland (38.6 per 1,000 people), Ribble Valley (39.7 per 1,000), and Chiltern (41.4 per 1,000), all of which boast lower crime statistics compared to larger cities. 👉 Related reading: Crime Rates in the UK by Postcode Cities with Most Stabbings in the UK 20 Best Places to Live in the UK
Security Camera · 10/06/2025
Most Dangerous Parts of London 2025: Where Crime Hits Hard and What to Do Notice
London is full of energy, history, and culture. But like any big city, it has its rougher spots too. If you’re living here, planning a move, or just visiting, it’s useful to know which areas have higher crime rates—not to scare you off, but to help you stay aware and make smart choices. In this guide, you’ll find a breakdown of the 10 most dangerous parts of London, based on reported crime stats. We’ll look at the boroughs with the highest crime rates, what might be driving those numbers, and what you can do to stay safe. Top 10 Most Dangerous Boroughs in London To work out which parts of London see the most crime, we looked at official data from the Metropolitan Police, covering May 2024 to May 2025. We’ve ranked the boroughs based on their crime rate per 1,000 people – a fairer way to compare areas of different sizes. For context, the overall crime rate across Greater London during this period was about 132 crimes per 1,000 people. Here’s how the top 10 boroughs stack up: Rank Borough Total crimes Crime rate (per 1,000) Theft counts Violence against the person counts 1 Westminster 95,558 366.9 60,071 11,795 2 Camden 46,232 186.4 23,373 7,633 3 Kensington & Chelsea 24,528 155.5 9,973 4,978 4 Islington 34,291 144.0 13,636 7,455 5 Southwark 43,646 135.3 18,447 9,123 6 Hackney 35,805 127.2 12,993 8,445 7 Hammersmith & Fulham 23,383 127.1 7,325 6,325 8 Lambeth 41,800 125.0 15,149 9,931 9 Newham 44,062 124.8 15,784 10,712 10 Tower Hamlets 39,517 124.5 11,865 10,823 What crime types drive the numbers? Offence type Recorded volume (May 2024 – May 2025) Theft 344,805 Violence against the person 258,340 Vehicle offences 103,838 Drug offences 51,155 Public-order offences 61,337 Arson & criminal damage 61,410 Burglary 55,590 Robbery 36,824 Sexual offences 28,992 A closer look at the 10 most dangerous boroughs: 1. Westminster: 366.9 crimes per 1,000 It’s no surprise that Westminster tops the list. With attractions like Oxford Street, Soho, and countless central landmarks, it’s one of London’s busiest areas. But all that foot traffic also means more opportunities for theft. Over 60,000 incidents were reported here in the last year alone. Phone snatches, bag dips, and pickpocketing are common, especially around tourist hotspots and transport hubs. If you’re spending time in central London, keep your belongings close and stay aware in crowded areas, especially late at night. 2. Camden: 186.4 crimes per 1,000 Camden has a unique energy; music venues, markets, and late-night bars keep the area lively almost 24/7. But that also makes it a hotspot for opportunistic crime. Theft is by far the most common issue here, with over 23,000 cases reported last year, followed by over 7,600 incidents of violence. Areas around Camden Town station and the High Street tend to be the busiest, so it’s a good idea to stick to well-lit routes and keep an eye on your things. 3. Kensington & Chelsea: 155.5 crimes per 1,000 This borough may be known for its luxury shops and elegant streets, but even high-end areas aren’t immune to crime. Kensington & Chelsea saw nearly 10,000 thefts last year, with incidents often centred around shopping areas like the King’s Road and busy tube stations. High-value cars and visible designer items can attract attention, so whether you’re shopping or parking up, a bit of caution can go a long way. 4. Islington: 144.0 crimes per 1,000 From Angel’s bars to Highbury’s student digs, Islington skews young and mobile—meaning phones, laptops and bikes often go missing. Over 13,600 thefts were reported across the borough last year. Violent incidents spike after midnight around Upper Street’s late-licence venues, so plan a group ride home. 5. Southwark: 135.3 crimes per 1,000 From the South Bank to Peckham, Southwark is packed with things to do, but it also recorded over 43,000 crimes in the past year, with thefts making up nearly half of that number. Bike thefts are a persistent issue, and over 9,000 violent incidents were reported, especially near nightlife spots like Borough and Old Kent Road. 6. Hackney: 127.2 crimes per 1,000 Hackney’s creative scene draws you to Shoreditch bars, Dalston clubs and Broadway Market brunch spots—but that buzz also explains nearly 13,000 thefts and 8,400 violent offences over the past year. Late‐night queues for taxis and crowded pavements around Kingsland Road are prime moments for phone snatches. 7. Hammersmith & Fulham: 127.1 crimes per 1,000 From gigs at the Eventim Apollo to shopping marathons at Westfield, footfall rarely dips here. Around 7,300 thefts were logged last year, many in and around Shepherd’s Bush Green. Keep an eye on bags in busy pubs, and if you’re parking near riverside flats, double-check that car doors have actually locked. Key-fob signal jammers crop up now and then. 8. Lambeth: 125.0 crimes per 1,000 Brixton’s nightlife, Vauxhall’s club scene and the South Bank’s tourist trails make Lambeth lively day and night. That activity shows in the figures: more than 15,000 thefts and roughly 9,900 violent offences this year. Wallets and phones go missing most around late-licence venues, so pocket them before you hit the dance floor, and book a minicab rather than wandering back streets after closing time. 9. Newham: 124.8 crimes per 1,000 Stratford’s shopping centre, stadium events and busy Elizabeth line interchange funnel thousands through Newham daily. The borough logged nearly 15,800 thefts and 10,700 violent crimes last year—much of it clustered around Stratford station and East Ham High Street. 10. Tower Hamlets: 124.5 crimes per 1,000 Tower Hamlets bridges flashy Canary Wharf towers and the indie buzz of Brick Lane, making it a magnet for both commuters and night-owls. About 11,900 thefts and 10,800 violent incidents were reported over twelve months. Pickpockets love weekend markets, while late-evening DLR platforms see their share of bag grabs. Keep valuables zipped inside your jacket and stick to lit main roads when you’re heading home from a curry on Brick Lane. Factors Contributing to High Crime Areas Several factors can influence why certain parts of London consistently see higher crime rates. While each borough is unique, some common themes tend to drive up offence levels across the board: High footfall and tourism: Areas like Westminster and Camden attract millions of people every year. With busy streets, packed events, and distracted visitors, theft and pickpocketing are far more likely. Nightlife and late-night economy: Boroughs with a strong nightlife scene often see spikes in violent crime, especially after midnight. Alcohol, large crowds, and reduced visibility all play a role in creating riskier conditions. Transport hubs: Train stations, tube stops, and major bus routes are hotspots for phone snatches, bag thefts, and other opportunistic crimes. Places like Stratford, Victoria, and Liverpool Street are often targeted due to the constant flow of people and easy escape routes. Socioeconomic pressures: In some boroughs, a combination of high deprivation, youth unemployment, and limited services can contribute to higher rates of robbery, drug offences, and violent crime. These patterns tend to affect certain neighbourhoods more than others within a borough. Density and housing type: Boroughs with a high proportion of rental housing, shared accommodation, or densely packed estates sometimes experience more burglary and antisocial behaviour. Greater turnover of residents and less informal surveillance can make some areas more vulnerable. Safety Measures for Residents and Visitors Whether you’re living in London or just visiting, staying safe doesn’t mean avoiding certain areas altogether. It means being aware of your surroundings and taking a few practical steps to reduce your risk. Here are some reliable safety measures you can follow: Stay alert in busy public areas Pickpocketing and bag theft are most common in crowded places like high streets, markets, and public transport hubs. Keep your phone, wallet, and other valuables in zipped bags or inside pockets—not in your hand or back pocket. When using your phone on the street, be mindful of your surroundings, particularly near busy junctions or on quiet side roads where thefts can happen quickly. Use well-lit routes and transport at night If you’re walking after dark, stick to well-lit main roads rather than quiet back streets or parks. Plan your journey in advance, and consider using apps like Citymapper or TfL’s journey planner to avoid unfamiliar areas. When possible, use public transport instead of walking long distances at night, and if you’re taking a taxi, only book through licensed minicab services or use apps that offer driver details and tracking. Be cautious with personal belongings in nightlife areas Theft and assaults often rise in areas with late-night venues. In pubs, bars, and clubs, avoid leaving phones, bags, or jackets unattended. Stay with friends, watch your drinks, and arrange your journey home before the night begins. If an area is very crowded, keep your bag across your body and zipped shut to prevent easy access. Secure your home and vehicles If you live in London, especially in areas with higher crime rates, home and vehicle security is well worth the effort. A few proactive steps can significantly reduce your risk of burglary or theft. Security cameras are a strong deterrent and help you monitor your property at anytime, anywhere. Modern systems offer motion detection, night vision, and cloud recording, meaning footage is saved even if a device is damaged or taken. You can mount cameras to cover entrances, driveways, shared hallways, or back gardens. Even just having a visible camera on your front door can put off would-be intruders. For added protection, an alarm system, from simple motion sensors with loud sirens to fully connected systems, can alert you (and your neighbours) to any break-in attempts, especially when you’re away. Plus, more residents are upgrading to video doorbells. They let you see and speak to anyone at your door from your phone, whether you’re home or not. Some models record automatically when someone approaches, which can be useful for spotting suspicious activity or handling missed deliveries. They’re especially helpful in flat buildings or areas where doorstep thefts (“parcel pinching”) are common. As for your vehicle, lock it every time, even for a quick stop. Park under streetlights or CCTV when you can. Thieves often target cars with keyless entry, so use a signal-blocking pouch (Faraday bag) to stop your key fob from being cloned. A steering wheel lock adds a physical barrier that makes your car a less attractive target. Register and track your devices Phones, laptops, and bikes are top targets for thieves across the city. Use features like Find My iPhone or Google’s Find My Device to track your phone if it’s lost or stolen. Register bikes with schemes like BikeRegister, and use two solid locks, ideally with different locking mechanisms, to secure both wheels and the frame. Conclusion Knowing where the most dangerous parts of London are doesn’t mean you need to avoid the city—far from it. London has so much to offer, and most people go about their daily lives without trouble. But a little awareness goes a long way. By understanding which areas have higher crime rates and why, you can make smarter choices about where you go, when you travel, and how you stay alert. Whether you’re heading out for work, a night out, or sightseeing, staying safe in London starts with staying informed. FAQs What is the roughest part of London? The area with the roughest reputation in London is Westminster, recording the highest crime rate of 432 crimes per 1,000 people in the year ending December 2024—though this is likely skewed by massive daytime footfall from tourists, which inflates the crime-per-resident ratio. Other consistently high‑crime boroughs include Camden (approx. 195 crimes/1,000) and Hackney (around 126/1,000). Which part of London is safest? Richmond upon Thames is generally considered the safest borough in London, with one of the lowest crime rates at about 72 crimes per 1,000 residents as of year 2024. It boasts very low levels of violent crime, few drug‑related offences, and minimal property crime, making it a tranquil and leafy choice. Which borough of London has the most crime? Westminster tops the list in total recorded offences, with almost 100,000 incidents in the past year—equating to around 350 crimes per 1,000 residents. As a major tourist hub with a tiny resident base, it records exceptionally high volumes of theft, robbery, and other offences per capita. 👉 Further reading: Crime Rates in the UK by Postcode
Security Camera · 10/06/2025
City with Most Stabbings UK 2025: Top 10 Dangerous Areas
If you live in the UK or spend time in its major cities, you’ve probably heard growing concerns about knife crime. It’s an issue that affects communities across the country, and it’s natural to wonder which places are seeing the worst of it. In this guide, we’ll break down the top 10 UK cities with the highest knife crime rates and look at what’s behind the numbers. Whether you’re worried about your own safety, looking out for family, or just curious, you’ll also find practical tips to stay safe, especially if you’re in or near the city with most stabbings UK statistics point to. Top 10 UK Cities with the Highest Knife Crime Rates According to the latest figures from the Office for National Statistics (ONS), knife crime continues to be a major concern in many of the UK’s largest urban areas. While rates vary from place to place, the numbers clearly show that some cities are experiencing much higher levels of knife-related violence than others. If you’re wondering which is the city with most stabbings UK data points to, it’s still London by a significant margin. But several other major cities across England also report worryingly high rates. Here’s a breakdown of the top 10 cities with the highest knife crime rates based on ONS data for the year ending December 2024: Top 10 UK Cities by Knife Crime Rate (2024) Rank City Police Force Area Knife Crime Rate (per 100,000) Total of Selected Serious Offences Involving a Knife 1 London Metropolitan Police 188 16,847 2 Birmingham West Midlands Police 156 6,409 3 Middlesbrough Cleveland Police 149 875 4 Manchester Greater Manchester Police 117 3,452 5 Sheffield South Yorkshire Police 105 1,481 6 Leeds West Yorkshire Police 97 2,319 7 Bristol Avon & Somerset Police 88 1,573 8 Hull Humberside Police 87 829 9 Newcastle Northumbria Police 87 1,088 10 Preston / Blackburn Lancashire Constabulary 86 1,144 Data source: Office for National Statistics (ONS), Police Force Area Data Tables – year ending December 2024. A Closer Look at Each City 1. London The capital remains the city with most stabbings UK authorities have recorded, and by a wide margin. With 188 knife crimes per 100,000 people, London continues to face significant challenges despite major police initiatives. Knife-enabled robberies and assaults are particularly high in central and inner boroughs. 2. Birmingham West Midlands Police recorded a knife crime rate of 156 per 100,000, putting Birmingham firmly in second place. Ongoing issues like gang violence and youth crime remain key concerns, especially in certain inner-city areas. 3. Middlesbrough Cleveland’s force area, primarily covering Middlesbrough and its surroundings, saw 149 knife crimes per 100,000 people. The region often ranks high for overall violent crime, with knife offences driven in part by deprivation and limited local resources. 4. Manchester Greater Manchester reported 117 knife crimes per 100,000. While some efforts have been made to target repeat offenders, the area still deals with high volumes of serious assaults and robberies involving knives. 5. Sheffield South Yorkshire Police recorded 105 offences per 100,000, with Sheffield accounting for a large share. Knife-related incidents here are often linked to disputes among young people, particularly in specific neighbourhoods. 6. Leeds West Yorkshire’s rate of 97 per 100,000 includes a large number of offences in Leeds. The city centre and areas around transport hubs see more frequent police patrols and occasional stop-and-search powers. 7. Bristol With a rate of 88 per 100,000, Bristol stands out as the knife crime hotspot in the South West. While the city as a whole isn’t uniformly affected, certain urban districts see higher activity, especially late at night. 8. Hull In Humberside, most knife offences are concentrated in and around Hull, giving the city a rate of 87 per 100,000. Youth violence and social media-driven disputes are common themes behind these figures. 9. Newcastle Northumbria Police also recorded 87 knife crimes per 100,000. Newcastle sees a concentration of incidents around nightlife areas, particularly on weekends, where police often deploy knife arches and extra patrols. 10. Preston/Blackburn Lancashire rounds out the top 10 with 86 knife crimes per 100,000. Most of these offences are reported in urban centres like Preston and Blackburn, with a mix of gang-related violence and opportunistic attacks. 👉 Related reading: Crime Rates in the UK by Postcode Factors Influencing High Knife Crime Rates in These Cities Knife crime in the UK is a complex issue influenced by various social, economic, and cultural factors. Understanding these underlying causes can help in developing effective strategies to address and reduce such incidents. Socioeconomic Deprivation Areas with high levels of poverty and unemployment often experience elevated rates of knife crime. Limited access to education, employment opportunities, and social services can lead individuals, especially youth, to engage in criminal activities as a means of survival or due to lack of alternatives. Youth Disengagement and School Exclusion Young people who are excluded from school or lack engagement in educational settings are more susceptible to involvement in knife-related offences. School exclusions can lead to reduced supervision and increased exposure to negative influences, making youth more vulnerable to criminal activities. Gang Involvement and Drug Trade Gang affiliation and participation in the illegal drug trade are prominent factors contributing to knife crime. Gangs often use knives as tools for intimidation, protection, and asserting control over territories. The competition and violence associated with drug markets further exacerbate the incidence of knife-related offences. Social Media Influence The rise of social media has played a role in escalating conflicts that lead to knife crime. Online platforms can amplify disputes, spread gang-related content, and facilitate the organization of violent encounters. The digital environment can thus contribute to the normalization and perpetuation of knife-related violence among youth. Accessibility of Weapons The ease of obtaining knives, including through online purchases, has increased the availability of weapons used in crimes. Despite regulations, the proliferation of knives, including those designed for combat or intimidation, has made it easier for individuals to arm themselves, leading to higher risks of violent incidents. Mental Health and Support Services Insufficient mental health support and the impact of adverse childhood experiences can lead individuals to engage in violent behaviour, including knife crime. Cuts to mental health services and lack of early intervention programs have been linked to an increase in violent offences. Addressing mental health issues is crucial in preventing such crimes. Policing and Community Relations The relationship between law enforcement and communities affects the effectiveness of policing strategies in preventing knife crime. Distrust in police, concerns over stop-and-search practices, and perceived discrimination can hinder cooperation and reporting of crimes. Strategies for Enhancing Personal Safety in High-Risk Areas Living in or travelling through areas with higher knife crime rates doesn’t mean you’re automatically at risk, but it does mean staying alert and taking sensible precautions. Below are practical strategies that can help you stay safe and feel more confident in high-risk environments. Stay Aware of Your Surroundings Awareness is one of your best defences. Avoid distractions like looking down at your phone or wearing headphones at high volume, especially at night or in unfamiliar places. Keep an eye on what’s happening around you. This gives you time to spot and avoid potential threats early. Plan Your Routes When moving through areas known for higher crime rates, it helps to plan your journeys in advance. Stick to well-lit, busy streets, and avoid shortcuts through isolated alleys, parks, or underpasses after dark. If possible, travel with someone you trust or let someone know your estimated arrival time. Trust Your Instincts If a situation feels off, trust that feeling and act on it. Cross the road, change direction, or enter a shop or public place if you sense someone is acting suspiciously. You don’t need a reason to remove yourself from a situation that doesn’t feel right. Be Mindful in Social Settings Knife incidents often happen during arguments or confrontations, particularly in nightlife areas. Avoid getting involved in disputes, even as a bystander. If a situation is escalating, remove yourself calmly and quickly. Keep Valuables Out of Sight Visible phones, jewellery, or electronics can attract the wrong attention. Keep your belongings secure and avoid showing valuables in public, especially when walking alone. Use inside pockets or bags that close securely. Know Where to Get Help Familiarise yourself with nearby safe spaces, such as staffed train stations, public buildings, or well-known stores. These places are often monitored by security or CCTV and can be useful if you feel threatened or need to call for help. Use Home Security Measures Improving your personal safety doesn’t end when you walk through your front door. If you live in an area with higher levels of crime, securing your home can offer both practical protection and peace of mind. Consider these smart security techs: Security cameras placed around your property can act as a strong deterrent. Visible cameras make it less likely that someone will target your home, especially in neighbourhoods where street crime or attempted break-ins are a concern. They also provide valuable footage if an incident does occur, helping both you and law enforcement identify suspects or patterns of behaviour. Video doorbells have become increasingly popular because they let you see who’s at your door in real time, even when you’re not home. In high-risk areas, this can help you avoid unwanted encounters and monitor package theft or suspicious activity near your entrance. They also allow you to speak through the device remotely, which adds a layer of control and safety. Alarm systems, particularly those with motion sensors and entry alerts, are designed to alert you—and potentially emergency services—if someone tries to break into your home. Many modern systems can notify you via your phone, so you’re aware of any unusual activity no matter where you are. They can also make a break-in attempt much riskier for the offender, increasing the chances they’ll be caught or scared off. You don’t need an elaborate setup to make a difference. Even a basic combination of these tools can significantly reduce your exposure to risk and help you feel more in control of your environment, especially if you live alone, work late hours, or spend time away from home regularly. Report Concerns to Authorities If you witness suspicious behaviour or feel unsafe, report it to the police. Even small bits of information can help authorities identify patterns or take preventative action in your area. You can often do this anonymously. Participate in Community Safety Movement Community activism and neighborhood watches play a significant role in deterring knife crimes. Creating strong ties within a community builds trust and reduces opportunities for crimes to go unnoticed. Conclusion Knife crime is a serious issue, but understanding where it’s happening and why can help you stay aware and make smarter decisions. If you’re living in or visiting the city with most stabbings UK reports mention, whether that’s London, Birmingham, or Manchester, there are steps you can take to look after yourself and others. From staying alert to knowing which areas to avoid at certain times, small changes can make a big difference. The more informed you are, the better prepared you’ll be to navigate city life with confidence. FAQ Which city in UK has the most crime? London, especially the City of Westminster, constantly leads in crime reports per resident, partly due to its large daytime population and tourist density. For example, Westminster sees about 432 crimes per 1,000 people, according to the Office for National Statistics (ONS)’s data in the year to December 2024. This makes it the highest reported area. Who is most likely to carry a knife in the UK? Knife carriers are most often young males, particularly those aged between 12 and their early twenties. Many cite fear or peer pressure as reasons for carrying blades. Data from sentencing also shows that the majority of those caught are men. How many people carry knives in the UK? In the year to September 2024, there were around 27,945 recorded offences for “possession of an article with a blade or point” in England and Wales, about 20 % higher than before the pandemic. That equates to roughly 50,500 knife‑related crimes from April 2023 to March 2024. What are the consequences of knife crime? Knife crime in the UK carries serious consequences. Adults can face up to four years in prison, while young offenders aged 12 to 17 may receive detention training orders ranging from 4 to 24 months. Around 29% of knife possession cases result in immediate custody, with an average sentence of about 7.4 months, while others may receive suspended or community sentences.
Security Camera · 10/06/2025
Crime Rates UK by Postcode: Understand Risks & Improve Security
Want to know how safe your area really is? Whether you’re choosing a new place to live or checking up on your current neighbourhood, looking at crime rates UK by postcode is a smart place to start. With postcode-level data now easily available, you can see what types of crime are happening near you—and how often. In this guide, you’ll learn how to access that information, get a snapshot of crime rates in different areas, and pick up a few simple ways to boost your personal and home security. How to Access Crime Statistics by Postcode Getting a clear picture of crime rates UK by postcode is simpler than it sounds. A few free, official tools let you type in any UK postcode and instantly see street-level figures. Here’s how you can access that information and understand what it really means. 1. Use the Police.uk Crime Map Head to Police.uk and drop your postcode into the search bar. The site will take you straight to your local area and show a map with numbered hotspots, each representing the number of crimes reported in that zone from the most recent month. You can filter the results by month and by crime type—like antisocial behaviour, burglary or theft—using the dropdown menus on the right-hand side. Click on a hotspot to see more detail, including the type of offence, when it happened, and which police force is investigating it. 2. Check Broader Trends with the Office for National Statistics (ONS) While the Office for National Statistics (ONS) doesn’t publish postcode-specific tables, its quarterly bulletins break crime down to Lower-layer Super Output Areas (LSOAs) and explain long-term trends, survey methodology and under-reporting issues. Use these notes to understand why your local numbers might spike or dip. 3. Look up Historic and Comparative Data from the Home Office For year-on-year comparisons—say, how burglary in your area has changed since 2015—download the Historic Police Recorded Crime tables from the Home Office. They bundle raw counts, population-adjusted rates and a user guide that explains changes in recording practice. 4. Try Third-Party Tools (But Cross-Check) Several neighbourhood and security websites, including: Neighbourhood Watch (ourwatch.org.uk/crime-prevention/preventing-crime/crime-map) and Crystal Roof (crystalroof.co.uk) offer postcode crime look-up tools using open data. These are handy for quick overviews, but it’s a good idea to double-check anything unusual against the official Police.uk site, just in case the data’s outdated or presented differently. Crime Rates UK by Postcode in Selected Locations Below is a snapshot of crime rates UK by postcode across ten very different places—from the tourist-packed heart of Westminster to quiet villages in Dorset. Looking at annual crimes per 1,000 residents (the metric used by Police.uk open data) lets you compare areas of wildly different sizes on the same footing. Postcode Area & Local Authority Annual crimes / 1,000 residents* Relative rating (1 = safest, 10 = least safe) Quick take SW1A 1AA Westminster, London 3,713 10/10 (very high) Tourist hotspot around Buckingham Palace and Whitehall drives numbers up. NE1 1EE Newcastle city centre 2,231 10/10 (very high) Cloth Market nightlife cluster sees heavy violence & Anti-social behavior (ASB) after dark. YO1 7HF York city centre 856 9/10 (high) Historic core is small but busy—pick-pocketing and pub-related offences dominate. E14 5AL Canary Wharf, London 735 8/10 (high) Dense daytime population; shoplifting and public-order spikes around malls & stations. B5 6LE Birmingham city centre 467 8/10 (high) Mixed commercial/residential quarter with high burglary and vehicle crime. SN3 1AA Walcot, Swindon 73.1 3/10 (below-average) Large post-war estate; violence present but at lower volume than national norm. CF14 1HP Whitchurch, Cardiff 32.1 1/10 (very low) Leafy suburb—few serious offences; mostly minor ASB. LS17 8HF Shadwell, Leeds 32.3 2/10 (low) Rural-edge village with occasional burglary; otherwise quiet. S10 3AJ Endcliffe, Sheffield 33.3 2/10 (low) Student halls area; bicycle theft the standout issue. BH20 5AA Stoborough, Wareham (Dorset) 34.4 2/10 (low) Small rural community; crime mainly minor vandalism. *Latest rolling-year data snapshots range from Mar 2024 – Feb 2025 to Apr 2024 – Mar 2025, as noted on each Police.uk-sourced page. What the numbers tell you: City centres skew high. Compact commercial districts such as Westminster, Newcastle’s Bigg/Cloth Market and York Minster’s surrounds log thousands of incidents per thousand residents because the “resident” denominator is tiny compared with the daily influx of workers and visitors. Suburbs and villages tend to be safer, but not always. Quiet pockets of Cardiff, Leeds and rural Dorset sit under 40 crimes per 1,000, yet some commuter belts (e.g., parts of Swindon) creep higher due to vehicle crime. Context matters. Tourist footfall, night-time economy, student populations, and transport hubs all inflate figures in ways that don’t always reflect risk to residents. Pair the stats with a walk-round, local news checks, and Police community updates before drawing conclusions. Tips on Enhancing Personal and Home Security Once you’ve looked into crime rates UK by postcode, the next step is doing what you can to reduce your own risk. Whether you’re in a city flat or a detached home in the countryside, these security tips can help make your property and your daily routine more secure. Secure all doors and windows Start with the basics. All doors should have strong locks—ideally a deadbolt or multi-point locking system. Check that window locks are working properly, especially on ground floors. Reinforce door frames if needed, and consider installing a letterbox guard to prevent anyone reaching inside. Install an alarm system A modern intruder alarm system can act as a strong deterrent. Most systems include sensors for doors and windows, and many now offer remote alerts via smartphone apps if something is triggered while you’re away. Some also connect to monitoring services or notify neighbours through an external siren. Add security cameras around key areas Visible security cameras can help prevent break-ins and record any suspicious activity around your home. Place them near main entrances, driveways, side paths, and rear gardens. Most systems now offer motion-activated recording, clear night vision, cloud storage, and mobile alerts. Make sure cameras are installed at a height to avoid tampering, and clearly signpost that CCTV is in use. Use a video doorbell to screen visitors Video doorbells let you see, hear, and speak to anyone who comes to your door, even if you’re not home. They’re especially useful for handling deliveries or spotting unexpected visitors. Most models offer live viewing, two-way audio, and motion detection alerts to your phone. If a visitor doesn’t ring the bell, many devices still record activity near your front door. Improve lighting and visibility Burglars often avoid well-lit areas. Use outdoor lighting with motion sensors near entrances, side alleys, and garages. Keep trees and hedges trimmed to prevent hiding spots and ensure sightlines from the street to your doors and windows stay clear. Keep valuables out of sight Avoid displaying expensive items like laptops, phones, or bikes near windows. In the evening, draw curtains or blinds, and make sure car or house keys are not left within reach of letterboxes or open windows. Be mindful with deliveries and social media Porch parcel theft is increasingly common. Use delivery instructions, pickup lockers, or have parcels sent to a trusted address if you’re not in. Also, avoid posting your location or travel plans online while you’re away—it can advertise that your home is empty. Get to know your neighbours Neighbourhoods with strong community ties are often safer. Keep in touch with nearby residents, join local watch groups if available, and stay updated through local apps or community pages. Even casual chats can help build awareness and trust. Stay aware when out and about When walking alone—especially at night—stick to well-lit routes and avoid distractions like loud music. If you need to use a phone for directions, stop in a safe place instead of walking with your head down. Trust your instincts and change direction if something feels off. Conclusion Knowing the crime rates UK by postcode gives you a clearer picture of what’s happening where you live—or where you’re thinking of moving. It helps you make better decisions and take steps to protect what matters most. With the right tools and a few sensible precautions, you can feel more confident about your surroundings. Start by staying informed, stay alert, and take small actions that make a real difference to your safety. FAQ What area has the highest crime rate in the UK? Metropolitan areas and industrial regions tend to top the charts—recently, Cleveland in North East England recorded the highest crime rate in England and Wales, with around 132 crimes per 1,000 people; it’s followed by West Yorkshire, Greater Manchester and South Yorkshire. A more local breakdown shows Westminster, in London, had the highest borough-level crime rate at 434 offences per 1,000 residents. What is the safest postcode in the UK? According to the recent data (covering August 2023–July 2024), the postcode CW4 7 in Cheshire (covering part of Crewe) was found to be the safest postcode area in England and Wales, with just 7.1 crimes per 1,000 people, the lowest rate in the UK. What city in the UK has the lowest crime rate? Small rural towns and counties tend to be safest. Among cities, the Shetland Islands (though remote rather than a city) have one of the lowest crime rates, around 19.8 crimes per 1,000 people. More conventionally, areas like Belfast (Northern Ireland) show very low urban crime rates—around 49 incidents per 1,000 people. For a more traditional UK “city”, smaller university cities such as Cambridge and Oxford are often cited as among the safest. What areas have the highest crime rate? Generally, major metropolitan regions and historically industrial counties show the highest crime rates: Cleveland, West Yorkshire, Greater Manchester, South Yorkshire, West Midlands, and the Metropolitan Police area (London) are in the top tier, with crime levels ranging from about 105 to 132 crimes per 1,000 people. These trends reflect a pattern where urban density, socio-economic factors, and tourism concentrate crime in specific areas.
Security Camera · 10/06/2025
Is Brixton Safe for Locals and Tourists? Everything to Know in 2025
Brixton is a vibrant and diverse area in South London, known for its rich cultural heritage, bustling markets, and lively music scene. However, as with any urban location, safety can often be a concern for both residents and visitors. So, is Brixton safe? In this post, we’ll take a balanced look at the safety landscape of Brixton, diving into crime rates, transportation insights, and the ongoing efforts to enhance security. We’ll also share practical tips on how to stay safe while enjoying everything this dynamic area has to offer. Is Brixton Safe? A Balanced Look at the Crime Situation Brixton sits within the London Borough of Lambeth, so the most robust crime data come from borough-wide figures supplemented by ward-level snapshots. To give you a clear, data-first answer to the question “is Brixton safe?”, we’ve drawn on the most recent Metropolitan Police records and longer-term CrimeRate trends. Over the year from April 2024 to March 2025, Lambeth recorded 38,420 criminal offences—roughly 115 crimes per 1,000 residents. That’s above the London average of around 104 per 1,000. Within Lambeth, Brixton stands out as a key area of interest, making up nearly 27% of the borough’s total crime. But not all parts of Brixton are the same—crime levels and patterns vary noticeably from ward to ward. Here’s how the main Brixton wards compare in terms of total reported crimes: Brixton Ward Total Offences Share of Lambeth Crime Brixton Windrush 3,597 9.4% Brixton North 2,668 6.9% Brixton Acre Lane 2,645 6.9% Brixton Rush Common 1,474 3.8% All Brixton Wards 10,384 27.0% Lambeth (total) 38,420 — Source: Metropolitan Police crime dashboards (Apr 2024 – Mar 2025) What Types of Crime Are Most Common in Lambeth? Lambeth sees a mix of offences, but theft and violence make up the bulk of reports: Offence Type Reported Cases % of Borough Total Theft & Handling 13,746 35.8% Violence Against the Person 9,013 23.5% Vehicle Crime 3,477 9.1% Criminal Damage & Arson 2,245 5.8% Public Order Offences 2,239 5.8% Robbery 2,156 5.6% Burglary 2,088 5.4% Drug Offences 1,683 4.4% Sexual Offences 1,187 3.1% Source: Metropolitan Police crime dashboards (Apr 2024 – Mar 2025) How Does Crime Vary Across Brixton? Each part of Brixton has its own pattern of crime, influenced by factors like foot traffic, housing density, and nightlife. Over the year from April 2024 to March 2025: Brixton Windrush has the highest crime volume. Anti-social behaviour (960 cases; 27%) and violence or sexual offences (708 cases; 20%) are the top categories. Brixton Northsees slightly lower numbers but a high proportion of violence and sexual offences (692 cases; 26%), more than any other local ward. Brixton Rush Common records the fewest incidents. However, anti-social behaviour accounts for about a third of all reports (448 cases; 30%)—much higher than the average. Brixton Acre Lane mirrors Windrush in crime profile, with a similar breakdown. Anti-social behaviour accounts for about 22% (584 cases), and Violence and sexual offences make up nearly 20% (523 cases) of all reports. Has Crime Gone Up or Down? Sadly, Crime volumes in Lambeth have risen for three consecutive years after a pandemic-related dip, moving from 30,526 offences in 2021 to 37,859 in 2024 (+24 %). Year Total Offences Crime per 1,000 People 2024 37,859 138 2023 34,714 127 2022 33,314 121 2021 30,526 111 Overview of the Area's Safety Landscape Building on the crime data we’ve looked at, let’s now dive into the overall safety landscape of Brixton: Safety & Security Brixton, like many urban areas, experiences a range of safety concerns. While the Metropolitan Police Service actively patrols and responds to incidents, certain areas have been identified as having higher crime rates. As we’ve seen, Brixton Windrush and Brixton North have reported elevated levels of anti-social behaviour and violent crimes. Lambeth, including Brixton, has a younger and more mobile population than the UK average. These demographics are often linked to higher crime figures in cities. Brixton’s transport hubs, especially the Underground and Overground stations, bring large footfall. This contributes to higher rates of theft from the person and public order incidents. Health & Medical In terms of healthcare, Brixton is well-served with several medical facilities. The area has access to multiple GP practices, pharmacies, and clinics, providing essential services to residents and visitors. Brixton is also home to the Brixton Health Centre, which offers a range of services, including health assessments and treatment for chronic conditions. For more serious health issues or emergencies, there are several hospitals nearby, such as St Thomas’ Hospital and King’s College Hospital, which are both well-regarded and accessible by public transport. Emergency medical services (EMS) are quick to respond, ensuring that the healthcare needs of the community are met effectively. Natural Disasters Brixton, like many urban areas, is subject to environmental challenges. However, the risk of natural disasters such as floods or severe storms is relatively low. Local authorities have established frameworks to address severe weather and natural hazard incidents, ensuring preparedness and response strategies are in place. Emergency Services Brixton is served by several essential emergency services. The Metropolitan Police’s Brixton North and South Safer Neighbourhood Teams work alongside local community groups to ensure safety and address local crime concerns. The nearest fire station is the Brixton Fire Station, which is part of the London Fire Brigade, providing fire and rescue services across the area. Ambulance services are prompt, with the London Ambulance Service covering the region, ensuring quick responses to medical emergencies. Transportation Safety Brixton is exceptionally well-connected by public transport, making it easy to get in and out of the area safely. The Brixton Underground station is served by the Victoria Line, offering quick access to central London. There are also numerous bus routes that connect Brixton to other parts of South London, as well as train services via Brixton Railway Station. Public transport in Brixton is generally reliable and safe, though like any busy area, it’s important to stay vigilant, particularly during late-night hours. The area is also bike-friendly, with several cycle lanes and bike-sharing schemes, contributing to safer and more eco-friendly travel options. What’s Being Done to Improve Safety in Brixton? Improving safety in Brixton is a top priority for both local authorities and the community. Several initiatives are in place to reduce crime and enhance security across the area, making it a safer place to live, work, and visit. Policing and Law Enforcement The Metropolitan Police have a significant presence in Brixton, with Safer Neighbourhood Teams focusing on issues like anti-social behaviour, knife crime, and drug offences. These teams regularly engage with local residents and businesses to address specific concerns and improve safety across the area. Community Initiatives Local organizations and community groups play a pivotal role in promoting safety. Initiatives include neighborhood watch programs, youth engagement activities, and public safety campaigns. These efforts foster a sense of community and collective responsibility, contributing to a safer environment. Infrastructure Enhancements The local council has implemented several infrastructure projects aimed at improving safety: Brixton Business District Road Safety & Parking Improvements: This project focuses on enhancing road safety for all users and providing additional parking to support the local community. Brixton Hill Low Traffic Neighbourhood (LTN): The LTN aims to reduce through-traffic and motor vehicle speeds, improve air quality, enhance safety, and support sustainable travel. Technology and Surveillance To enhance security, Brixton has seen an increase in CCTV coverage, particularly in high-footfall areas. These cameras help deter crime and provide valuable evidence for investigations when needed. In addition, the local council has invested in improving street lighting and public spaces, making the area safer for everyone. How to Boost Your Personal Security in Brixton Whether you’re a resident or visitor, adopting practical safety habits can highly reduce risks. Here are some smart and effective ways to stay safe: Stay Alert and Be Aware of Your Surroundings As with any busy urban area, staying aware of your surroundings is one of the best ways to stay safe. Keep an eye on your belongings, particularly in crowded areas like Brixton High Street and near transport hubs. Avoid distractions like looking at your phone or wearing headphones while walking in unfamiliar places, especially after dark. Use Well-Lit and Busy Routes When walking around Brixton, especially at night, always try to stick to well-lit streets and areas with good foot traffic. Avoid taking shortcuts through dark alleys or isolated spots. Secure Your Belongings Pickpocketing can occur in any busy area, so make sure to keep your belongings secure. Use bags that zip securely, and be mindful of your wallet or phone when in crowded places. If you’re using public transport, keep your personal items close to you and always be aware of your surroundings. Use Public Transport Wisely Public transport is one of the easiest ways to get around Brixton. However, it’s important to stay alert, particularly during late-night hours. Try to sit near other passengers and avoid empty carriages or buses. If you’re travelling alone at night, choose well-lit and populated transport stations and stops. Secure Your Home with Smart Technology Living in Brixton? To keep your home safe while you’re out and about, using smart security systems from trusted brands like eufy can offer added peace of mind. Here are a few ways you can secure your home with tech: Security Cameras: Installing security camerasaround your home can provide an extra layer of protection. With smart cameras, you can monitor the exterior of your property in real-time via your smartphone. Most cameras now offer motion detection, allowing you to receive alerts if any suspicious activity occurs outside your home. Video Doorbells: A video doorbellis an excellent way to increase security at your front door. These devices allow you to see who’s at your door through your phone, whether you’re at home or away. You can speak to visitors remotely and keep an eye out for delivery thefts, all while receiving alerts when someone approaches your door. Alarm Systems: Smart alarm systemsare an essential tool for home security. Many of these systems can be controlled via a mobile app, allowing you to arm or disarm your alarm remotely. Many advanced systems include door and window sensors, sirens, and even alerts to your phone when a security breach occurs. If you’re out at night, these systems can ensure that your home remains protected while you’re away. Conclusion Brixton is a dynamic area with much to offer, but it’s essential to stay informed about its safety landscape. Now, you’ve got a balanced answer to the query, is Brixton safe? While it sees higher crime rates than quieter residential areas, the risk varies depending on where you are and what type of incident you’re looking at. For example, crimes are more concentrated around high-traffic areas like Brixton Windrush, while quieter wards like Rush Common report much less. By staying alert, choosing well-lit routes, and being mindful of your surroundings, you can enjoy all that Brixton has to offer with greater peace of mind. FAQ Is Brixton, London safe for tourists? Brixton is generally safe for tourists, but like any urban area, it’s wise to stay alert. While daytime visits are typically trouble-free, petty crimes like pickpocketing can occur, especially around busy spots like Brixton Market and transport hubs. At night, it’s advisable to stick to well-lit streets and avoid quieter areas alone. Using licensed taxis or rideshare services is recommended after dark. Is Brixton, London a good place to live? Yes, Brixton is a vibrant and diverse neighbourhood that’s become increasingly popular among young professionals, creatives, and families. It offers excellent transport links, including the Victoria Line, and is home to green spaces like Brockwell Park. The area boasts a rich cultural scene, with markets, live music venues, and a variety of restaurants and cafes. However, it’s important to note that Brixton has a higher crime rate compared to some other parts of London, so prospective residents should consider this when choosing a place to live. You can also check this article to find out the Top 10 safest areas in London. Is Brixton a good night out? Yes! Brixton is renowned for its lively nightlife, offering a mix of live music venues, bars, and nightclubs. From the iconic Electric Brixton hosting world-class acts to the vibrant atmosphere of Phonox and Barrio Brixton, there’s something for everyone. Whether you’re into indie gigs, DJ sets, or themed parties, Brixton’s nightlife scene has it covered. What is the crime rate of Brixton? Brixton, located in the London Borough of Lambeth, has a higher crime rate compared to many other areas in London. In 2023, Lambeth’s overall crime rate was about 130 crimes per 1,000 people, which is 27% higher than the London average of 103 per 1,000. The Brixton Windrush ward, covering the town centre, had the 12th highest crime rate in London for all crimes and the 10th for drug offences between October 2023 and September 2024. Common issues include anti-social behaviour and violent crime, though these are often concentrated in specific areas.
Security Camera · 10/06/2025
Top 10 Safest Areas in London to Live in or Visit: 2025 Rankings
If you’re planning a trip to the capital—or thinking of moving here—one of the first things you might ask is: where actually feels safe? London’s a big place, and while it’s mostly safe to explore, some neighbourhoods definitely stand out for offering that extra peace of mind. In this guide, you’ll find a clear rundown of the top 10 safest areas in London, which parts of city are better to avoid (especially at night), and simple tips to help you feel more secure, whether you’re at home or getting around. Top 10 Safest Areas in London To help you make a more informed choice, we’ve pulled together the top 10 safest areas in London to live or visit based on the latest annual data (up to September 2024) from CrimeRate.co.uk. Their data combines police-reported incidents with population estimates from the Office for National Statistics. We looked at: Overall crime rate(per 1,000 residents), and Violence and sexual offences, which are currently the most common crime category across the capital. Lower numbers indicate fewer reported crimes, so the boroughs at the top of this list are statistically the safest. For context, the London-wide average crime rate is 104 crimes per 1,000 people, and the average rate for violence and sexual offences is 29.32 per 1,000. (Note: The City of London has been excluded due to its very small residential population, which can skew the numbers.) London’s Top 10 Safest Boroughs at a Glance Rank Borough Overall Crime Rate Per 1,000 residents Crime Rate for Violence & Sexual Offences – London (average) 104.00 29.32 1 Richmond upon Thames 71.78 19.93 2 Kingston upon Thames 75.43 23.63 3 Harrow 79.15 25.71 4 Sutton 79.67 30.00 5 Merton 82.49 27.62 6 Bexley 86.95 29.19 7 Bromley 88.26 27.49 8 Barnet 89.86 25.98 9 Hillingdon 95.30 28.83 10 Havering 99.07 33.00 Now, let’s take a closer look at each: 1. Richmond upon Thames Topping the list, Richmond feels more like a countryside escape than part of a global capital. With its leafy streets, riverside walks and the vast Richmond Park—where deer roam freely—it offers a calm, community-focused environment. It also boasts the lowest rate of violence and sexual offences in London at just 19.93 per 1,000 people. Whether you’re out walking, cycling, or heading to a local café, Richmond tends to feel relaxed and low-risk. 2. Kingston upon Thames Just down the Thames from Richmond, Kingston blends the charm of a historic market town with easy access to central London. Trains into Waterloo take around 30 minutes, making it a favourite among commuters. The borough has a low overall crime rate of 75.43, and its violence and sexual offence rate of 23.63 is well below the city average. Its riverside pubs, shopping options and walkable streets make it an attractive and relatively safe place to stay or settle down. 3. Harrow Harrow’s big draw is its excellent state-school network. 96 % are rated “Good” or “Outstanding” by Ofsted, which helps keep the area family-focused and community-minded. It has one of the lower crime rates in the city—79.15 overall—and a notably low rate of violent and sexual offences at 25.71. If you’re after a quieter, suburban lifestyle with good connections to central London via the Tube, Harrow is worth considering. 4. Sutton Sutton markets itself as one of London’s greenest boroughs, and its parks, green spaces and active cycling infrastructure support that claim. Its crime rate (79.67) is low overall, and while its violence and sexual offence rate sits right at the city average (30), strong local engagement between residents and the police keeps many areas feeling well looked after. It’s especially popular with families who value both space and relative safety. 5. Merton Home to Wimbledon and its famous tennis championships, Merton offers a good mix of open green spaces and urban convenience. You’ve got access to Wimbledon Common, plenty of parks, and great Tube and train connections into central London. With an overall crime rate of 82.49 and a violence and sexual offence rate of 27.62, it’s a solid choice for anyone looking to stay connected to the city while enjoying a quieter, more suburban pace of life. 6. Bexley Sitting on the south-east edge of the capital, Bexley feels more Kent than Zone 6. Wide residential streets, good primary schools and big green pockets like Danson Park and Foots Cray Meadows give it a laid-back, family-first atmosphere. The overall crime rate is 86.95 per 1,000 residents, with violence and sexual offences at 29.19—both below the London average—so you can enjoy those riverside walks along the Thames or pop into Bexleyheath for shopping without too much worry. 7. Bromley London’s largest borough by area stretches from bustling Bromley town centre all the way down to rural villages such as Downe. That size means plenty of green space. Think High Elms Country Park, Crystal Palace Park and the woodlands around Keston. At 88.26 crimes per 1,000 (and 27.49 for violent offences), Bromley stays comfortably under the city mean. If you’d like leafy suburbia with reliable rail links into Victoria, Blackfriars and London Bridge, Bromley is a solid pick. 8. Barnet Head north of Hampstead Heath and you’ll hit Barnet, a borough known for its mix of suburban calm and quick routes into town via the Northern line and Thameslink. From the cafés of Finchley to the open fields of Totteridge Valley, there’s a lot of breathing room here. Crime sits at 89.86 per 1,000—still well below the London average—and violent incidents at 25.98 are among the lowest in the top ten. That balance of space and safety makes Barnet popular with young families and professionals alike. 9. Hillingdon Jump on the Metropolitan or Piccadilly line and you’ll reach Hillingdon, the west-London borough that houses Heathrow Airport, Brunel University and miles of canalside towpaths. Despite the travel hub on its doorstep, the overall crime rate is a modest 95.30, with violence and sexual offences at 28.83 per 1,000. Whether you’re exploring Ruislip Lido’s woodland beach or grabbing a coffee in Uxbridge, day-to-day life here tends to feel relaxed and practical. 10. Havering Rounding out the list is outer-east Havering. Over half the borough lies inside London’s Metropolitan Green Belt, so suburbs like Romford, Upminster and Hornchurch sit beside genuine countryside views. You’ve got Hornchurch Country Park for woodland walks and the bird-rich wetlands of Rainham Marshes on the Thames foreshore. The Elizabeth line from Romford whisks you into Liverpool Street in around 30 minutes, keeping commutes painless. Latest figures show roughly 99 crimes per 1,000 residents and a violence-and-sexual-offence rate of 33—numbers that still place Havering inside the top bracket of the safest areas in London overall 👉 Related reading: Crime Rates in the UK by Postcode Where to Avoid Staying in London? While London is generally safe, some boroughs consistently report higher crime levels than others. Based on the same dataset (year ending September 2024), the boroughs below rank highest for overall crime, violence and sexual offences, anti-social behaviour, and rising theft-from-person incidents—making them worth thinking twice about, especially if you’re unfamiliar with the area. Borough Crime Rate (per 1,000 residents) Violence & Sexual Offence Counts Anti-Social Behaviour Counts Theft-from-Person Trend (3 yrs) London avg. 104 257,740 231,890 Up 76% Newham 142.35 10,899 9,928 Up 54% Hackney 140.13 8,809 8,274 Up 71% Lambeth 137.98 10,244 9,569 Up 184% Lewisham 134.35 9,776 6,827 Up 255% Westminster 132.94 12,246 12,982 Up 131% Newham Newham tops the list with 142 crimes per 1,000 people and nearly 11,000 reports of violence and sexual offences. Anti-social behaviour remains high, and theft-from-person crimes have risen 54% over three years—particularly around busy hubs like Stratford and Green Street. Hackney Hackney’s creative and nightlife scenes attract plenty of visitors, but they also drive up incidents. It sees over 8,800 violent offences and 8,200 anti-social incidents a year, with theft-from-person reports rising 71%. Areas like Dalston and Shoreditch are hotspots where extra caution is advised. Lambeth With large venues, busy high streets and a lively night-time economy, Lambeth records over 10,000 violent offences and nearly 9,600 anti-social incidents annually. Pickpocketing has surged—up 184% in three years—so it’s smart to stay alert in places like Brixton and along the Victoria line. 👉 Related reading: Is Brixton Safe for Locals and Tourists? Lewisham Lewisham sees more than 9,700 violent crime reports and 6,800 anti-social behaviour calls in the past year. It’s also had one of the sharpest rise in theft-from-person cases—up 255%, particularly around public transport hubs and shopping centres. Taking basic precautions here goes a long way. Westminster Westminster is London’s tourist heart, but it also sees some of the capital’s highest crime volumes. With over 12,200 violent offences and almost 13,000 anti-social incidents, the numbers reflect the heavy foot traffic across Soho, Oxford Street and Westminster’s landmarks. Theft-from-person offences have jumped 131%, so keep valuables secure in crowds and when using public transport. How to Enhance Your Personal Safety in London? No matter which part of London you’re in—safe or high-risk—there are simple steps you can take to stay alert and avoid common issues. Follow these practical tips: Be aware of your surroundings Keep your phone away from the edge of tables and out of your hand when walking in busy areas. Opportunistic thefts—particularly phone snatching—can happen quickly, especially near main roads or on busy pavements. Avoid poorly lit or isolated areas at night Stick to main streets, especially after dark. If you’re unfamiliar with a neighbourhood, plan your route ahead of time and avoid shortcuts through parks, alleyways or quiet back streets. Use licensed transport Only use black cabs or licensed private hire vehicles (like Uber or Bolt). Never accept lifts from unregistered drivers. If you’re using public transport late at night, try to sit near the driver (on buses) or in busy carriages (on trains and Tubes). Keep bags and valuables secure Wear anti-theft backpacks on both shoulders in crowded areas or hold them in front of you. Keep bags zipped, and don’t leave phones, wallets, or passports in back pockets or open bags—especially in tourist-heavy zones. Know emergency contacts In the UK, dial 999 for police, fire or ambulance services in an emergency. For non-emergencies, you can contact the police via 101. Transport for London (TfL) staff and stations also have help points. Protect your home with smart security If you’re staying in London long-term—whether in a flatshare, rental or your own home—setting up smart security can give you peace of mind when you’re out or asleep. These systems are becoming more common across London, and even a few basic devices can help prevent break-ins or catch suspicious activity early. Security camerasare useful for monitoring entrances and shared access points, especially if you live in a ground-floor flat or house. Visible cameras can also deter opportunistic thieves from targeting your home in the first place. Video doorbells let you see and speak to whoever’s at your door, even if you’re not home. They’re handy for managing deliveries, deterring doorstep scams, or simply avoiding unwanted visitors. Many models send live alerts straight to your phone. Alarm systems can detect movement or forced entry and alert you immediately. Many systems trigger loud sirens, which can scare off intruders before they get far. You don’t need a complex setup. Many reliable brands, like eufy, offer smart ecosystems that are wireless, easy to install, and can be managed entirely from your phone. They’re especially useful in areas where crime rates are higher, but even in safer boroughs, they offer an extra layer of protection that’s worth considering. Conclusion Getting to know London’s safer neighbourhoods can really shape your experience, for the better. Whether you’re booking a hotel, renting a flat, or settling in long-term, choosing from the safest areas in London helps you focus on enjoying the city, not worrying about your surroundings. Of course, no place is risk-free, but staying aware and taking a few precautions can make a big difference. Use this guide as your starting point and enjoy London with confidence. FAQ Which part of London is safest? Richmond upon Thames (including areas like Teddington) consistently ranks as the safest borough in London, thanks to its low crime rates (about 72 crimes per 1000 people as of 2024), riverside parks, strong community vibe, and excellent schools. Nearby boroughs like Merton, Bromley, Harrow, and Bexley also feature among the top safest areas, offering suburban calm, green spaces, reliable policing, and family-friendly amenities. Which part of London is the nicest to live in? Defining “nicest” depends on what you value—safety, culture, greenery, schools, community. A top pick is Richmond upon Thames, which is not only picturesque with its riverside setting and vast parks like Richmond Park (home to roaming deer), but also one of the safest boroughs in London. Wimbledon also ticks many boxes: well‑connected, leafy, community‑oriented, abundant green spaces, and safety levels comparable to the city’s best suburbs. Where is the safe and cheap area to live in London? If you’re looking for an affordable yet safe place to live, consider Sutton and Bexley. Sutton often offers the lowest rental costs in London, excellent schools, and low crime. Bexley also combines safety with green suburbs and more budget-friendly rents (roughly £1,100–£1,250 per month). Bromley is another strong option—ranked among the safest boroughs, with reasonable rental prices around £1,100–£1,250 and good transport links to Central London.
Security Camera · 10/06/2025
Safest Cities in Britain: Top 10 Places to Live and Work
Safety’s one of those things you might not think about—until it really matters. Whether you’re choosing a new place to live, heading off to uni, or planning a weekend break, knowing which places are safer than others can make a big difference. In this guide, you’ll find a breakdown of the safest cities in Britain—based on real data, not just reputation. We’ll also unpack what actually makes a city feel safe, and share a few tips to help you stay secure no matter where you are. Top 10 Safest Cities in Britain To give you a clear picture of which cities are truly the safest in Britain, we combined Numbeo’s 2025 Safety Index—a crowd-sourced measure of how secure residents feel—with the latest recorded-crime tables from the Office for National Statistics (England & Wales) and the Scottish Government (for Aberdeen and Edinburgh). The Safety Index gives you an at-a-glance sense of perceived safety (a higher score means people feel safer), while the ONS figures tell you how many offences were actually logged per 1,000 residents as of 2023-2024. 1. York – A Historic City That Feels Safe Today York tops the list for good reason. With a Safety Index of 73.3, it’s the highest-rated city in Britain for how safe locals feel. The crime rate of 96 per 1,000 is well below average for a city of its size. York’s compact layout, visible police presence and strong community ties all contribute to a sense of everyday security—whether you’re walking through the Shambles or cycling by the old city walls. 2. Edinburgh – Low Crime in a Capital Full of Culture Edinburgh scores 68.9 on the Safety Index and records just 44.8 crimes per 1,000 people—one of the lowest rates in the country. Even with its huge annual festivals and busy tourism scene, the city manages safety well. Neighbourhoods like Marchmont and Stockbridge are known for being peaceful, and the city centre benefits from strong policing and widespread CCTV. It’s a calm capital with a lot to offer. 3. Aberdeen – Big Industry, Low Risk Aberdeen may be known for its oil and energy links, but it’s also one of the safest big cities in Britain. Locals rate it at 63.2 on the Safety Index, and crime sits at 65.1 per 1,000 people, which is lower than the Scottish average. Its tidy streets, active community groups and relatively compact layout help people feel at ease—day or night. 4. Brighton & Hove – Buzzing but Well Managed Brighton & Hove has a well-earned reputation for its festivals and nightlife, but it still feels safe. The city’s Safety Index is 60.9, and the recorded crime rate is 109 per 1,000, with most incidents related to petty theft or busy tourist areas. Local efforts like street marshals, strong licensing laws, and public safety teams help maintain a secure atmosphere, especially in popular areas like the Lanes and the seafront. 5. Cardiff – Busy Capital with a Strong Safety Net Wales’s capital city comes in at number five, with a Safety Index of 60.3 and a crime rate of 118 per 1,000. As a hub for sport, politics, and culture, Cardiff does see spikes around big events, but it also has excellent coverage when it comes to policing and public safety. Neighbourhoods like Pontcanna and Roath enjoy relatively low crime levels, and the city centre is well monitored, even during busy nights. 6. Plymouth – A Seaside City with Quiet Streets Plymouth may not always make headlines, but when it comes to safety, it’s quietly doing a lot right. Residents give it a solid Safety Index of 59, and the recorded crime rate is just 49 per 1,000 people—one of the lowest among England’s larger cities. The city’s walkable waterfront, community policing hubs, and regeneration projects around the Barbican have created a secure, open environment where locals tend to feel at ease, whether commuting or heading out in the evenings. 7. Bristol – Buzzing and Balanced Bristol combines creativity, student life and nightlife with a measured approach to city safety. It holds a Safety Index of 57.4, with a recorded crime rate of 118 per 1,000. While areas like Stokes Croft and the harbourside see higher activity—especially after dark—the city’s use of street marshals, public space CCTV, and community engagement has helped keep crime levels in check. More residential areas like Redland and Bishopston also offer quieter alternatives to the city centre’s buzz. 8. Glasgow – Scotland’s Largest City with Steady Progress Glasgow has made major strides in public safety over the past decade. With a Safety Index of 54.4, it stands out as Scotland’s safest large city after Edinburgh. The city recorded 83 crimes per 1,000 people—a big improvement from earlier years. High-visibility patrols around shopping areas like Buchanan Street, along with community-led initiatives and long-term violence reduction strategies, have helped rebuild the city’s image as not just lively, but increasingly secure. 9. Liverpool – A Lively Port with a Watchful Eye Liverpool has one of the most active nightlife scenes in Britain, and that’s reflected in the numbers. The Safety Index sits at 50.9, with a higher crime rate of 135 per 1,000 people. That said, the city has also invested in smart solutions to manage its busy streets. Visitor-friendly areas like the Baltic Triangle and city centre benefit from patrols through the Business Improvement District (BID), while regeneration efforts continue to improve the environment for both locals and tourists. 10. Nottingham – Well-Policed and Walkable Nottingham rounds out the top ten with a Safety Index of 49.3 and a crime rate of 117 per 1,000. While not the lowest, the numbers reflect a city that handles student life and weekend crowds with a clear safety strategy. Hotspots like Old Market Square and the Lace Market are closely monitored, and the city’s night-time economy policy—focusing on lighting, late-night transport and targeted policing—has made a visible difference in how safe people feel, especially after dark. Britain’s Top 10 Safest Cities (2025): At a Glance Rank City Safety Index (Numbeo) Recorded Crime Rate (per 1,000) Fastest-Rising Crime Type 1 York 73.3 96.9 Shoplifting – 40% rise in arrests 2 Edinburgh 68.9 44.8 Bicycle theft – up nearly 20% 3 Aberdeen 63.2 65.1 Vehicle theft – largest year-on-year rise 4 Brighton & Hove 60.9 109.4 Robbery – up 29% 5 Cardiff 60.3 118.2 Violence & sexual offences – up 8% 6 Plymouth 59.0 49.0 Violent offences – up 59% 7 Bristol 57.4 118.0 Violent offences – up 17% 8 Glasgow 54.4 83.0 Knife crime & robbery – robbery up 18% 9 Liverpool 50.9 135.0 Shoplifting – up 10.6% 10 Nottingham 49.3 117.0 Shoplifting & retail violence Factors Contributing to City Safety What makes a city feel—and actually be—safe? While crime rates are the most visible metric, city safety is shaped by a broader mix of design, policy, community, and access to services. Here’s a look at the main factors that consistently influence how safe a city is to live in. Urban Design and Infrastructure The way a city is laid out plays a major role in how secure it feels. Well-lit streets, clear lines of sight, and thoughtful public spaces make a real difference. When areas are clean, well-maintained, and easy to navigate, it can discourage crime and encourage people to be out and about, which in itself increases safety. Features like cul-de-sacs, traffic-calming zones, and visible signage all contribute to a safer urban environment. Strong Community Connections Cities where people know their neighbours tend to be safer. When communities are active and connected, residents are more likely to look out for each other and take ownership of their local spaces. Community events, neighbourhood groups, and local initiatives all help build trust and encourage cooperation, both of which are powerful crime deterrents. Effective and Fair Policing Good policing isn’t just about response times; it’s also about presence, relationships, and trust. Cities with community-based policing models, where officers engage regularly with residents, often see better outcomes. When people feel heard and treated fairly by law enforcement, they’re more likely to report issues and work with authorities to resolve them. Clear policies, transparency, and equal access to justice are essential here. Access to Services and Opportunities Safety improves when people have what they need to thrive. That includes access to good schools, healthcare, secure housing, and stable jobs. Cities that invest in services, especially in underserved areas, tend to see long-term benefits in safety and well-being. Public transport, social support, and inclusive economic opportunities all help address the root causes of crime. Environmental Safety and Emergency Readiness A truly safe city also prepares for the unexpected. Cities that plan ahead for natural disasters, invest in resilient infrastructure, and have strong emergency response systems are better able to protect their residents. Preparedness for floods, extreme weather, or environmental hazards isn’t just good planning; it’s part of everyday safety. How to Stay Safe with the Right Tools Even in the safest cities, staying secure comes down to being prepared and aware. With the right tools, from practical habits to smart technology, you can reduce risks and feel more in control of your surroundings. Stay Informed with Apps and Alerts Safety-focused apps can be helpful for daily routines and emergencies. Many let you share your live location, notify trusted contacts, or call for help with one tap (e.g. 999 call shortcuts). For local awareness, services like Police.uk and neighbourhood alert systems provide updates on nearby incidents, helping you avoid trouble before it starts. Install Security Camerasto Protect Your Property Security cameras remain one of the most effective ways to protect your property. Whether it’s a full CCTV setup or a standalone outdoor camera, the presence of a visible lens alone can deter theft, trespassing, and vandalism. Modern systems often include motion detection, clear night vision, and remote viewing via smartphone, so you can check in anytime, from anywhere. Know Who’s There with a Video Doorbell Video doorbells are increasingly popular, and for good reason. These smart devices let you see who’s at your door and speak to them in real-time, even if you’re not home. They’re especially useful for preventing parcel theft and identifying unknown visitors, which are common concerns in city living. Most models connect to your phone and record short clips when someone approaches your door, offering a simple way to keep track of who’s coming and going. Add Alarm Systems Today’s alarm systems are more flexible and user-friendly than ever. Many are wireless and app-connected, meaning you can arm, disarm, and monitor them from your phone. They often come with door and window sensors, motion detectors, and loud sirens to alert you (and your neighbours) if anything’s triggered. Practise Everyday Awareness Simple habits go a long way. Stick to well-lit routes, avoid distractions like loud headphones in unfamiliar areas, and keep personal items secure in public. If you’re out late, plan how you’ll get home safely, whether it’s using trusted taxi ranks, public transport, or walking with friends. Conclusion Feeling safe where you live or travel is a necessity. By recognising the safest cities in Britain, you’re better equipped to make informed decisions for yourself and your family. While city rankings give us a helpful overview, your own safety also depends on awareness, tools, and habits. Whether you’re in a bustling metropolis or a quiet town, taking the right precautions and staying prepared will go a long way in keeping you secure. FAQ Which city in the UK is the safest? Safety in the UK varies, but smaller cities and rural communities typically top the list—with places like Edinburgh, York, and Bath regularly featuring among the lowest-crime urban areas due to strong community policing and well-lit streets. Which city is best to live in the UK? “Best” really depends on what you’re looking for. London leads for career opportunity and global culture, while cities like Edinburgh, Bristol, Manchester, and Cambridge score highly for quality of life, low crime rates, green space, and community feel. Meanwhile, market towns like Saffron Walden and Chelmsford topped The Sunday Times list as the UK’s top places to live in 2025 for their strong schools, vibrant high streets, and excellent transport links. Which city has the lowest crime rate? Among cities, Edinburgh, Brighton, and Aberdeen routinely feature among the lowest for crime, with around 60 crimes per 1,000 people. If you’re comfortable with smaller places, remote regions such as the Shetland and Orkney Islands, the Highlands, Powys, and North Yorkshire often have the lowest crime statistics anywhere in the UK—ranging from roughly 20 to 50 crimes per 1,000 people. Where is the safest and cheapest place to live in the UK? If you want both low crime and lower living costs, many rural counties and smaller towns are great options. North Yorkshire, Powys, Devon, and Cornwall not only have crime rates below the national average but also more affordable home prices and rents. Town options include Durham, Lancaster, Newcastle, and Bournemouth, which offer reasonable rents (e.g., around £650/month in Durham), solid community vibes, and decent amenities.
Security Camera · 10/06/2025
Best Place to Live in UK: Top 20 Towns to Call Home
Finding the best place to live in UK isn’t always straightforward. Maybe you’re after more green space, better schools, cheaper houses, shorter commutes—or just a stronger sense of community. With so many towns, cities and villages offering something different, knowing where to start can be tricky. This guide breaks down the top 20 best places to live in the UK, explains what actually makes a place great to call home, and shares practical tips to help you create the best living environment—wherever you are now. Top 20 Best Places to Live in the UK Finding the best places to live in UK for families, or yourself, isn’t just about picking a pretty town or chasing the cheapest house. It’s about weighing up what really matters day to day. Below is a clear overview of our top 20 picks: # City (Region) Average house price Quality of Life Index Safety Index Healthcare Index Cost of Living Index Climate Index 1 Aberdeen, Scotland £134k 214.9 63.2 75.8 64.6 82.6 2 York, Yorkshire & Humber £305k 203.4 73.3 82.4 64.2 84.9 3 Sheffield, Yorkshire & Humber £222k 201.7 56.7 79.4 59.0 87.9 4 Derby, East Midlands £206k 200.5 55.5 75.7 65.3 88.8 5 Newcastle upon Tyne, North East £211k 200.4 61.5 77.9 65.0 85.8 6 Edinburgh, Scotland £288k 197.6 68.9 75.8 69.9 84.0 7 Milton Keynes, South East £343k 196.5 45.4 74.1 64.0 92.7 8 Liverpool, North West £180k 193.9 50.9 79.1 61.3 90.9 9 Reading, South East £348k 192.9 55.3 74.3 65.1 88.1 10 Glasgow, Scotland £186k 188.5 54.4 78.7 66.5 84.8 11 Belfast, Northern Ireland £170k 187.1 53.0 73.0 60.0 78.0 12 Cardiff, Wales £273k 185.7 60.3 67.5 61.2 91.6 13 Cambridge, East of England £507k 185.0 64.6 71.6 73.4 91.4 14 Brighton & Hove, South East £428k 184.9 60.9 73.9 69.7 89.7 15 Oxford, South East £479k 183.2 64.4 72.4 72.2 83.6 16 Southampton, South East £235k 181.4 46.7 78.1 66.0 88.5 17 Leeds, Yorkshire & Humber £245k 179.2 54.9 79.1 64.2 84.6 18 Bristol, South West £367k 175.2 57.4 72.4 67.5 88.5 19 Birmingham, West Midlands £236k 164.2 35.5 74.0 68.0 86.0 20 Manchester, North West £247k 158.8 44.1 74.4 67.2 86.9 Here’s how we chose the list: To put together this top 20, we used Numbeo’s 2025 Quality of Life Index as the foundation, which ranks cities based on factors like cost of living, healthcare, traffic, and pollution. We then filtered those results using key indicators such as safety, healthcare quality, and local climate. To make sure the list reflects reality, we also included the latest average house price data (March 2025) from the ONS, so you can see how far your budget might stretch in each location. Finally, we ranked the cities by Quality of Life and adjusted the order slightly to reflect affordability, so you’re not just looking at great places to live, but realistic ones too. Now, let’s take a closer look at each place: 1. Aberdeen, Scotland Settle in Aberdeen and you’ll combine some of the UK’s most affordable city housing—£134 k on average—with the highest Quality-of-Life score in the country (214.8). A high safety rating and brisk North Sea breezes mean day-to-day living feels comfortable rather than rugged. Clean-energy momentum adds extra security: Great British Energy has confirmed its headquarters and first board meeting in the Granite City, anchoring new skilled jobs on your doorstep. 2. York, Yorkshire & Humber If you like cobbled lanes but need modern stats, York scores a robust 203.4 for overall quality, helped by one of England’s best safety readings (73.3) and first-class healthcare. Property averages £305 k—pricey for the North, yet still far below southern commuter belts. Fast rail links put London under two hours away, so you can keep the career options wide without giving up medieval charm. 3. Sheffield, Yorkshire & Humber Sheffield’s appeal is green: a third of the city sits inside the Peak District National Park, giving you instant access to moorland hikes after work. It’s also one of the best places to raise a family in the UK, scoring highly across healthcare, safety and affordability. The average home costs around £222,000, and the city boasts one of the best climate scores on the list. 4. Derby, East Midlands Derby offers a lot for its size: a strong quality of life score, low average house prices at around £206,000, and one of the most comfortable climates in the UK. It’s also a major hub for the aerospace and engineering industries, home to companies like Rolls-Royce. If you’re after a practical, affordable city with steady job prospects, Derby’s a smart choice. 5. Newcastle upon Tyne, North East Newcastle combines affordability with great quality of life. With an average house price of £211,000 and strong scores for safety, healthcare and climate, it offers excellent value. The city has a thriving university scene, growing digital industries, and a vibrant cultural life—all without the high costs of bigger cities. 6. Edinburgh, Scotland Looking for comfortable and safe places to live in UK? Scotland’s capital continues to perform well, thanks to its high safety levels, strong public services, and stunning surroundings. Homes here average £288,000—less than you’d pay in many parts of southern England. Its world-famous festivals also play a big part in the economy, creating thousands of jobs and keeping the city culturally vibrant year-round. 7. Milton Keynes, South East Milton Keynes is one of the UK’s most modern cities, and it shows in the numbers. It has the best climate score on the list, and a solid quality of life rating to match. Trains to London take just 35 minutes, and with an average house price of £343,000, it’s more affordable than many other commuter towns. Population growth has been rapid in recent years—and for good reason. 8. Liverpool, North West Liverpool offers some of the best value in the country. With house prices averaging £180,000, it’s the most affordable city in the top ten. That low cost doesn’t mean low quality, though—healthcare, climate, and overall wellbeing scores are all strong. And with new developments like the Freeport project creating hundreds of jobs, the city’s future looks just as promising. 9. Reading, South East Reading is a top choice for tech professionals, with a booming local economy and some of the best digital infrastructure outside London. It ranks well for quality of life, and although house prices are higher—averaging £348,000—they reflect the area’s strong job market and proximity to the capital. It’s also home to more than 170 AI companies, so opportunities are growing fast. 10. Glasgow, Scotland Glasgow combines cultural depth with affordability. The average house price is just £186,000, yet the city scores well across healthcare, climate, and lifestyle. It also ranks among the best in Europe for liveability, according to recent international surveys. With world-class universities and a dynamic arts scene, it’s a solid pick for both students and professionals. 11. Belfast, Northern Ireland Belfast offers a strong balance of affordability and liveability. With house prices around £170,000, it’s one of the most accessible cities on the list. Quality of life is solid, supported by decent healthcare and cost-of-living scores. As Belfast continues to grow as a hub for creative industries and tech start-ups, it’s a great option for those looking to settle in Northern Ireland’s capital. 12. Cardiff, Wales Cardiff combines capital-city culture with a more laid-back pace of life. It scores well across the board, with a particularly strong climate index and a good balance between living costs and quality of public services. The average home costs about £273,000, and whether you’re into sport, music, or food, there’s always something happening in the city. 13. Cambridge, East of England Cambridge is consistently one of the UK’s most desirable places to live—though that desirability comes at a cost. House prices average around £507,000, the highest in the top 20. But for that price, you get a historic city with world-class healthcare, strong transport links, and a thriving tech and academic scene. The quality-of-life rating reflects the well-rounded lifestyle Cambridge has to offer. 14. Brighton & Hove, South East Brighton offers a mix of seaside energy and big-city creativity. It scores well on healthcare, climate, and overall lifestyle—but, like Cambridge, you’ll pay for it, with homes averaging £428,000. Still, if you want coastal living with quick access to London (just over an hour by train), Brighton remains a standout choice. 15. Oxford, South East Oxford delivers on prestige and practicality. With a Quality of Life score just behind Brighton’s, it benefits from excellent public services, a top-tier university, and a busy calendar of cultural events. The average home here costs around £479,000, but for many, the combination of opportunity, green space, and architectural beauty makes it worth the price. 16. Southampton, South East Southampton is a smart pick if you want access to the coast, solid public services, and relatively affordable housing. Homes average £235,000, and the city scores well on healthcare and climate. It’s also a major port and growing tech hub, with good transport links and expanding job opportunities in logistics and marine industries. 17. Leeds, Yorkshire & Humber Leeds is one of the largest cities in the north, offering a strong mix of work opportunities, cultural life, and decent affordability. Homes sell for about £245,000 on average, and the city ranks well for healthcare and overall quality of life. With excellent universities, job growth in finance and digital, and access to the Yorkshire Dales nearby, it ticks a lot of boxes. 18. Bristol, South West Bristol continues to be one of the most in-demand cities outside London. It’s not the cheapest—homes average around £367,000—but its strong healthcare system, excellent public transport, and lively arts scene help it maintain a high quality of life. It’s also a leading city for green living and independent business, ideal for those who want a vibrant, progressive atmosphere. 19. Birmingham, West Midlands Birmingham is the UK’s second-largest city, offering plenty of work and cultural opportunities at more affordable prices—average homes here cost around £236,000. While it ranks lower for safety, it still performs well in healthcare and overall quality of life. With major regeneration projects underway, Birmingham is becoming an increasingly attractive option for young professionals and families. 👉Related Reading: Is Birmingham Safe? 20. Manchester, North West Manchester rounds out the top 20 with a solid mix of affordability and urban energy. Homes average £247,000, and the city scores well for healthcare and climate. While safety ratings are lower than average, Manchester’s growing tech sector, universities, and cultural scene make it a compelling choice for people looking for a dynamic and diverse place to live. What Makes a Place the Best to Live in the UK? There’s no single formula for the best place to live in the UK. what matters most depends on your lifestyle, priorities, and stage of life. But there are some key factors that consistently shape how liveable a place is: Affordability: From house prices to everyday costs, affordability can be the difference between just getting by and enjoying where you live. Safety: Low crime rates contribute to peace of mind, especially for families or those living alone. Healthcare access: Reliable NHS services, nearby hospitals, and well-rated GPs can have a big impact on daily wellbeing. Education: If you have children or are planning to further your own studies, the quality and availability of educational institutions are crucial considerations. Towns with reputable schools and universities can create a supportive learning environment. Job opportunities: Whether you’re after a steady role or a specialist career, cities with strong employment markets tend to offer more stability. Transport and connectivity: Good public transport, walkability, and fast rail links make it easier to stay connected without relying on a car. Green space and air quality: Parks, coastlines, and clean air all add to quality of life—especially for mental and physical health. Community feel: A sense of belonging, local events, and neighbourhood character can make a place feel like home, not just where you sleep. 👉 Related reading: Crime Rates in the UK by Postcode Tips on Making Your Home Best to Live Even if you’re not planning to move anytime soon, there’s a lot you can do to make your current home feel like the best place to live in the UK, for you. Here are some practical tips to help you get started: Maximise Natural Light Good natural light can improve your mood, sleep, and focus. Open up window spaces, use light-reflecting colours on walls, and avoid heavy curtains in rooms you use during the day. If light is limited, mirrors and smart lighting can help brighten things up. Create Functional Spaces Think about how each room in your home works for your lifestyle. If you’re working from home, invest in a comfortable, quiet corner for a desk. If you entertain often, consider how your living or dining area flows. Even small layouts can be optimised with multifunctional furniture. Keep It Comfortable and Clutter-Free Comfort is key to enjoying your space. Invest in items that make your home feel relaxing—think cosy textiles, soft lighting, or a favourite armchair. Decluttering also helps clear your mind. If something doesn’t serve a purpose or bring you joy, it might be time to let it go. Add Greenery Plants don’t just look good; they can also purify air and boost wellbeing. Start with low-maintenance varieties like snake plants or peace lilies. Even a few small pots on a windowsill can add life to your home. Improve Energy Efficiency Making your home more energy-efficient can save money and increase comfort. Simple fixes include sealing drafts, switching to LED bulbs, and using smart thermostats. If you’re able to invest more, consider upgrading insulation or installing double glazing. Safeguard Your Home Feeling safe in your home is essential to enjoying it. Consider investing in smart home security, which has become more accessible in recent years. A good setup might include: Security Cameras: Outdoor or indoor cameras give you a real-time view of what’s happening around your home. Most now connect to your phone, stream/record in HD, and send alerts if they detect motion, making them useful both for security and general awareness. Video Doorbells: These let you see and speak to whoever’s at your door—whether you’re upstairs or on holiday. They’re especially useful for deliveries, unexpected visitors, or just keeping an eye on your front step. Alarm Systems: A good alarm system helps protect your home from break-ins and can act as a strong deterrent. Modern setups often include door and window sensors, motion detectors, keypads, and sometimes even glass-break sensors. They can be controlled via smartphone apps and send instant alerts if anything unusual is detected. If you’re going all in, it’s often easiest to stick with a single, reliable brand—like eufy—to ensure all devices work seamlessly together. They offer mobile apps where you can monitor everything in one place, from live feeds to motion alerts. Connect With Your Community A great home isn’t just about the four walls. Whether it’s chatting with neighbours, joining a local club, or shopping at independent businesses, feeling connected to where you live adds a deeper sense of belonging. Conclusion There’s no one-size-fits-all answer to the best place to live in UK—but there is a right fit for you. Whether one of our top 20 spots caught your eye, or you’re thinking about how to improve your current space, the goal is the same: to feel at home, wherever you are. By understanding what really matters—be it affordability, lifestyle, or local culture—you’re better equipped to make a choice that works for you. And even if you’re not planning a move, small changes at home can make a big difference to how you live day to day. FAQ Where in the UK is the best place to live? The Sunday Times named Saffron Walden (Essex) the UK’s top place to live in 2025, citing its charming high street, excellent schools, reliable broadband, transport links, green spaces, and strong local spirit. Other regional standouts include Walthamstow (London), Ilkley (West Yorkshire), and North Berwick (Scotland). What is the happiest place to live in the UK? According to Rightmove’s “Happy at Home Index” and other surveys, Richmond upon Thames (London) consistently ranks happiest, praised for its community, green spaces, and local pride. However, towns like Woodbridge (Suffolk), celebrated for its strong sense of community, also top newer lists. Further shortlists mention Stratford‑upon‑Avon, Ribble Valley, Mole Valley, and West Berkshire. Where is the best and safest place to live in the UK? For safety, East Dunbartonshire (Scotland) is frequently highlighted with crime rates around 25 crimes per 1,000 people, backed by strong policing and community cohesion. Other consistently safe areas include Highland (Inverness region), Mid Ulster (Northern Ireland), North Yorkshire, and postcodes in Crewe (Cheshire) and Carlisle (Cumbria). Where is the cheapest nicest place to live in UK? Durham (North East England) regularly ranks as the best value: house prices around £130 k, rent roughly £600–650, plus historic charm and a strong community. Other affordable yet decent-quality spots include Belfast, Stirling, Londonderry, and northern towns such as Burnley, Hartlepool, Hull, Blackpool and Sunderland.
Security Camera · 10/06/2025
Top 15 Safest Cities in Europe for Travel and Living in 2025
Wondering where in Europe you can feel completely at ease while exploring? Whether you’re planning a solo trip, travelling with kids, or even considering a move abroad, safety is likely at the top of your list—and for good reason. To help you find the perfect destination, we’ve rounded up the 15 safest cities in Europe. These rankings are based on updated 2025 stats around crime, healthcare, infrastructure, and overall quality of life. So, if you’re after culture, charm, and calm streets, this list is a great place to start. Top 15 Safest Cities in Europe (2025 Rankings) If you want to travel with complete peace of mind, you need data you can trust. Numbeo—the world’s largest crowd-sourced database for cost of living and quality-of-life stats—asks hundreds of thousands of locals and travellers each year how safe they feel in their own neighbourhoods. They then blend those answers with official figures to create its annual Safety Index. Below, we’ve used Numbeo’s freshly published 2025 snapshot to highlight the places in Europe where you can explore after dark without a second thought. 1. The Hague (Den Haag), Netherlands – Safety Index: 79.5 Numbeo ranks The Hague first in Europe this year, thanks to a stellar score of 79.5. Dubbed the “City of Peace and Justice,” it hosts the International Court of Justice, and that diplomatic role translates into an especially visible police presence and extensive CCTV coverage. Locals regularly cycle along the city’s coastal routes and through the Binnenhof well after dark, a confidence you’ll quickly share when you visit. Add cultured pit-stops like the Mauritshuis and the beach at Scheveningen and you’ve got a break where peace of mind comes baked-in. 2. Munich, Germany – Safety Index: 79.4 A hair behind is Munich at 79.4. Consistently Germany’s lowest-crime metropolis, the city pairs spotless streets with efficient public services and strong community policing. That means you can hop on a U-Bahn after a beer garden session or wander the Englischer Garten at dusk without jitters. Its extensive public transportation system guarantees quick travel, while the friendly locals make social interactions feel effortless. 3. Trondheim, Norway – Safety Index: 79.3 Trondheim, Norway’s historic tech hub, posts a safety score of 79.3. National media highlight Trondheim’s low violent-crime figures and a “strong community spirit” that encourages residents to look out for each other. Well-lit pedestrian paths, late-running buses and comprehensive CCTV help you enjoy the Nidelva-side warehouses and the colourful Bakklandet district even after the sun dips below the fjord. It all adds up to a relaxed, student-infused atmosphere where caution never crowds out curiosity. 4. Zagreb, Croatia – Safety Index: 78.6 As Croatia’s capital, Zagreb takes fourth place, scoring 78.6 on the Safety Index. Zagreb offers a balanced mix of urban life and relaxed charm, and crime rates here remain low—especially when it comes to violent offences. Trams run late, parks like Maksimir stay busy with joggers and families, and central areas such as Dolac Market and Tkalčićeva Street feel lively but safe. For travellers, it means you can explore with confidence—just keeping the usual street-smart habits in mind. 5. Ljubljana, Slovenia – Safety Index: 78.5 Ljubljana may be small, but when it comes to safety, it punches well above its weight. With a score of 78.5, the Slovenian capital is known for being clean, calm and easy to navigate—especially with its mostly car-free city centre. Locals regularly walk or cycle across the Triple Bridge and around the riverbanks late into the evening, and crime tends to be limited to the occasional pickpocket. It’s a great choice if you’re after a stress-free, walkable break with a friendly atmosphere. 6. Bern, Switzerland – Safety Index: 78.4 Switzerland’s capital city shares sixth place with a score of 78.4. Bern blends old-world charm with modern efficiency, and it shows in how safe the city feels. The arcaded old town is lively after dark, public transport runs smoothly and reliably, and violent crime is almost unheard of. Even around the main station, locals describe the atmosphere as friendly and safe, day or night. It’s an ideal destination if you want to experience Swiss culture with zero hassle. 7. Eindhoven, Netherlands – Safety Index: 78.4 Also scoring 78.4, Eindhoven is another Dutch city that earns high marks for safety. According to Numbeo’s data, crime levels are very low—especially when it comes to serious incidents or street-level threats. It’s a tech-focused city with a young, international crowd, and you’ll find it easy to move around thanks to its well-lit streets and reliable transport. Even late at night, walking or taking the bus here feels straightforward and safe—whether you’re exploring the design district or heading back from a local event. 8. Tartu, Estonia — Safety Index 78.3 Tartu is Estonia’s laid-back university capital, where pastel façades ring Town Hall Square and the whimsical “Kissing Students” fountain keeps watch over outdoor cafés. A short stroll away, the red-brick Tartu Cathedral houses the University Museum and a rooftop lookout across the Emajõgi River. You’ll notice how relaxed the pace is: violent crime sits firmly in the “very low” bracket on Numbeo, and even petty theft rates stay modest. Walking or cycling home after dark is the norm. 9. Groningen, Netherlands — Safety Index 78.1 Groningen is the cheerful, bike-mad capital of the Dutch north, powered by two universities and a youthful crowd. That energy never tips into trouble: violent incidents rank “very low,” and the city posts a Numbeo Safety Index of 78.1. Well-lit cycle lanes, late buses and a compact centre mean you can hop between canalside cafés without a second thought. Just lock your bike, as you would anywhere in the Netherlands. 10. Cluj-Napoca, Romania — Safety Index 78.1 Romania’s tech-forward hub, Cluj-Napoca, wraps its Gothic St Michael’s Church and lively Union Square in edgy art spaces, coffee roasters and digital start-ups. Many travellers add a day-trip to the other-worldly Turda Salt Mine, carved into a vast underground cavern. With a low crime profile and a 78.1 safety score, Cluj lets you focus on the jazz bars and street markets rather than your wallet. 11. Tallinn, Estonia — Safety Index 78.0 Tallinn’s UNESCO-listed Old Town still looks much as it did in Hanseatic days: cobbled lanes, stout stone walls and turreted gateways. But the city is just as modern underneath—efficient public transport, walkable neighbourhoods, and a calm atmosphere make it easy to get around. With a Safety Index of 78.0 and a reputation for low crime, it’s one of Europe’s most comfortable capitals for visitors, whether you’re strolling past Gothic churches or relaxing in the hip Kalamaja district. 12. Zurich, Switzerland — Safety Index 76.7 Zurich combines Alpine scenery, lakeside calm, and Swiss order in a way few cities can match. Art lovers will enjoy the renowned Kunsthaus Zürich, while the lake promenade and old town provide peaceful places to explore at your own pace. The city earns a Safety Index of 76.7 and ranks among Europe’s most reliable when it comes to low crime, clean streets, and efficient public transport. Even late at night, Zurich feels polished, peaceful, and perfectly safe. 13. Reykjavík, Iceland — Safety Index 75.8 Compact and colourful, Reykjavík makes a strong case for being one of the safest capital cities in the world. The atmosphere is relaxed, the people are friendly, and violent crime is virtually non-existent. With a Safety Index of 75.8, it’s no surprise that solo travellers, especially women, rate it highly. Don’t miss landmarks like Hallgrímskirkja church or the waterfront Sculpture & Shore Walk—and if you’re heading out to explore the Golden Circle, it all starts right here in this safe and welcoming city. 14. Prague, Czech Republic — Safety Index 75.5 Famous for its fairytale architecture, Prague is as charming as it is safe. Highlights include Prague Castle, Charles Bridge, and the Astronomical Clock, all within a city centre that’s easily explored on foot or by tram. While pickpocketing in busy tourist areas can happen, serious crime is rare, and the city holds a solid 75.5 Safety Index. Stick to basic precautions in crowded spots and you’ll be free to enjoy Prague’s rich history and buzzing café culture with peace of mind. 15. Rijeka, Croatia — Safety Index 75.4 Rijeka might not be as well-known as Dubrovnik or Split, but this coastal city offers a great mix of history, culture, and sea views—without the crowds. Stroll along the pedestrian Korzo, check out Trsat Castle for views over the bay, or relax at the beach just outside the centre. With a Safety Index of 75.4, Rijeka is considered very safe by both locals and visitors. Crime is minimal, and most travellers only need to stay alert in busy nightlife areas. Tips for Enhancing Personal Safety Even in Europe’s safest cities, staying alert and prepared is always a smart move. Here are some practical safety tips to help you feel more confident while travelling—whether you’re navigating busy streets, using public transport, or exploring after dark. Stay aware of your surroundings Avoid distractions like texting while walking, especially in unfamiliar areas or on public transport. Pay attention to people around you, street signs, and your route. This not only helps you stay safe but also helps you stay oriented. Keep valuables secure Use a crossbody bag that zips shut or a money belt under your clothing. Avoid keeping phones, wallets, or passports in back pockets or loose bags. If your accommodation has a safe, store extra cash and important documents there instead of carrying them all day. Use trusted transport options Stick to licensed taxis, official rideshare apps, or well-known public transport networks. In most European cities, public transit is safe and efficient—but it’s best to avoid empty train carriages late at night when possible. Be cautious with ATMs Use ATMs located inside banks or busy public places rather than isolated machines. Shield your PIN when entering it and check for anything unusual on the card reader before use. Keep emergency contacts handy Save local emergency numbers and your embassy or consulate details in your phone. Consider carrying a printed copy in your bag in case your phone is lost or runs out of battery. Know the local laws and customs Familiarise yourself with local laws, especially those related to alcohol, drugs, photography, and identification. Some places require visitors to carry ID at all times, and certain behaviours—harmless at home—may be frowned upon or illegal elsewhere. Use secure accommodation Choose accommodation with good reviews for safety, security and location. Prioritise CCTV, well-lit entrances, and 24/7 staff. Check that your room has working locks on doors and windows and avoid leaving valuables unattended. In shared spaces like hostels, use lockers where provided. Moving? Secure your new home with smart devices Thinking of moving to one of these areas? Even in cities with top-notch safety ratings, having a smart security setup can give you extra peace of mind. A few key devices can make a big difference—here’s what to include: Security Cameras: Whether battery-powered or plugged in, smart IP cameras stream live HD video straight to your phone and start recording the moment they detect motion. Many models store footage locally on a base station, so you don’t need to rely on cloud subscriptions or blazing-fast internet. For solid coverage, consider mounting an outdoor camera above your back door and placing an indoor one in the hallway to monitor comings and goings. Video Doorbells: Swapping your chime for a video doorbell lets you see and speak to visitors from anywhere. Motion alerts arrive within seconds, so you can deal with deliveries safely and deter unwanted callers even when you’re at work or away for the weekend. Alarm Systems: A basic setup with a keypad, contact sensors, and a siren helps secure entry points. Just tap to arm it before heading out. If a door or window opens unexpectedly, the alarm sounds and you’ll get a notification on your phone, giving you time to respond or call for help. For a seamless experience, it’s worth getting all three from the same trusted brand—like eufy—so you can manage everything from one app. That makes it easier to control the system, share access with family, and stay on top of any alerts in real time. Conclusion Europe is filled with incredible cities, each offering its own unique charm. But when safety is a deciding factor, the destinations on this list truly shine. Whether you’re wandering through the canals of The Hague, cycling in Ljubljana, or catching a tram in Zurich, choosing one of the safest cities in Europe gives you the freedom to focus on what matters: enjoying the moment. And while these cities already offer strong safety foundations, taking a few simple precautions—like staying aware, keeping valuables secure, and travelling on trusted transport can make all the difference. FAQ Which is the safest city in Europe? As of 2025, The Hague in the Netherlands tops Numbeo’s Safety Index for European cities, just ahead of fellow low‑crime cities like Munich and Trondheim—making it the safest city in Europe to live in or visit. This high score reflects very low crime rates (both violent and property-related), efficient local policing, excellent street lighting, and strong community awareness feeling safe both day and night. Which country in Europe has the lowest crime rate? As of 2025, Andorra holds the lowest Crime Index in Europe at 15.3 and consequently the highest Safety Index of 84.7, according to Numbeo. This reflects extremely low levels of theft, assault, and vandalism. Additionally, Iceland consistently ranks as the European country (and often the world) with the lowest crime rate, thanks to its tiny population, strong social trust, minimal violence, and unarmed policing. What is the safest country in Europe for tourists? Ice-clad Iceland remains the safest European country for tourists in 2025. It consistently tops Global Peace Index rankings (around 1.107) and features minimal violent crime, unarmed police forces, high social cohesion, and very few incidents involving strangers—all contributing to its ideal reputation, particularly for solo travellers and families. Where is the best city to live in Europe? Vienna, Austria is ranked the best city to live in Europe in 2025 by the Economist Intelligence Unit, earning a near-perfect liveability score of 99.1. The city offers exceptional healthcare, public transport, education, and housing—all within a safe, stable, and culturally rich environment. It also boasts extensive green spaces, excellent environmental quality, and a vibrant arts scene, making it a truly well-rounded and highly desirable place to call home.
Security Camera · 04/06/2025
Can My Neighbour Have CCTV Pointing at My House in the UK?
Installing CCTV cameras for home security is legal in the United Kingdom, provided you comply with privacy regulations and data protection laws. However, complications occur when a camera captures footage beyond the installer’s boundary, such as neighbouring homes or shared spaces. You are then left wondering, “Can my neighbour have CCTV pointing at my house in the UK?” The law recognizes the balance between an individual’s right to secure their property and another’s right to privacy. This article outlines how UK legislation applies to domestic CCTV, whether a neighbour can lawfully point a camera at your property, and what steps you can take if you believe your privacy is being compromised. UK CCTV Laws Explained Before we answer the question, “Can my neighbour have CCTV pointing at my house in the UK?” it’s important to understand the legal context when addressing concerns about CCTV usage. If your neighbour’s CCTV system captures only their private property, data protection laws do not apply. Otherwise, they must comply with the UK GDPR and the Data Protection Act 2018. These laws are enforced by the Information Commissioner's Office (ICO), which provides detailed guidance on the lawful use of surveillance equipment in residential areas. When CCTV extends beyond your property, you are considered a "data controller" under the law, and you must follow the following key responsibilities to ensure that you respect the rights and freedoms of others: Have a Clear Purpose You must have a valid and proportionate reason for recording beyond your property. For example, if your camera overlooks a public alley for safety concerns, that could be reasonable. However, filming your neighbour’s garden or windows without a strong justification may be seen as intrusive and unlawful. Be Transparent by Informing Others You are required to inform people that recording is taking place. This is typically done by putting up signs that clearly state CCTV is in operation, who is responsible for it, and why it is being used. The ICO law on neighbours’ CCTV cameras recommends that these signs be visible and easy to read, as transparency is a legal requirement when you process others' data. Limit What You Capture Your CCTV should only record what is necessary for your stated purpose. You should avoid covering areas irrelevant to your security, like a neighbour’s driveway or living space. Some modern systems, such as those with privacy zones or masking features, help achieve this by allowing you to block certain areas from being recorded altogether. Store Footage Securely Any footage that contains identifiable individuals must be protected from misuse or unauthorized access. This means securing your storage system with strong passwords and access controls. If your footage is stored digitally, make sure the device or cloud platform is properly encrypted to protect the data. Do Not Keep Footage Longer Than Necessary You should set a clear retention period and delete footage when it’s no longer needed for its original purpose. For instance, if you’re using the footage for general security monitoring, holding onto it for more than 30 days without a valid reason might be excessive. The ICO recommends regularly reviewing your stored data and removing anything that no longer serves a purpose. 👉Related Reading: CCTV Laws in the Workplace UK Can My Neighbour Legally Point CCTV at My Property? Can my neighbour have CCTV pointing at my house in the UK? The answer depends on whether the use of CCTV cameras is reasonable, proportionate, and justifiable for security purposes. If your neighbour can demonstrate that their CCTV is necessary to protect their property, and they are not filming your home excessively or intrusively, they may be within their rights. However, constant monitoring of your private space, especially sensitive areas like bedroom windows or secluded gardens, could be considered a breach of your privacy. To remain lawful, your neighbour must also meet other obligations. These include placing visible signs to inform others of CCTV use, restricting access to the footage, and respecting your right to request copies. If they do not meet these legal responsibilities based on the law on neighbours’ CCTV cameras, their CCTV use could be deemed unlawful, even if their intentions are based on home security. Intention alone does not justify intrusive surveillance. If you believe your privacy is being compromised, you can raise concerns, ask your neighbour to adjust their system, or file complaints. Using privacy-conscious systems, such as eufy security cameras, can help homeowners stay compliant by offering features like activity zones and local storage. 👉Related Reading: How to Block Neighbors Security Camera the Right Way in the UK What Can You Do If Your Neighbour’s CCTV Points at Your House? If you discover that your neighbour’s CCTV camera is directed towards your property, assess whether it breaches your privacy rights under the law on neighbours’ CCTV cameras. If you believe their system is intrusive or unnecessary, here are clear steps you can take to address the issue calmly and lawfully: Speak to Your Neighbour First: Start by respectfully approaching your neighbour. They may not realize their camera captures your property, and a civil discussion could lead to them adjusting its angle or activating privacy masking features. Request to View the Footage: Under the UK GDPR, you have the right to request access to any footage that includes you or your private property. This is known as a Subject Access Request (SAR), and your neighbour is legally obliged to respond within one month unless an exemption applies. Ask for an Adjustment or Masking: If the camera records areas it should not, you can ask your neighbour to use features such as privacy zones to block out specific spaces. Keep a Record of the Situation: Document your communication with your neighbour and keep a log of dates, times, and any relevant behavior or incidents. This evidence may be important if you need to escalate the matter later. Contact the ICO if the Issue Persists: If your neighbour refuses to cooperate or continues to breach your privacy, you can file a complaint with the Information Commissioner’s Office. The ICO can investigate and take appropriate action if data protection rules are not being followed. How to File a Complaint with the ICO If you believe your neighbour's CCTV usage violates data protection laws, you can escalate the matter to the Information Commissioner's Office. It's worth noting that the ICO's intervention is reserved for serious breaches. Therefore, it's advisable to exhaust all informal resolution avenues before seeking regulatory involvement. Here’s how to report your neighbour’s CCTV in the UK: Gather Evidence: Document the situation thoroughly. Take photos or videos showing how the CCTV is positioned and how it captures your property. Keep records of any conversations or correspondence you’ve had with your neighbour about the issue. Submit a Complaint: If informal efforts fail, visit the ICO’s official website and use the ‘Raise a concern’ form to lodge your complaint. You’ll be asked to provide details of the issue, any steps you’ve taken to resolve it, and supporting evidence. ICO Assessment: The ICO will assess your complaint to determine if there has been a breach of data protection laws. They may contact your neighbour to ensure compliance or provide guidance on necessary adjustments. Further Action: If the ICO finds significant non-compliance, they have the authority to issue enforcement notices or fines. However, in many domestic cases, the ICO may prefer to encourage voluntary compliance rather than impose penalties. Conclusion The existing laws in the UK discussed in this article have answered your question, “Can my neighbour have CCTV pointing at my house in the UK?” Navigating the balance between security and privacy can be challenging. While your neighbour has the right to protect their property, this should not come at the expense of your privacy. If you find yourself under the watchful eye of a neighbour's CCTV, understanding your rights and the legal framework is essential. Open communication often resolves such issues, but regulatory avenues are available if needed. Remember, respectful dialogue and mutual understanding are key to maintaining good neighbourly relations while safeguarding your privacy. FAQs Can a neighbour's CCTV point at my house? Generally, CCTV should be confined to the owner's property boundaries. If your neighbour's camera captures your home or garden, it may infringe on your privacy rights under the Data Protection Act 2018 and the Human Rights Act 1998. What to do if your neighbor's security camera is pointed at your house? Start by discussing your concerns with your neighbour. If that doesn't resolve the issue, you can submit a Subject Access Request, seek mediation, or file a complaint with the Information Commissioner's Office. Can my neighbour video record me on my property? Recording individuals without consent on their private property can breach privacy laws. If the recording is unjustified and intrusive, it may be considered unlawful surveillance. Can you have CCTV outside your house in the UK? Yes, homeowners can install CCTV on their property for security purposes. However, the surveillance must not infringe on others' privacy rights and must comply with data protection laws. Where can I point my CCTV cameras in the UK? CCTV cameras should be directed within your property boundaries. If they capture areas beyond, such as public spaces or neighbouring properties, you must ensure compliance with data protection regulations, including informing those affected and minimising intrusion.
Security Camera · 04/06/2025
CCTV Rules and Regulations in the UK
Closed-circuit television (CCTV) cameras have become an integral part of security infrastructure in the United Kingdom. Whether installed in homes, businesses, or public spaces, they serve as deterrents against crime and tools for gathering evidence. However, their usage is governed by a comprehensive legal framework to ensure that individuals' privacy rights are respected. Understanding these regulations is crucial if you’re considering installing CCTV cameras to ensure compliance and avoid potential legal issues. This article will walk you through the CCTV rules and regulations in the UK, plus how to use your domestic CCTV cameras or business CCTV cameras responsibly. What Rules and Legislation Exist to Cover CCTV Use? The operation of CCTV systems in the UK is primarily regulated by the Data Protection Act 2018 (DPA 2018), the UK General Data Protection Regulation (UK GDPR), and the Surveillance Camera Code of Practice. These CCTV laws in the UK collectively establish the responsibilities of CCTV operators and the rights of individuals whose images are captured. Data Protection Act 2018 (DPA 2018) The Data Protection Act 2018 is the UK’s national law that supplements and works alongside the UK GDPR. It governs how personal data, including video footage that can identify individuals, must be collected, processed, stored, and shared. If your CCTV system captures images of people, even outside your property boundary, you’re legally required to follow this law. Under the DPA 2018, you must ensure that any data you collect is kept secure and only retained for as long as necessary. You also have to inform people that recording is taking place, respond to any requests to access footage, and avoid capturing unnecessary areas. The Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) is the main authority that enforces this CCTV law in the UK. UK General Data Protection Regulation (UK GDPR) The UK GDPR is the post-Brexit version of the EU GDPR that remains in effect within the UK. It lays out the core principles of lawful data processing, including transparency, data minimization, and accountability. When you install CCTV that captures people’s movements or behaviors, you become a “data controller,” meaning you are responsible for how that footage is handled. This means you must have a lawful reason for recording, such as protecting your property from theft or vandalism. You are also required by CCTV rules in the UK to keep footage secure and limit who can access it. Individuals who appear in your recordings have the right to request copies, ask for inaccurate data to be corrected, or even have their footage deleted in certain circumstances. Surveillance Camera Code of Practice The Surveillance Camera Code of Practice was introduced under the Protection of Freedoms Act 2012 and offers a framework for responsible CCTV use. It is not legally binding for everyone, but it is especially relevant for public bodies and is recommended for private users and businesses to follow. Adhering to the code helps you align with your legal duties under CCTV laws in the UK. The code promotes the use of CCTV when necessary, proportionate, and for a clearly defined purpose. It encourages users to conduct a privacy impact assessment before installation to evaluate potential risks to individuals' rights. Clear accountability, regular system reviews, and proper data handling procedures are all part of the guidance. Even though following the code is voluntary for private users, doing so shows you are taking privacy seriously and helps prevent future disputes. Businesses are also expected to demonstrate compliance when using surveillance in public or shared environments. The Surveillance Camera Commissioner oversees use and promotes best practices across England and Wales. CCTV sign One of the most visible requirements of lawful CCTV use is the placement of signage that informs people they are being recorded. According to the Data Protection Act 2018 and UK GDPR, transparency is essential when processing personal data like video footage. Without proper signage, your CCTV system may be considered unlawful based on the CCTV rules in the UK. A compliant CCTV sign must be visible and easy to read, positioned at the entrance of any area under surveillance. It should state that CCTV is in operation, mention the purpose, such as crime prevention or property protection, and include contact details for further information. These signs help people understand how and why their data is being collected. The Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) recommends signage even for small-scale or domestic systems that film public spaces. Failing to display signs can result in complaints or enforcement action. Including signage is a simple yet powerful step towards building public trust and showing that your use of CCTV is fair and transparent. How to Use Your Domestic CCTV System Responsibly? For homeowners, installing a CCTV system can enhance security and deter potential intruders. However, it's essential to use these systems responsibly to respect privacy of others and comply with CCTV legislation in the UK. Here’s how to use your domestic CCTV system responsibly: Positioning Cameras: Ensure that cameras are directed to monitor only your property. Avoid capturing images beyond your boundary, such as neighboring gardens or public pathways, unless necessary for security purposes. Informing Individuals: Even if you are a private homeowner, if your CCTV captures anyone outside your household, you are obligated to inform them. You can do this by placing clear signs at entry points or near the areas where cameras are active. Data Management: Keeping footage longer than necessary could be considered unlawful. The ICO recommends deleting recordings after 30 days unless required for an investigation. To support responsible storage, consider using security cameras with built-in local storage, like eufy security cameras, and pair them with a separate hard drive or NVR system. This approach helps avoid cloud-related data risks and supports better compliance with UK data protection laws. Audio Recording: Be cautious with audio recording, as it is more intrusive than video surveillance. Recording conversations without consent can lead to legal complications. The ICO strongly discourages audio recording unless you have a very specific and justifiable reason. How to Use Your Business CCTV System Responsibly? Businesses often rely on CCTV systems to enhance security, monitor operations, and protect assets. However, commercial surveillance carries heightened responsibilities under CCTV camera laws in the UK. Here’s how to use your business CCTV system responsibly: Conducting a Privacy Impact Assessment: Before installing CCTV, assess the necessity and proportionality of surveillance. Determine whether the benefits outweigh the potential intrusion into individuals' privacy. Clear Signage: Display signs informing employees, customers, and visitors that CCTV is in operation. Include details about the purpose of surveillance and contact information for further inquiries. Data Protection Policies: Develop and implement policies outlining how CCTV data is collected, stored, and used. Ensure that staff members are trained on these policies and understand their responsibilities. Data Access and Retention: Limit access to CCTV recordings to authorized personnel only. Establish clear guidelines on how long footage is retained and ensure that data is deleted when no longer necessary. Who Can View CCTV Footage in UK? Access to CCTV footage is restricted to protect individuals' privacy. Generally, only authorized personnel, such as the system operator or designated staff members, can view recordings. However, individuals have the right to request access to footage in which they appear. To do so, they must submit a subject access request (SAR) to the data controller, who is obligated to respond within a specified timeframe. Additionally, law enforcement agencies may request access to CCTV footage for investigative purposes, provided they follow proper legal procedures. 👉Related Reading: CCTV Laws in the Workplace UK What Happens If You Don’t Comply With CCTV Regulations? Failure to adhere to CCTV regulations in the UK can result in significant consequences. Non-compliance may lead to enforcement actions by the Information Commissioner's Office (ICO), including fines and legal proceedings. For instance, improper use of CCTV systems that infringe on individuals' privacy rights can result in substantial financial penalties. Moreover, individuals affected by unlawful surveillance may pursue legal action, potentially leading to further liabilities for the CCTV operator. Conclusion Understanding and complying with CCTV rules and regulations in the UK is essential for both individuals and businesses. By adhering to the Data Protection Act 2018, the UK GDPR, and the Surveillance Camera Code of Practice, you can ensure that your surveillance activities are lawful, respectful of privacy rights, and effective in enhancing security. Follow also the tips discussed on how to use your domestic CCTV system or business CCTV system responsibly, including knowing who can view your CCTV footage and what happens if you don’t comply with CCTV regulations. FAQs What are the rules for CCTV in the UK? CCTV operators must comply with the Data Protection Act 2018 and the UK GDPR, ensuring that surveillance is necessary, proportionate, and respectful of individuals' privacy rights. This includes informing individuals about surveillance, securing recorded data, and responding to access requests. Can my Neighbour have CCTV pointing at my back garden UK? No, they should avoid recording areas beyond their property boundaries. If a neighbour's CCTV captures your garden, they must comply with data protection laws, including informing you about the surveillance and handling your data responsibly. check more detail about neighbours have CCTV pointing at my house. What are the laws around home cameras? Home CCTV systems must be used in a way that respects others' privacy. Recording beyond your property boundaries requires compliance with data protection laws, including informing individuals about surveillance and managing recorded data appropriately. Do you have to display a notice if you have CCTV? Yes, displaying clear signage indicating that CCTV is in operation is a legal requirement. The signs should inform individuals about the surveillance and provide contact information for the data controller. Is recording audio on security camera illegal？ Yes. Recording audio can be more intrusive than video surveillance and may infringe on individuals' privacy rights. If audio recording captures conversations without consent, it may be considered unlawful under data protection laws.
Security Camera · 31/05/2023
How To Install Security Cameras and How Much It Would Cost
Protecting your home is a priority, and installing security cameras can be an easy way to do just that. In this article, we'll explore everything you should know about installing a security camera: the detailed steps of camera installation and where’s best for placement, how to install wire security cameras, whether wireless or wired systems are better suited to your needs, and the potential costs of the home security camera installation. Don't put off providing extra peace of mind in securing your home - dive into our helpful guide today! Where to Place Security Cameras Before hooking up security cameras, you need to figure out the right position to locate your security camera systems. There are various factors to consider when deciding where to install security cameras: from the area to monitor to the types of security cameras, and more. Generally, you can choose a good place by considering these aspects: Determine put it indoors or outdoors First, determine if you want to place the security indoors or outdoors according to your monitoring source. The biggest difference between indoor and outdoor cameras is their ability to endure the weather. If you’re settting up an outdoor security cameras, please note that the specific location should be higher than 10 feet, and consider adding protection from adverse weather conditions. Examine your home's layout Next, examine your home's layout and prioritize the locations you wish to monitor. Consider potential camera angles and frequent security camera positions, such as entry doors, off-street windows, porches, stairwells, driveways, and interior common spaces. Note that wifi-enabled cameras may be susceptible to hacking so do not place a security camera in private areas such as rooms and bathrooms. Make sure the camera has a clear line of sight When selecting security camera placements, make sure each one has a clear line of sight and no obstacles. It's also a good idea to think about the camera's preferred height. How to Install Security Cameras You have mainly 2 options for installing security cameras: wired or wireless cameras. Let's look at the specific steps of installing them one by one. How to Install Wireless Security Camera System by Yourself The steps for installing wireless security cameras are similar to wired camera installations, but they may need less drilling and wiring. Even though these cameras are varied from the manufacturer, generally you can follow the steps below for solving your question: how to install a wireless security camera system at home: Choose where to position your security cameras First, pick a good location where you want your security cameras to be installed. Ensure it not only provides a clear view of the area you want to monitor but is also within the range of your Wi-Fi network. Mount the brackets and home securite cameras Prepare screws and adhesive strips. And mount the cameras using the included brackets or stands. Power up and connect the cameras to the network Power on the cameras and connect them to your Wi-Fi network using the manufacturer’s mobile app or web interface. Set up the cameras Configure the camera settings such as motion detection sensitivity and recording options. Test if the security system works well Test the camera to ensure everything goes well as expected. Ensure that the security cameras are safe from the elements and out of reach to avoid tampering. The prossedures also answer the question: how to install outdoor security cameras. Just make sure to follow the manual or instructions that came with the products bought. How to Install Wired Security Cameras If you prefer having a wired security camera instead of a wireless one, it might cost you a bit more time, but no worries! We’ve summarized the best way to install wired security cameras below: Decide the place you want to install security cameras Pick a good location where you want your security cameras to be installed. This area should consist of a clear view of what you want to record or view online when you're away. Prepare the holes for mounting and wiring Drill pilot holes into the wall or ceiling for the camera mounting bracket and any necessary wiring. Installing the bracket Attach the mounting bracket to the wall or ceiling with screws and anchors. Thread the cables Run the camera’s power and video cables through the holes and connect them to the camera. Mounting the security camera systems Next, mount the camera on the bracket and make sure that the angle is correct. If you have multiple cameras, plan it in such a way that you’ll cover more area and have fewer blind spots. Wiring your wired cameras to a storage device Connect the other end of the video cable to your DVR box or a network switch or a router according to your environment. Attach the cameras to a power source Power on the camera and set it up according to the manufacturer’s instruction manual that came with the security cameras. Test before leaving them Test the camera to ensure that it is working properly. Security Camera Installation Cost How much will it take to install the security cameras may depend on a number of factors, including how many cameras you need, their resolution and functionality, and whether or not you choose to have them professionally installed. If you're looking to safeguard your home without breaking the bank, surveillance camera installation by yourself may be the ideal solution. Let’s look at more details below. DIY Security Camera Installation Installing security cameras can be free of charge if you're handy with necessary tools, like drills, outlets, wiring, and sandpaper. Most security cameras come with an instruction about how to install security camera wiring and more. So, it is possible to complete the installation yourself. Besides, wire-free and battery-powered security cameras are designed to be DIY-friendly, enabling people to install them without professional assistance. In this case, all you need to spend on is just the basic materials, time, and your own laber efforts except for the expense on security cameras. And you will not only save money on the security camera installation, but you'll also enjoy the satisfaction of doing it yourself! Professional Security Camera Installation For those who don’t have the time or experience to install home security cameras by themselves, professional security camera installation services provide added convenience and peace of mind. Although more expensive than a DIY installation, these services can save you time and energy in getting everything set up correctly. A professional security camera installer will also be able to provide advice on the best type of system for your needs, as well as tips on where to place each camera for maximum effectiveness. The cost of professional surveillance camera installation varies depending on the number of cameras you plan to install and other factors e.g. wiring requirements. Generally, it cost £150 to £500 per camera for a installation of 1 - 4 cameras. Therefor the total expense for a basic setup range from £150 to £2000. The cost will be increased in line with the security system’s size. 👉Further Reading: Security Camera Setup Cost in the UK 2025 How to Choose the Right Security Camera? The ideal security camera for you is determined by your specific needs. We’ve gathered main aspects that are mostly considered while installing home security cameras: The area to be monitored: Outdoor vs. Indoor: If you need a security camera for outdoor, make sure it is specifically designed with weatherproofing features to withstand the extreme temperatures and weather. Wired or wireless: As mentioned in this post, there are sevral differences between wired and wireless security cameras for home: installation difficulty, storage location, power source, and so on. Video quality resolution: Higher resolution cameras generally provide clearer and more detailed images. Consider cameras with at least 1080p resolution for standard monitoring. The lighting condition: If you need surveillance during the night or in low-light conditions, consider a camera with infrared or night vision capabilities. Infrared cameras use IR LEDs to provide illumination in the dark, allowing the camera to catch pictures in up to 8 meters away. Storage location: Decide wheter you want to store the footage in the cloud or locally. Conclusion In conclusion, if you’ve picked the correct type of cameras for your needs, how to set up security cameras may be an easy task to resolve with our particular guidance. Wired cameras may require technical skill and wiring installation, but wireless cameras should require no complicated drilling or wiring work. As for the installation cost of a security camera system, it depends on many factors, which we explained in details in the article. You may install cameras yourself according to the guidance above, or contact a professional to ensure everything is properly integrated into your home security system. FAQ about How to Install Security Cameras Do All Security Cameras Need to Be Connected to Wi-fi? No, not all video surveillance system installations must be Wi-Fi enabled. There are various types of security cameras available in the market with different connectivity options: wired thernet, cellular connection, powerline networking, and local storage. It's important to note that the features and functionalities may vary depending on the connectivity options. Local storage cameras can provide reliable protection without an internet connection, while a Wi-Fi security camera with cloud storage is more convenient, allowing you to access surveillance video remotely via Apps, e.g. eufyCam S3 Pro, which can be connected to Amazon Alexa to have a full control over your security environments. Which Security Cameras Do Not Require a Monthly Subscription? eufy security cameras don't require a monthly subscription, including eufy Indoor Cam 2K and SoloCam S340. Both cameras support local and cloud storage, allowing you to store film on an SD card or Eufy's home base without incurring any additional expenses.
Security Camera · 30/05/2023
How To Make A Smart Home Transformation
With the advent of smart technology, it has become easier than ever to make your home more convenient, comfortable, and secure. A smart home transformation involves integrating various devices and appliances that allow you to remotely control and automate different aspects of your daily living, and an ever-growing number of household owners are eager to give this a try. But how exactly can one achieve this? In this blog, we will take a closer look at the steps involved in how to set up a smart home, and the basic requirements and equipment needed on how to make your home a smart home. Whether you're a homeowner or a renter, this blog will provide you with all the information you need to transform your home into a smart home. So, get ready to embrace the future of home automation and join me on this journey to make your home smarter and more efficient. What is a Smart Home First, we need to acquaint ourselves with the very basics before getting into practice. What is a smart home? A smart home is a modern residential space that uses technological equipment and apps to make normal and daily routines more convenient and easier. Smart homes usually use sensors, cameras plus voice-activated assistants, which enable control over the lights, sounds, temperature, etc. This can be done automatically without having the need to manually switch anything on, which is why we call it smart. Before diving into the niceties of how to build a smart home, we need to know that the basic requirements/features of smart homes typically include: Internet connectivity and a Wi-Fi network Smart home hub or control panel Smart lights and light switches Smart thermostat Smart locks and doorbells Smart security systems Smart home devices or smart appliances (e.g. TV, sound system, thermostat, refrigerators, ovens, and washing machines) Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant or similar voice-activated assistants Smart blinds and curtains How to Make a Smart Home Converting your home into a smart one is easy and it improves the efficiency and convenience of your everyday routine. Let’s follow the tips below to know how to become smart for our homes today. Buy Smart Appliances To achieve the full potential of a smart home system, get new smart appliances. Examples are TV, cleaning appliances, refrigerator, ovens and bread makers, sound systems, robot vacuum cleaners, smart trash, etc. A few improvements may go a long way especially those that involve cleaning, cooking, and temperature management. A smart trash can usually has a sensor, and some models have an odor control system and helpful take-out-the-trash reminders. Robot vacuum cleaners can be connected to your hub and you can use your smartphone to operate it or schedule it for daily cleaning. What's cool about this is that you can even vacuum, mop, and steam spills and dirt automatically using a set route and schedule. Install Home Security Systems Speaking of burglary and home security, remember to install home security systems. Battery-powered cameras are simple to use and mount. Wireless security cameras or video doorbells can help you check out guests without having to come to the door, which is an excellent starting point for a do-it-yourself smart update. Faster Internet Speed First, increase your internet speed. You need a faster internet connection to make sure that your smart home operates fluidly. This may cost you around £50 a month for 100 Mbps. If you’re looking for more, consider investing in a scalable system like UniFi, which can provide higher-speed internet throughout the house. Connect to a Smart Home Hub Once the connectivity issue is settled, all you need to do is to connect your gadgets to a smart home hub. When linked, customizable routines such as shutting off home office lights and putting on music may be set and personalized. A smart hub with a touchscreen also has some extra features, such as the ability to view movies, make video calls, set kitchen appliance timers, and cook while doing work or something else. Choose a Smart Lighting System Installing smart lamps that can be controlled via your smartphone is a simple way to begin. Smart outlets can also be used to control existing lighting. Indoor motion sensor lighting is useful for guests, and a solar-powered motion-sensing floodlight near the garage or back doorway can assist in preventing burglary. Change to a Smart Thermostat Consider upgrading your thermostat. Buy a smart thermostat since this will make controlling your home temperature automated and simpler. Instead of controlling your temperature manually, a smart thermostat can help moderate the home temperature in an automatic mode. It can control the heater or the AC based on your preferred settings. This will ensure that the AC or heater won't be at full blast all the time, helping lower your electricity bills. Use Solar Power Solar is another popular smart improvement that may need an initial expense. You may save money on solar while also improving your home energy consumption with the aid of a smart thermostat and lights. When solar panels are combined with an energy-efficient house, the savings are more obvious. Consider choosing a quality and reliable solar panel system that can last for years to come. Conclusion In conclusion, making a smart home is an exciting and rewarding project that can transform your living space into a more convenient, comfortable, and secure environment. With the right devices and technologies, you can remotely control and automate various aspects of your daily living, such as lighting, temperature, security, and entertainment systems. By following the steps we have discussed, you can identify your needs, choose the right devices, set them up, create routines and automation, and monitor and control your home from anywhere. With the future of home automation at your fingertips, you can create a smart home that fits your lifestyle and makes your life easier and more enjoyable. FAQ What Can Go Wrong With a Smart Home? While smart homes are useful, they do have some potential drawbacks. Privacy and security are the top risks and concerns of smart homes. Smart homes may be vulnerable to online attacks and hacking. Moreover, you may also be unable to operate your gadgets if your Wi-Fi network or smart home hub goes down. Compatibility is another possible concern. Some smart home gadgets may not operate well with others. This said, make sure to consider the risks of smart homes before converting your home into one. Also, ensure that you know how to create a smart home securely and effectively by researching and reading about actual customer reviews of smart appliances and equipment before buying and installing them and applying other smart home ideas. How to Control Everything in Your Smart Home? Using a smart hub to control everything in your smart home is the most convenient solution. A smart hub is a centralized device that connects and handles all of your home's smart gadgets. It enables you to operate all your smart devices using an app or voice command in an organized and streamlined way. You may use the best smart home hubs like Amazon Echo or Google Home to connect all smart devices and establish custom routines and schedules to automate chores like turning off lights and locking doors at night. How Much Does It Cost to Build a Smart Home? It depends on the features and gadgets you want to install. Generally, it may need £200 to £1800 to buy smart devices like lights, security systems, a hub, etc. However, the cost increases with more gadgets and automation. Besides, a more complex smart home installation can cost £3,000 or more.
